Issuu on Google+

Routledge

New Titles and Key Backlist

Reference Catalogue

2009

www.routledge.com/reference


www.routledge.com/reference Welcome to the

CONTENTS

Routledge Reference Catalogue

Annual Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

New Titles & Key Backlist 2009

Biographical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Economics, Business and Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Geography and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . .24 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 History of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Language and Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Page 2

Page 5

Page 6

Page 9

Library and Information Sciences . . . . . . . . . . .32 Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Media and Cultural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Music and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Page 16

Page 40

Page 41

Page 45

Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

COMPLETE CATALOGUE This catalogue only includes a selection of our titles in Routledge Reference. Our online catalogue gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title, ISBN or full text. All the entries have a description of the book’s content.

Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

www.routledge.com/reference

Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Back Pages

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER

CONTACTS

Ordering online is fast and efficent, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.

E-UPDATES Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

ONLINE DATABASES For more information on our collection of online databases, including Europa World and The Armed Conflict Database, please visit www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

MARKETING ENQUIRIES For all territories excluding the Americas Adam White Senior Marketing Executive Email: adam.white@tandf.co.uk

Clare Methven Marketing Executive (Online) Email: clare.methven@tandf.co.uk

For USA, Canada, Latin America Sarah Fox Associate Marketing Manager Email: sarah.fox@taylorandfrancis.com

EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES Trade customers’ representatives, agents and distribution For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agents and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: http://www.routledge.com/representatives

Paul Kelly Editorial Director (Reference) Email: paul.kelly@tandf.co.uk


Dear Librarian, Thank you for taking the time to look at the new Routledge Reference catalogue. The theme of this year’s catalogue is the changing face of libraries and how they have developed. At Routledge, we are constantly striving to meet the changing needs of your library by providing the most up-to-date publishing initiatives, both in print and online. Forthcoming highlights include: New titles in our ever popular Politics of‌Series, including Politics of Narcotic Drugs and Politics of the Olympics. New eBooks Archive and Subscription Packages in Political Science, Economics, and Business and Management. The long awaited 7th Volume in the History of Humanity series, publishing in October 08 in partnership with UNESCO. Our ever expanding international Handbooks publishing programme, providing cutting edge research, classic research and future trends in the Humanities, Social Sciences and STM. Last but not least, in 2009 we are launching new platforms for our most popular online products, including improved search functionality offering you and your patrons easier and more efficient access. If you would like any more information on any of the products listed in the catalogue, please contact the Routledge Reference team. Best wishes, Adam White Senior Marketing Executive Tel: +44 (0) 20 701 76649 Email: reference@routledge.com

Europa World Europa World and The Europa Regional Surveys of the World New Website from early 2009

Europa World has been designated a CHOICE outstanding title

www.europaworld.com Europa World enables you to subscribe to as much online content as you choose, from The Europa World Year Book together with any or all of The Europa Regional Surveys of the World. The in-depth, expert analysis provided by The Regional Surveys is an ideal complement to the core content of The Europa World Year Book, and all available in one easy subscription.

KEY FEATURES: s ANINTERACTIVEONLINELIBRARYFORALLTHECOUNTRIESANDTERRITORIESOFEACHOFTHE world regions s IMPARTIALCOVERAGEOFISSUESOFREGIONALIMPORTANCEFROMACKNOWLEDGEDEXPERTS s AVASTRANGEOFUP TO DATEECONOMIC POLITICALANDSTATISTICALDATA s BOOKANDPERIODICALBIBLIOGRAPHIESnDIRECTYOUTOFURTHERRESEARCH s EXTENSIVEDIRECTORYOFRESEARCHINSTITUTESSPECIALIZINGINTHEREGION s ABILITYTOSEARCHBYCONTENTTYPEACROSSREGIONS s THOUSANDSOFCLICK THROUGHWEBLINKSTOEXTERNALSITES

Europa World is changing! From early 2009, Europa World will be available as part of Europa Online. This is a brand new platform offering improved functionality - including integrated searching across all of the Europa Online products. To register for updates, email reference@routledge.com.

www.online.taylorandfrancis.com To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, please contact us at: 4AYLOR&RANCIS2EFERENCE/NLINE 0ARK3QUARE -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON /8/. /82. Email: REFERENCEONLINE TANDFCOUK s Tel:   s Fax:  

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online


2

ANNUAL TITLES

49TH EDITION

9-VOLUME SET

9TH EDITION

Europa World Year Book 2008

Europa Regional Surveys of the World 2009

Central and South Eastern Europe 2009

The Foundation of any Reference Collection

’This is an impressive reference work providing an impartial and invaluable guide to the politics, economy and history of the region’ – European Access Plus Now in its ninth edition, this title continues to provide the most accurate and reliable information available.

This nine volume set covers each of the major world regions. As well as covering the region as a whole, each volume provides a vast range of background information, statistics, directory information and analysis of the social, political and economic situation for each of the individual countries within that region.

Globally renowned for its accuracy, consistency and reliability, the Europa World Year Book provides detailed country surveys containing the latest analytical, statistical and directory information available for over 250 countries and territories. For over eighty years since its first publication, the Europa World Year Book has been at the forefront of political information on library reference shelves, providing reliable and timely information which is often hard to find.

Titles include: Africa South of the Sahara 2009; Central and South-Eastern Europe 2009; Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2009; The Far East and Australasia 2009; The Middle East and North Africa 2009; South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2009; South Asia 2009; The USA and Canada 2009 and Western Europe 2009 December 2008: 279x211 Hb: 978-1-85743-495-8: £3285.00 US $6570.00

• includes expert analysis of issues of regional importance, up-to-date statistics, extensive directories, and biographical information

38TH EDITION

• provides an impartial discussion of the politics and economy of the region.

Africa South of the Sahara 2009 ’A well-balanced, welljudged and remarkably comprehensive volume.’ – Times Literary Supplement

International Organizations Over 1,900 regional and international organizations are listed, in three major sections. The first features the United Nations and its agencies, and the second details other major international organizations. These entries provide indepth articles on the activities of each organization and the programmes run, a list of member states, and information covering the structure of the organization. Contact details, publications and information on finance are also included. The third section lists some 1,700 other international organizations, listed by area of activity. Contact details and publications are listed for each entry, as well as a description of activities. Organizations featured include the United Nations Environmental Programme, the European Union, the International Criminal Court and the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries. All the organizations listed appear in a comprehensive index. Country Surveys Over 250 countries and territories are covered by an individual chapter. These chapters contain: Introductory Survey The Introductory Survey includes essays covering recent history, economic affairs, and government, defence, education and public holidays. Updated and revised annually, these provide an excellent introduction to the country.

’This is probably the best reference work available on this part of the African continent.’ – Reference Reviews A definitive one-volume guide to all sub-Saharan African countries, providing invaluable economic and directory data. It includes: • over 1,500 pages of economic and demographic statistics, wide-ranging directory material and authoritative articles • contributions from over fifty leading experts on African affairs • incisive analysis of the latest available information. General Survey • thoroughly revised and updated analytical articles written by acknowledged experts covering the issues affecting the area as a whole, including: Economic Trends in Africa South of the Sahara; Health and Medical Issues in Sub-Saharan Africa; State Failure in Africa; A Century of Development; China’s Expansion into Africa; and European Colonial Rule in Africa • a political map of contemporary Africa and a chronological list of the dates of independence of African countries.

Statistical Survey

Country Surveys

This section provides tables giving the latest available figures on area and population; health and welfare; agriculture; forestry; fishing; mining; industry; finance; trade; transport; tourism; the media; and education. Statistics are sourced from official local or national bodies or from international organizations where appropriate.

Individual chapters on every country incorporating:

Directory Section A comprehensive directory section lists names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers, e-mail and internet addresses, plus other useful facts about organizations from the fields of government; election commission; political organizations; diplomatic representation; judicial system; religions; the press; publishers; broadcasting and communications; banking; insurance; trade and industry; development organizations; chambers of commerce; industrial and trade associations; utilities; trade unions; transport; and tourism. June 2008: 279x211: 5,035pp Hb: 978-1-85743-451-4: £725.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

• a comprehensive survey of the countries and territories of Central and South-Eastern Europe, presenting the latest economic and political developments

• an introductory survey, containing essays on the physical and social geography, recent history and economy of each country

General Survey • leading authorities on the area analyze topics of regional interest. Essays focus on: Central and SouthEastern European Economies; Minorities in Central and South-Eastern Europe; Environmental Governance and EU Enlargement; Modern Greece in South-Eastern Europe; The Baltic Sea Region; Developments in Kosovo; Bosnia and Herzegovina since Dayton; The Impact of EU Integration on Social Policy Reforms in Central and South-Eastern Europe; plus appendices on the religions of the region and on Kaliningrad. Country Surveys • detailed individual chapters for each country include a description of physical and social geography; a chronology; essays on the history and economy; and a statistical survey. Each chapter also includes a comprehensive directory of names, addresses, contact numbers, and e-mail and internet addresses, together with information on: the constitution, national and local government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judicial system, religion, the media, finance, telecommunications, trade and industry (including major companies), transport, tourism, culture, education, social welfare, the environment and defence. There is also a select bibliography. Who’s Who in Central and South-Eastern Europe • biographical details on more than 170 of the region’s leading political figures. Regional Information • provides detailed information on selected regional and international organizations; a list of research institutes; and select bibliographies of both books and periodicals. August 2008: 279x211: 832pp Hb: 978-1-85743-466-8: £385.00

• an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators • a full directory containing names, addresses and contact numbers for key areas such as the government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judiciary, religion, the media, finance, trade and industry, tourism, defence and education • a useful bibliography, providing sources for further research. Regional Information Detailed information on the following: regional organizations; major commodities; calendars, time reckoning, research institutes concerned with Africa and select bibliographies of books and periodicals. October 2008: 279x211: 1,536pp Hb: 978-1-85743-469-9: £420.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


ANNUAL TITLES

9TH EDITION

55TH EDITION

Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2009

Middle East and North Africa 2009

40TH EDITION Now in its fifty-fifth edition, this title continues to provide the most up-to-date geo-political and economic information for this important world area. The volume:

Extensive coverage of the political, economic and social affairs of the region. This impartial up-to-date survey of the countries and territories that make up the region includes:

Far East and Australasia 2009 Now in its 40th edition • a systematic survey of the countries of East and SouthEast Asia, Australia and New Zealand, along with twentythree Pacific Islands

• incisive analysis by acknowledged experts

• covers the Middle East and North Africa from Algeria to Yemen

• essential for anyone with a professional interest in the region

• the latest statistics on the major economic indicators and population

• includes topical contributions from acknowledged experts on the region

• keeps up to date with current economic and political developments.

• invaluable directory material. General Survey • leading authorities on the region analyze topics of regional importance including: An Economic Survey of the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS); International Relations of Russia and the CIS; Separatism and Islamist Militancy in the North Caucasus; The Politics of Energy in the Caspian Sea Region; Poverty and Social Welfare; The Politics of Water in Central Asia; and Environmental Degradation.

• accurately and impartially records the latest political and economic developments • provides comprehensive data on all major organizations in the region. General Survey • introductory essays cover topics relating to the region as a whole, including: Arab–Israeli Relations 1967–2008; The Jerusalem Issue; Documents on Palestine; Nuclear Proliferation in the Middle East; Oil; Natural Gas; and Islamic Banking and Finance.

Country Surveys

Country Surveys

Individual chapters on every country containing:

• individual chapters on each country incorporating: essays on the physical and social geography, recent history and economy of the country.

• an introductory survey, containing essays on the geography, recent history and economy of each country, which includes a map and chronology • an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators, which include area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, media and education. • a full directory containing names, addresses, contact numbers and e-mail and internet addresses for the following areas: the constitution, the government, legislature, local government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judiciary, religion, the media, finance, trade and industry, transport, tourism, culture, education, social welfare, the environment and defence

• an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators, which include area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications media and education. • a full directory with names, addresses and contact details covering the constitution, government, legislature, judiciary, political organizations, diplomatic representation, religious groups, the media, finance, trade and industry (including petroleum and natural gas), tourism, defence and education • a bibliography, providing suggestions for further research. Regional Information

• in-depth coverage of autonomous, sovereign and separatist territories, including comprehensive information on the constituent units of the Russian Federation

Includes all major international organizations active in the region, research institutes specializing in the region; and select bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the Middle east and North Africa.

• a bibliography, providing sources for further research.

October 2008: 279x211:1,140pp Hb: 978-1-85743-472-9: £420.00

Who’s Who in Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia

General Survey Written by acknowledged authorities on the Pacific Rim, this collection of essays forms an impartial overview of the area as a whole. Topics include: the USA’s relations with the Asia-Pacific region, regional security issues, human rights, environmental issues and recent economic trends. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country containing: essays on geography, history and the economy; an economic and demographic survey of the latest available statistics on population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications and education; a directory of names, addresses and contact details covering the constitution, government, legislature, judiciary, political organizations, diplomatic representation, religion, the media, finance, trade, industry, tourism, defence and education; and a select bibliography. Regional Information Includes all major international organizations active in the region, their aims, activities, publications and principal personnel; a detailed survey of major commodities in Asia and the Pacific; a directory of research institutes specializing in the region; select bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the Far East and Australasia; and an index of regional organizations. November 2008: 279x211: 1,504pp Hb: 978-1-85743-475-0: £420.00

• biographical details of more than 160 of the leading political figures in the region. Regional Information • detailed information on the following: regional organizations; research institutes; a select periodicals bibliography and a select books bibliography. November 2008: 279x211: 784pp Hb: 978-1-85743-473-6: £385.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

3


4

ANNUAL TITLES

Regional Surveys of the World continued 17TH EDITION

South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2009 ’Remains an exemplary reference work for students of the area.’ – International Affairs This latest 17th edition of South America, Central America and the Caribbean is scrupulously revised and updated, bringing you impartial and comprehensive coverage of this vast area. • an unrivalled survey on the countries and territories of the region • includes contributions from acknowledged authorities who examine topics of regional importance. General Survey Thoroughly revised and updated analytical articles written by acknowledged experts covering issues of regional importance. Subjects covered include: The Many Faces of the Left in Latin America; Gender Development in Latin America; Judicial Politics in Latin America; The Emergence of the People’s Republic of China in Latin America: Trade, Investment and Development; Trade Preferences and Caribbean Economies; Gangs of Central America. New for this edition – The Politics of Energy in Latin Amerca; Caribbean Overseas Territories in a Changing World. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country and territory incorporating: • an introductory survey, containing essays on the history and economy of each country, as well as physical and social geographies of each country, including maps • an extensive economic and demographic survey of the latest available statistics on area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications media and education

6TH EDITION

11TH EDITION

South Asia 2009

USA and Canada 2009

Now in its sixth edition, South Asia 2009 provides an in-depth library of information on the countries and territories of the region. Exhaustively researched by Europa’s experienced editorial team, this title includes a vast range of up-to-date economic, political and statistical data. Combining impartial analysis with facts and figures, South Asia 2009 provides a unique overall perspective on this increasingly important region. The book is divided into three sections: General Survey:

This renowned reference title provides essential analysis of these vast North American nations. Completely revised and updated, this eleventh edition brings together statistical, factual and directory information on these two vast nations and their constituent states, provinces and territories. It includes: • comprehensive geographical, historical, economic and political information • contributions from acknowledged regional experts. Introductory Essays:

• containing introductory essays by key specialists providing impartial coverage of issues of regional importance. Essays include: Globalization and Human Development in South Asia; Corruption and Governance in South Asia; Current Security Issues in South Asia; Forced Migration in South Asia; India as a Superpower; Gender Issues in South Asia; the Religions of South Asia; and Population and Environmental Issues in South Asia.

Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Part Two: USA, Part Three: Canada

Country Surveys:

Each country chapter includes:

• detailed coverage of the eight countries of South Asia: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, The Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka

• introduction

• up-to-date statistical surveys including the latest available figures • a directory section of essential contact names, postal addresses and e-mail and internet addresses. Regional Information: • a biographical section profiling prominent figures in the South Asian region

• leading experts on the area analyze topics of interest and importance to the region as a whole, including: The North American Free Trade Agreement and the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America; Immigration to Canada and the USA; and Environmental Issues in North America.

• essays, including: US Foreign Policy; the Politics of Oil Dependency in the USA; the Role of Religion in US Politics; the US Electoral System; the US Farm Bill; Health and Social Welfare Policy in the USA; Diversity and Equality in the USA; the History of Canada post1980; Federal Energy Policy in Canada; and Canada’s Foreign Relations • directory and statistics. December 2008: 279x211: 640pp Hb: 978-1-85743-478-1: £420.00

• directory details of research institutes studying the area and a select book and periodicals bibliography. October 2008: 279x211: 436pp Hb: 978-1-85743-476-7: £360.00

11TH EDITION

Western Europe 2009

• a full directory section with names, addresses, contact numbers and e-mail and internet addresses covering the constitution, government, legislature, judiciary, political organizations, diplomatic representation, religious groups, the media, finance, trade and industry, tourism, defence and education

A comprehensive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe, which comprises expert analysis and commentary and includes up-to-date statistical and directory information. Key features include:

• a select bibliography, containing suggestions for further research.

General Survey

• contributions from around forty acknowledged experts • thoroughly revised directory and statistical information on each country and territory. • introductory articles by leading authorities cover issues of regional importance. Topics include: developments in the European Union; the politics of migration; environmental issues; the challenges surrounding Western Europe’s defence policies; relations with the developing world; Islam in Western Europe and an economic survey of the region.

Regional Information • includes full details of all major international organizations active in the region; a detailed survey of major commodities in Latin America; a directory of research institutes specializing in the region; select bibliographies of books and periodicals; and an index of regional organizations. September 2008: 279x211: 1,128pp Hb: 978-1-85743-467-5: £420.00

Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country, which comprise of: • an introductory survey, containing essays on the geography, history and economy of each country, which includes a full chronology and map • an extensive economic and demographic survey of the latest available statistics • a full directory section with names, addresses, contact numbers and e-mail and internet addresses • a select bibliography, containing suggestions for further research. Regional Information • includes a directory of research institutes specializing in the region; and bibliographies of books and periodicals covering Western Europe. November 2008: 279x211: 888pp Hb: 978-1-85743-477-4: £420.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


ANNUAL TITLES

59TH EDITION

The Europa World of Learning 2009 A comprehensive directory and guide to the organizations and institutions throughout the sphere of higher education and learning. Profiling some 30,000 academic institutions and over 200,000 staff and officials, this highly esteemed work covers the whole of the higher education and learning spectrum. Available in both print and online editions, there is no other source that provides such comprehensive, international coverage. Now in its fifty-ninth edition, The Europa World of Learning has become established as one of the world’s leading reference works. Meticulously updated to the highest editorial standards, entries are sourced from the organizations themselves to ensure accurate and reliable information.

Every type of academic institution is covered, including over: • 6,200 universities and colleges • 6,600 research institutes • 3,000 museums and art galleries • 5,300 learned societies • 3,500 libraries and archives • 26,000 publications. This highly acclaimed resource also includes a separate section detailing more than 500 international organizations concerned with higher education and scholarship, such as UNESCO, the International Association of Universities and ERASMUS. Other key features include: • truly international coverage

Content includes:

• separate chapters for every country; from Afghanistan to Zimbabwe

• introductory surveys for every country providing a profile of higher education framework

• completely revised and updated every year

• directory section of regulatory and representative bodies for selected countries • four specially commissioned essays covering the field of higher education around the world.

• easy-to-use format, including a 100-page index of institutions for quick reference. • also available online at www.worldoflearning.com September 2008: 279x211: 2,950pp Hb: 978-1-85743-471-2: £525.00

The Europa World of Learning Europa Biographical Reference Online ‘I can’t imagine why any library would not opt to give its users greater, enhanced access to valuable information via the web-based product. Highly recommended.’ – Reference Reviews

www.worldoflearning.com

New Website

The Europa World of Learning Online provides a unique and invaluable source of global educational contacts. Thousands of librarians, curators, university chancellors, presidents, rectors, professors and deans are included along with informative background data on the institutions concerned.

from early 

Key Features: sFULLYSEARCHABLEBYCOUNTRY INSTITUTIONNAME TYPE PROFESSORIALSUBJECTSPECIALIZATION and many more options sUPDATEDFOURTIMESAYEAR sCONTAINSMORETHAN CLICKABLELINKSTOINSTITUTIONALSITES sFULLYNETWORKABLETOALLOWMULTI USERACCESS

The Europa World of Learning is changing! &ROMEARLY The Europa World of Learning will be available as part of Europa Online. This is a brand new platform offering improved functionality – including integrated searching across all of the Europa Online products. To register for updates, email reference@routledge.com.

www.online.taylorandfrancis.com To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe please contact us: 4AYLOR&RANCIS2EFERENCE/NLINE 0ARK3QUARE -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON /8/. /82. %MAILONLINESALES TANDFCOUK s 4EL   s &AX  

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

5


6

ANNUAL TITLES

9TH EDITION

10TH EDITION

17TH EDITION

European Union Encyclopedia and Directory 2009

Europa Directory of International Organizations 2008

The Europa International Foundation Directory 2008

The ninth edition of this well-informed and comprehensive Encyclopedia and Directory charts the European Union’s development. Thoroughly updated, this extensive reference source provides in-depth information on all matters relating to the European Union: the expansion of the EU under the Nice Treaty is covered, and the future of the union is addressed. A glossary of key terms, a statistical survey and a directory section provide a unique guide to the workings of the EU as well as up-to-date contact details of MEPs and other EU officials. Features: • an up-to-date chronology of the EU (from 1947 to present) • an A-Z section contains concise definitions and explanations of organizations, acronyms and terms, and articles on each member state. Comprising over 1,000 entries compiled by acknowledged experts, terms listed include: the European Convention; the Rapid Reaction Mechanism; the Charter of Fundamental Rights; the Laeken Declaration; enlargement; and immigration policy • a series of introductory articles provide an overall view of the policies and activities of the EU. Essay subjects include: defence policies of the EU; the EU economy; European Monetary Union; the governance, legal and social frameworks of the EU; enlargement; external relations, migration and asylum policy • an extensive directory of key names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers, e-mail and internet addresses of all major European Union institutions and their official bodies. This information is supplemented by summaries of important treaties; a listing of information sources in the EU; and details of EU-level trade and professional associations. Also in this section, details of MEPs and the political groups and national parties contributing to the European Parliament • a statistical survey provides tables covering topics such as: population, employment, agriculture, energy and mining, industry, finance, trade, transport and communications, tourism, health and welfare, and education across the EU. This title will prove invaluable to academic and public libraries, politicians and government agencies and the media, as well as to all those in need of accurate and reliable information on the European Union. October 2008: 279x211: 784pp Hb: 978-1-85743-474-3: £390.00

An extensive and unequalled one-volume guide covering some 1,900 international and regional entities, this title provides detailed and accurate information on a wide spectrum of international organizations from the World Health Organization to OPEC.

Now in its seventeenth edition, The Europa International Foundation Directory 2008 provides an unparalleled guide to the foundations, trusts, charitable and grant-making NGOs, and other similar not-forprofit organizations of the world. It provides a comprehensive picture of third sector activity on a global scale.

Features include: • introductory articles: An Introduction to International Organizations and The International System in the Early Twenty-first Century • a chronology charting the historical development of international organizations • texts of significant international charters, treaties and documents • lists of key UN Security Council and General Assembly resolutions, plus information about peace-keeping activities • biographical details of leading officials within international organizations • information on each organization includes contact details, membership, leading officials, activities, finance, publications and subsidiary organizations • an extensive index. July 2008: 279x211: 776pp Hb: 978-1-85743-462-0: £250.00

5TH EDITION

International Directory of Government 2008 The International Directory of Government is the definitive guide to people in power in every part of the world. All the top decision-makers are included in this one-volume publication, which brings together government institutions, agencies and personnel in every country and dependency in the world. Each chapter offers information about:

Presenting names and contact details for over 2,550 institutions world-wide, this new edition has been revised and expanded to include the most comprehensive and up-to-date information on this growing sector. Part One Essays provide valuable background information on the sector, giving an introductory overview of foundation activity world-wide, as well as detailing the direction in which foundations and NGOs are moving in the 21st century. Part Two Entries are arranged alphabetically, and are listed within individual country chapters. It also includes: • directory information, including the name of the organization, postal address, e-mail and internet addresses as well as telephone and fax numbers • full details of the date of establishment and the aims and function of the organization are listed where appropriate, as well as its principal activities, projects and programmes, etc. Restrictions on grants are listed along with the geographical area of activity, finances, key executives and trustees of the organization • Foundation centres and co-ordinating bodies are listed in a separate section at the start of each chapter. These include CAF (Charities Aid Foundation, UK), Civil Society International (USA) and the Association internationale des charités (Belgium). Entries listed include: Polish-Czech-Slovak Solidarity Foundation, The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Rowan Charitable Trust, Marie Curie Cancer Cure and Médecins sans Frontières. Part Three Indexes are provided, listing foundations alphabetically, by geographical region of concern (e.g. the Middle East, Western Europe, Central and South America and the Caribbean, etc.) and by main areas of activity.

• the country’s system of government • the head of state • the legislature • government ministers and ministries

May 2008: 279x211: 744pp Hb: 978-1-85743-463-7: £255.00

• the election commission • the judiciary • state-related agencies and other institutions arranged by subject heading. Institutional entries contain the names and titles of principal officials, postal, e-mail and internet addresses, telephone, and fax numbers and other relevant details. June 2008: 279x211: 720pp Hb: 978-1-85743-484-2: £360.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


ANTHROPOLOGY

ARCHAEOLOGY

Biographical Dictionary of Social and Cultural Anthropology

Encyclopedia of Historical Archaeology

Edited by Vered Amit

2002: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-21544-2: £120.00

With almost 600 individually-signed entries from a global team of contributors, this Dictionary is destined to become the definitive one-stop reference source for authoritative information on key figures in the field of anthropology.

2003: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-22379-9: £145.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47553-2: £25.00

2ND EDITION

Companion Encyclopedia of Anthropology Humanity, Culture and Social Life Edited by Tim Ingold 2002: 234x156: 1,168pp Pb: 978-0-415-28604-6: £30.00

Edited by Charles E. Orser Jnr

Edited by Graeme Barker

Greek and Roman Dress from A to Z Liza Cleland, Glenys Davies, University of Edinburgh, UK and Lloyd Llewellyn-Jones, University of Cardiff, UK Who dressed as a woman in an attempt to commit adultery with Julius Caesar’s wife? How did the ancient Greeks make blusher from seaweed? Just how does one wear a toga? If, as many claim, the importance of clothes lies in their detail, then this a book that no sartorially savvy Classicist should be without. Greek and Roman Dress from A to Z is an alphabetized compendium of styles and accessories that form the well-known classical image: a reference source of stitches, drapery, hairstyles, colours, fabrics and jewellery, and an analysis of the intricate system of social meanings that they comprise.

1999: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-06448-4: £195.00

Medieval Archaeology An Encyclopedia Edited by Pamela Crabtree Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages 2000: 276x219: 448pp Hb: 978-0-8153-1286-4: £135.00

A Dictionary of Ancient Near Eastern Mythology Dr Gwendolyn Leick 1998: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-19811-0: £27.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Encyclopedia of Ancient Greece Edited by Nigel Wilson Examining every aspect of the culture from antiquity to the founding of Constantinople in the early Byzantine era, this thoroughly cross-referenced and fully indexed work is written by an international group of scholars.

The entries range in length from a few lines to a few pages and cover individual aspects of dress alongside surveys of wider topics and illuminating socio-cultural analysis, drawn from ancient art, literature and archaeology. For those who want to take their reading further, there are references to both primary sources and modern scholarship. This book will be fascinating for anyone delving into it with an interest in style and dress, and an invaluable companion for any classicist.

2005: 276x219: 832pp Hb: 978-0-415-97334-2: £90.00

2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-22661-5: £60.00

Encyclopedia of the Ancient World

Birds in the Ancient World from A to Z W. Geoffrey Arnott, Emeritus Professor, University of Leeds, UK

For other Annual Titles – See our Biographical Reference section on Page 9

Companion Encyclopedia of Archaeology

Edited by Shona Grimbly 2000: 276x219: 300pp Hb: 978-1-57958-281-4: £70.00

Birds in the Ancient World from A to Z gathers together the ancient information available, listing all the names that ancient Greeks gave their birds and all their descriptions and analyzes. Arnott identifies as many of them as possible in the light of modern ornithological studies. The ancient Greek bird names are transliterated into English script, and all that the ancients said about birds is presented in English. This book is accordingly the first complete discussion of ancient bird names that will be accessible to readers without ancient Greek. The only large-scale examination of ancient birds for seventy years, the book has an exhaustive bibliography (partly classical scholarship and partly ornithological) to encourage further study, and provides students and ornithologists with the definitive study of ancient birds. 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-23851-9: £60.00

Encyclopedia of the Archaeology of Ancient Egypt Edited by Kathryn A. Bard 1999: 246x174: 968pp Hb: 978-0-415-18589-9: £180.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

7


8

ARCHITECTURE

ASIAN STUDIES

Information Sources in Architecture and Construction

Handbook of South Asian Politics

Handbook of Indian Politics

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Nepal

Patricia Lawton

Edited by Paul Brass, Professor Emeritus of Political Science and South Asian Studies, University of Washington, USA

Edited by Atul Kohli and Prerna Singh, both at Princeton University, USA

This book identifies and critically reviews the most useful sources of information relevant to the construction industry. Aimed at both the information and the construction professional, it assists the reader in assessing the value of the various sources on offer and in choosing between rival services at this time of unparalleled change. It also recommends texts within the broad fields of interest. Lawton concentrates on publicly available information and also explores the area of knowledge management. She makes useful suggestions as to how information internal to an organization can be collected, recorded and exploited to the organization’s benefit, including recommended further reading. The net result is a book that contributes to the industry’s move towards greater information exchange, efficiency and streamlining. December 2008: 234x156: 344pp Pb: 978-0-85142-456-9: £45.00

African American Architects A Biographical Dictionary, 1865-1945 Edited by Dreck Spurlock Wilson 2004: 276x219: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-92959-2: £85.00

Encyclopedia of 20th-Century Architecture Edited by R. Stephen Sennott

The Handbook of South Asian Politics examines key issues in South Asian politics. Written by experts in their respective areas, this Handbook introduces the reader to the politics of South Asia by presenting the prevailing agreements and disagreements in the literature. • Part 1 provides an overview of the foundations of the three major states of South Asia; India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka, whilst also including the formation of Bangladesh. • Parts 2, 3 and 4 focus on issues such as political change, pluralism and national integration, and the political economy of India and the other South Asian states. • Part 5 includes comparative chapters, where issues such as civil-military relations in India and Pakistan; patronage, corruption and criminality; radical and violent political movements; and the international relations of South Asia, are addressed. This unique reference work will be an invaluable source of information to students and academics interested in South Asian studies, South Asian politics, comparative political science and international relations. December 2008: 246x189: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-43429-4: £125.00

India’s growing economic and socio-political importance on the global stage has triggered an increased interest in that country. Scholars, policy analysts, students and the curious layperson alike are keen to gain a basic understanding of the ways in which the world’s largest democracy functions. As a result, there is at present an unprecedented need for a ready reference that provides a concise but comprehensive introduction to the central themes of Indian politics and this Handbook fills this niche. Chapters are structured along the themes of state, society, and the politics that links the two in the context of post-Independence India. In the section entitled ‘The State’ a spectrum of India’s leaders; institutions, such as political parties and federalism; economic growth and social development; and politics in different states are examined. The section on ‘Society’ analyzes identity politics; the relationship between religion and society; and various aspects of civil society. The final section – ‘International Perspectives’ – analyzes India’s foreign relations as well as a selection of national security issues. The contributions are written by experts in their respective field, and consequently, the Handbook offers an invigorating initiation into the seemingly daunting and complex terrain of Indian politics. It is targeted primarily towards academics, policy analysts, researchers and graduates as well as undergraduate students. June 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77685-1: £125.00

2003: 276x219: 2,640pp Hb: 978-1-57958-243-2: £375.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


BIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCE

Handbook of the South Asian Diaspora Edited by Joya Chatterji and David Washbrook, both at University of Cambridge, UK South Asia’s diaspora is among the world’s largest and most widespread, and it is growing exponentially. In 2001, the government of India estimated that 20 million persons of Indian descent live abroad; and many more millions have roots other countries of the subcontinent, in Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. There are 3 million South Asians in the UK and approximately the same number resides in North America. South Asians are an extremely significant presence in Southeast Asia and Africa, and increasingly visible in the Middle East. This inter-disciplinary Handbook on the South Asian diaspora brings together contributions by leading scholars and rising stars on different aspects of its history, anthropology and geography, as well as its contemporary political and socio-cultural implications. The Handbook situates the contemporary diaspora firmly within in historical context. South Asians have travelled abroad for many reasons, in many guises, to many destinations for many centuries. The first section of the Handbook provides a historically grounded analysis of these movements of people. It includes chapters on the following themes: mobile South Asians in the early-modern world, diaspora and Empire, and the diaspora in the age of nation states. The second part of the Handbook centres on politics, culture and identity in the South Asian diaspora, thus offering the reader an overview on transnational politics and economics, culture in the diaspora and the socio-cultural impact of the South Asian diaspora on the countries where they have settled. This much needed and pioneering venture provide an invaluable reference work for students, scholars and policy makers world wide interested in the South Asian Studies. September 2010: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-48010-9: £125.00

Handbook of Central Asian Politics Edited by Reuel R. Hanks, Oklahoma State University, US Since achieving independence in 1991, the five states of Central Asia have increasingly gained geopolitical, economic and strategic significance. There are several reasons for the region’s rise in importance. Geographic location, at the intersection of Russia, South Asia, China and the Middle East, gives Central Asia a crucial role in the relationships between all these key regions. The Central Asian countries clearly recognize their new role in the world, and in the last decade have entered into strategic alliances. The impact of the region on the global energy supply and markets, due to some countries holding potentially vast pools of oil and natural gas, is well documented, and the forward positioning of armed forces by the United States and Russia in Central Asia highlight the strategic dimension in the “war on terror.”

Handbook of South Asian Culture and Society

72ND EDITION

Edited by Veena Das, The Johns Hopkins University, USA

Published annually since 1935, the International Who’s Who is now in its seventy-second edition. Providing hard-to-find biographical details for over 22,000 of the world’s most prominent and influential personalities, this outstanding reference work records the lives and achievements of men and women from almost every profession and activity – from heads of state to sporting greats.

The Handbook of South Asian Culture and Society presents key issues on culture and society in the South Asian context. Written by experts in their respective areas, the Handbook introduces the reader to the field. Emphasizing the significant changes that have been taking place in South Asian societies in light of globalization and the critical responses this has generated, the chapters capture the new kinds of themes across the domains of religion, politics, economics, and kinship. Taking into account economic and political changes in the different South Asian societies, the contibutors provide invaluable insight into the cultural life of the region. Thereby, a ‘history of the moment’ of South Asian culture and society is presented. The Handbook is structured along the following sections: • institutional and cultural framework • modernity: its promises and its threats • gender • geography, environment, population and urban studies • religion

The International Who’s Who 2009

The editorial team aims to include all those who have raised to the top of their field or profession – from the headline makers to the unsung experts whose achievements and talents guarantee their inclusion. Entries are taken from across the world and from a broad sweep of professions, to include the leading figures from the worlds of science, medicine, business, finance, politics, international affairs, diplomacy, law, art, music, entertainment and fashion, to name but a few. There is also a separate section that details reigning royal families. Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. June 2008: 279x211: 2,391pp Hb: 978-1-85743-450-7: £375.00

• literature, theatre, music and the arts • popular culture.

25TH EDITION

This comprehensive reference work will be an invaluable source of information to students and academics interested in cultural studies, anthropology and sociology and South Asian studies.

International Who’s Who in Classical Music 2009 ’An essential working tool for all those whose living and life are in the wonderful world of music.’ – Musical Opinion

Selected Contents: 1. Institutional and Cultural Framework 2. Modernity: Its Promises and its Threats 3. Gender 4. Geography, environment, population and urban studies 5. Religion 6. Literature, theatre, music and the Arts 7. Popular Culture April 2010: 246x189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77557-1: £95.00

South Asian Folklore An Encyclopedia Edited by Peter Claus, Sarah Diamond and Margaret Mills 2002: 276x219: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-93919-5: £130.00

’So good as to be indispensable.’ – Opera The International Who’s Who in Classical Music 2009 is an unparalleled source of biographical information on singers, instrumentalists, composers, conductors and managers. The directory section lists orchestras, opera companies and other institutions connected with the classical music world. Each biographical entry comprises personal information, principal career details, repertoire, recordings and compositions, and full contact details where available. Appendices provide contact details for national orchestras, opera companies, music festivals, music organizations and major competitions and awards. Entries include individuals involved in all aspects of the world of classical music: composers, instrumentalists, singers, arrangers, writers, musicologists, conductors, directors and managers.

The time period covered in the Handbook is contemporary, with a focus on the dynamics and causes behind current issues in the region. Central Asia here centres on the five former Soviet republics of Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan. The book is structured around four general themes, which contain topically-focused chapters addressing the crucial components of each theme, across the five Central Asian states.

Key features: • over 8,000 detailed biographical entries • covers the classical and light classical fields • includes both up-and-coming musicians and wellestablished names. This book will prove invaluable for anyone in need of reliable, up-to-date information on the individuals and organizations involved in classical music.

This academic Handbook, produced by experts on the region’s complex politics, fill a void in the existing litereature. It is much needed to provide an in depth understanding of political issues in Central Asia.

Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. March 2009: 279x211: 968pp Hb: 978-1-85743-513-9: £250.00

April 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77676-9: £125.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

9


10

BIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCE

11TH EDITION

15TH EDITION

6TH EDITION

International Who’s Who in Popular Music 2009

International Who’s Who in Poetry 2009

International Who’s Who of Women 2008

The International Who’s Who in Popular Music 2009 provides biographical details on some of the most talented and influential artists and individuals from the world of popular music. Now in its tenth edition, it includes over 7,000 biographies charting the careers and achievements of pop, rock, folk, jazz, dance, world and country artists throughout the world. Key features:

The fifteenth edition of the International Who’s Who in Poetry is a unique and comprehensive guide to the leading lights and freshest talent in poetry today. Containing biographies of more than 4,000 contemporary poets world-wide, this essential reference work provides truly international coverage. In addition to the well known poets, talented up-and-coming writers are also profiled.

• each entry includes full biographical information: principal career details, recordings and compositions, honours and contact information

Key features:

• spans the full range of the popular music industry, from rock to jazz and dance to country

• an international appendices section lists prizes and past prize-winners, organizations, magazines and publishers

• provides information on established names as well as up-and-coming artists

• the career profile section is supplemented by lists of Poets Laureate

• a directory section provides details of music festivals, awards, organizations within the industry, and digital music sources

Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com.

• for ease of reference, the book includes an index of music group members. In one accessible volume the International Who’s Who in Popular Music 2009 provides the most comprehensive collection of information on the most famous and influential people in the popular music industry.

• each entry provides full career history and publication details

August 2008: 279x211: 420pp Hb: 978-1-85743-483-5: £210.00

24TH EDITION

International Who’s Who of Authors & Writers 2009 International Who’s Who of Authors and Writers 2009 provides an invaluable and practical source of biographical information on the key personalities and organizations of the literary world.

Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. March 2009: 279x211: 640pp Hb: 978-1-85743-514-6: £225.00

International Who’s Who Classical/Popular Music set 2009

Now in its twenty-fourth edition, the book is revised and updated annually by our editorial team and covers the most important authors and writers at work today. This title will prove an invaluable acquisition for journalists, television and radio companies, public and academic libraries, PR companies, literary organizations and anyone needing up-to-date information in this field. Entries:

Combining the International Who’s Who in Classical Music and the International Who’s Who in Popular Music, this two-volume set provides a complete view of the whole of the music world. Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. April 2009: 279x211: 1,960pp Hb: 978-1-85743-515-3: £400.00

Biographical details are listed for writers of all kinds, including novelists, playwrights, essayists, editors, columnists, journalists, as well as literary agents and publishers. Each entry provides personal information, career details, works published, literary awards and prizes, memberships and contact information, where available. Entries listed include Thomas Pynchon, Tahar Ben Jelloun, Xinran Xue, Fred Vargas and Kazuo Ishiguro. Key features: • almost 8,000 entries • a directory section, including detailed lists of major international literary awards and prizes, principal literary organizations, and literary agents • entries for established writers, as well as for those who have recently risen to prominence • hundreds of new entries are included in this edition. Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. August 2008: 279x211: 850pp Hb: 978-1-85743-470-5: £235.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

’Valuable and unique, this work promises to be useful to academic, public, and business libraries, and to corporations, the media, and organizations and associations.’ – Choice ’This is a clear, accurate and up-to-date volume produced to Europa’s usual high standards.’ – Reference Reviews The most influential and distinguished women throughout the world are brought together in this unique single volume publication. Listing nearly 7,000 entries from a variety of backgrounds, this new sixth edition reflects the growing role of women in modern society. A one-stop research tool making reference quick and easy, recognizing established personalities as well as women who are rising to prominence. Key features: • each entry includes: nationality, date and place of birth, education, family details, career, awards and publications, leisure interests, address and telephone numbers, and email and internet addresses where available • comprehensive biographies of women from all occupational fields are included: politics, finance, business, academia, science, literature, the media, fashion, the arts, medicine, sports and many more. Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. 2007: 279x211: 952pp Hb: 978-1-85743-429-3: £320.00

6TH EDITION

Who’s Who in International Affairs 2009 This sixth edition of Who’s Who in International Affairs provides, in one volume, biographical information on nearly 6,000 people prominent in the fields of international politics, diplomacy, law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats, the book also includes academics, think tank analysts, and journalists, among others, who are active in, or relevant to, the world of foreign affairs. Who’s Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out, with the international figure’s personal details, education, career, publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information, an extensive index section is included, where entrants are listed once by nationality and for many by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world, including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. Also available online as part of World who’s who! For a free trial, visit the website at www.worldwhoswho.com. September 2008: 279x211: 930pp Hb: 978-1-85743-479-8: £350.00

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


BIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCE

2ND EDITION

2ND EDITION

Profiles of People in Power

A Historical Dictionary of British Women

Circa The second edition of this important biographical reference presents over 300 succinct narrative biographies of some of the most important, influential and powerful people in the world. Covering some 200 countries and territories it profiles every serving head of state and head of government and explains both, the role of the head of state, head of government and the legislature as well as each country’s type of government.

This reference book, containing the biographies of more than 1,000 notable British women from Boudicca to Barbara Castle, is an absorbing record of female achievement spanning some 2,000 years of British life.

2003: 279x211: 512pp Hb: 978-1-85743-228-2: ÂŁ185.00

Containing biographical profiles of close to 350 world leaders, this book will be essential for anyone needing information on those in power. Entries for each country or territory include: • a brief explanation of the type of government and the respective roles of the head of state, the head of government and the legislature • a listing of recent heads of state and heads of government • biographical profiles of the current head of state and head of government and other recent incumbents of these positions remain significant and active political leaders. This new edition is going to be a great asset to reference libraries, as well as governmental and political organizations world-wide. 2006: 234x156: 720pp Hb: 978-1-85743-346-3: £130.00

World Who’s Who

Europa Biographical Reference Online sNOWINCLUDINGOVER ENTRIES

www.worldwhoswho.com

sNEWDESIGNFOREASIERACCESSTHANEVERBEFORE

The essential reference source to the world’s leading men and women

sCLICKTHROUGHWEBLINKSANDEMAILADDRESSES

Key Features:

New Website

sQUICKANDEASYACCESSTOCURRENTBIOGRAPHICALDETAILSFORTHEMOSTPROMINENTAND INFLUENTIALINDIVIDUALSAROUNDTHEWORLD

FROMEARLY 

sPROVIDES HARD TO FIND CONTACT DETAILS AND INFORMS ON CAREER MOVES sASECTIONONROYALFAMILIESPROVIDESAT A GLANCEINFORMATIONONREIGNINGMONARCHS sRESEARCHED THOROUGHLY AND UPDATED ON A REGULAR BASIS TO PROVIDE CURRENT INFORMATION sADVANCEDSEARCHFUNCTIONSENABLEUSERSTOSEARCHBYNAME NATIONALITY PLACEAND DATEOFBIRTHANDBYPROFESSION sFROMHEADSOFSTATETOCELEBRITYCHEFS ALLAREINCLUDED

World Who’s Who is changing! &ROMEARLY World Who’s Who WILLBEAVAILABLEASPARTOFEuropa Online4HISIS ABRANDNEWPLATFORMOFFERINGIMPROVEDFUNCTIONALITYnINCLUDINGINTEGRATEDSEARCHING ACROSSALLOFTHEEuropa Online PRODUCTS4OREGISTERFORUPDATES EMAIL reference@routledge.com

www.online.taylorandfrancis.com 4OREGISTERFORAFREETRIAL FORPRICINGINFORMATION ORTOSUBSCRIBEPLEASECONTACTUS 4AYLOR&RANCIS2EFERENCE/NLINE 0ARK3QUARE -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON /8/. /82. %MAILONLINESALES TANDFCOUK s 4EL   s &AX  

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

11


12

ECONOMICS, BUSINESS AND LAW

NEW Economics, Business and Management eBooks Archive

and Subscription Package from Routledge

INCLUDES FREE ACCESS TO BACKLIST CONTENT WORTH OVER ÂŁ160,000 Routledge Research is renowned for cutting-edge, original research across the humanities and social sciences. Consisting of both single and multi-authored books and edited collections, the research program is characterized by dynamic interventions into established subjects and innovative studies on emerging topics. Unlock this cutting-edge research with our new eBook Subscription Packages. Maximise your resources, access the right material where and when you want it. Outstanding Offer! As an institution if you subscribe to our front list publishing program you are entitled to access our backlist archive of over 1,680 titles completely free! s THE %CONOMICS "USINESS AND -ANAGEMENT PACKAGE ALSO CONSISTS OF C NEW BOOKS PER YEAR s SUBSCRIBE AND YOU WILL ALSO BENEFIT FROM A HUGE SAVING ON THE LIST PRICE s PRICING DETAILS AND A FULL LIST OF TITLES ARE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST For further information on Taylor & Francis eBooks, purchasing options, and content for your library, please contact: Carlos Gimeno Taylor & Francis | 2 & 4 Park Square | Milton Park | Abingdon | Oxfordshire | OX14 4RN Tel: +44 (0)7017 6062 | Fax: +44 (0)7017 6336 | Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Also available: Routledge Political Science eBooks Archive and Subscription Package

www.informaworld.com/ebooks

Building the Financial Foundations of the Euro

The Routledge Companion to Fair Value and Financial Reporting Edited by Peter Walton, ESSEC-KPMG Financial Reporting Chair, ESSEC Business School, Paris, France.

Edited by Lars Jonung, Christoph Walker and Max Watson With contributions from a range of leading experts in this rapidly changing field, the book will be of particular value to economists, national and international institutes, banks and other financial institutions and the academic world. For ease of reference, the text is supported with charts and table, and there is a complete index. April 2008: 234x156 Pb: 978-92-79-05295-8: ÂŁ35.00

Comprising contributions from a unique mixture of academics, standard setters and practitioners, and edited by an internationally recognized expert, this book, on a controversial and intensely debated topic, is the only definitive reference source available on the topics of fair value and financial reporting. Drawing chapters from a diverse range of contributors on different aspects of the subject together into one volume, it: • examines the use of fair value in international financial reporting standards and the US standard SFAS 157 Fair Value Measurement, setting out the case for and against • looks at fair value from a number of different theoretical perspectives, including possible future uses, alternative measurement paradigms and how it compares with other valuation models • explores fair value accounting in practice, including audit, financial instruments, impairments, an investment banking perspective, approaches to fair value in Japan and the USA, and Enron’s use of fair value An outstanding resource, this volume is an indispensable reference that is deserving of a place on the bookshelves of both libraries and all those working in, studying, or researching the areas of international accounting, financial accounting and reporting. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction: The Nature of Fair Value 2. The Use of Fair Value in IFRS 3. What SFAS 157 Does and Does Not Accomplish 4. The Case for Fair Value 5. Fair Values: Imaginary Prices and Mystical Markets Part 2: Theoretical Analysis 6. Recent History of Fair Value 7. Fair Value and Valuation Models 8. Whither Fair Value?: The Future of Fair Value 9. Between a Rock and a Hard Place 10. Fair Value and Capital Markets 11. Fair Value: The Right Measurement Basis? 12. Measurement in Accounting and Fair Value 13. CCA: An Unsuccessful Attempt to Change the Measurement Basis 14. Alternatives to Fair Value 15. The Relevance and Reliability of Fair Value Measurement 16. The Fair Value Principle and its Impact on Debt and Equity Part 3: Fair Value in Practice 17. Fair Value: A Cautionary Tale from Enron 18. The Insurance Industry and Fair Value 19. Fair Value Measurement for Corporate Entities, Insurance Companies and Retail Banks from an Investment Banker’s Perspective 20. Fair Value and the Auditor 21. Fair Value Accounting in the USA 22. A Japanese Perspective on Fair Value 23. Pension Accounting and Fair Value 24. Fair Value in IFRS: Issues for Developing Countries and SMEs 25. Fair Value and Financial Instruments 26. Fair Value and IAS 36 2007: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-42356-4: £100.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


ECONOMICS, BUSINESS AND LAW

The Routledge Companion to Accounting History

The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing

The Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management

Edited by John Richard Edwards, Cardiff University, UK and Stephen P. Walker, Professor of Accounting at Cardiff University and a member of the Accounting and Business History Research Unit. Editor of the Accounting Historians Review (2000–2005)

Edited by Adrian Sargeant, Indiana University, USA and Walter Wymer Jr, The Joseph W. Lutter III School of Business, USA

Edited by John Storey, The Open University, UK, Patrick M. Wright, Cornell University, USA and David Ulrich, University of Michigan, USA

The Routledge Companion to Accounting History shows how the seemingly innocuous practice of accounting has pervaded human existence in fascinating ways at numerous times and places; from ancient civilisations to the modern day, and from the personal to the political. Placing the history of accounting in context with other fields of study, the collection gives invaluable insights to subjects such as the rise of capitalism, the control of labour, gender and family relationships, racial exploitation, the functioning of the state, and the pursuit of military conflict. An engaging and comprehensive overview also examining geographical differences, this Companion is split into key sections, which explore:

This timely collection of cuttingedge articles offers a complete overview of marketing in the nonprofit sector. Written by a leading team of international experts, it examines the issues faced by public and nonprofit organizations in marketing and raising funds, and provides a comprehensive review of the latest research. An introductory section reviews the history of ideas in nonprofit marketing and examines those fundamental marketing principles of special relevance to nonprofit organizations. The book then explores in-depth the latest thinking in each of the most important nonprofit arenas, including: • voluntary sector marketing • fundraising • education marketing

• historical development of accounting theory and practice

• social marketing

• accounting institutions and those who perform accounting

• public sector marketing and e-government.

• accountancy and the economy • accounting, society and culture • the role of accounting in the government, protection and financing of states Including chapters on the important role played by accountancy in religious organizations, a review of how the discipline is portrayed in fine art and popular culture, and analysis of sharp practice and corporate scandals, The Routledge Companion to Accounting History has a breadth of coverage that is unmatched in this growing area of study. Bringing together leading writers in the field, this is an essential reference work for any student of accounting, business and management, and history. Selected Contents: Introduction: Synthesis and Engagement Part 1: The Discipline 1. Structures, Territories and Tribes 2. Historiography 3. Subjects, Sources and Dissemination Part 2: Technologies 4. Ancient Accounting 5. Bookkeeping 6. Mechanisation and Computerisation Part 3: Theory and Practice 7. Financial Accounting Theory 8. Financial Accounting Practice 9. Management Accounting: Theory and Practice 10. Auditing Part 4: Institutions 11. Professionalisation 12. Practitioners, Work and Firms 13. Education 14. Regulation Part 5: Economy 15. Capitalism 16. National Accounting 17. Finance and Financial Institutions 18. Railroads 19. Scandals Part 6: Society and Culture 20. Gender 21. Race and Ethnicity 22. Indigenous Peoples and Colonialism 23. Emancipation 24. Religion 25. Creative Arts Part 7: Polity 26. The State 27. Military 28. Taxation July 2008: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-41094-6: £125.00

Section introductions and integrative critiques from key authorities pull together the separate themes to provide cross-comparisons between chapters to create a cohesive and well-structured volume. Unlike other texts in this area, The Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management incorporates contributions from leading management and business writers in areas adjacent to human resource management, including strategy, innovation and organizational learning. These add fresh and challenging insights into HRM themes from key mainstream business and management thinking. Focusing on the interplay between theory and practice, this book is an essential resource for researchers and students studying human resource management and strategy.

• arts marketing

• changing technologies used to represent financial and other data

Combining up-to-date research, innovative content and practical perspectives, this book is the benchmark by which all other strategic HRM reference works should be measured. Leading figures from around the globe survey the current state of the discipline, while also introducing and exploring new, cutting edge themes, in order to offer a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the field.

• political marketing • volunteer recruitment, management and retention Containing real-world examples and case study material throughout, The Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing makes an important contribution to our understanding of marketing theory and practice in the nonprofit sector. It is an essential reference for all students, researchers and practitioners working in nonprofit marketing, fundraising or philanthropy. Selected Contents: Introduction. Growth of a Discipline. Nonprofit Education: The Inclusion of Nonprofit Marketing into Traditional Marketing Curricula. Voluntary Sector Marketing. Operationalizing the Marketing Concept: Achieving a Market Orientation in the Voluntary Sector Context. Relationship Marketing in the Not-for-Profit Sector: A Review and Re-Conceptualization. Managing Relationship Quality: A New Perspective on Supporter-Care. Managing the Nonprofit Brand. Fundraising. Individual Giving Behaviour: A Multidisciplinary Review. Corporate Philanthropy: Who Gives, Who Benefits and Why? Why the Wealthy Give. Creative Philanthropy: Key Issues and Trends in Foundation Support. ePhilanthropy: Using the Internet to Build Support. Cause-Related Marketing: A Review and Research Agenda. Social Entrepreneurship: A Review and Research Agenda. Arts Marketing. The Artist and the Brand. Arts Audiences: A Perspective on Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning. Relationship Marketing and Audience Retention. Education Marketing. Public Education as an Emerging Market for Marketers. Information Search and Choice Behaviour in Higher Education. Public Health and Healthcare Marketing. Healthcare Market Strategy. Pharmaceutical Marketing and the American Health Care System. Direct-to-Consumer Advertising of Prescription Medicines: Implications for Primary Healthcare Delivery. Political Marketing. Political Marketing: A Review and Research Agenda. The Product, Sales and Market-Oriented Party. Social Marketing. Critical Issues in Social Marketing: A Review and Research Agenda. Social Marketing in Public Health. Marketing Aids Prevention: An Application of Social Marketing. Volunteer Recruitment, Management and Retention. Recruiting Volunteers: Who Volunteers, Why and for What? Volunteer Retention and Development. Public Sector Marketing and E-government. Realizing the Promise of Electronic Government. Understanding Service Quality in the New Public Sector

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction Part 2: Analytical Frameworks 2. The Disciplinary Origins 3. Post-Modern Perspectives 4. Globalisation 5. Legal Aspects and Regulation 6. Critical Theory 7. Human Capital, Intellectual Capital and Knowledge Part 3: Overarching Themes 8. Strategy and HRM 9. The HR Profession: Roles, Competencies 10. HR Function 11. E-HR and Shared Services 12. Executive Teams, Leadership and HRM 13. New Organizational Forms, Networks, Supply Chains and HR 14. IJVs 15. Changing Labour Markets: Gangmasters and the Hourglass Economy 16. Managing Change Part 4: Areas of Practice 17. Recruitment 18. Attracting and Selection 19. Redundancy/Rightsizing 20. Reward 21. Performance Management 22. 360 Degree and Coaching 23. Employee Engagement/Commitment/Participation 24. Capability Development and Careers 25. Discipline and Dismissal 26. Work Design 27. Diversity and Equal Opportunities Part 5: The Capability-Building Perspective 28. Leadership Development/Talent Management 29. Capabilities and Resources 30. Organization Learning 31. Knowledge Management Part 6: Contexts 32. Public Sector 33. Small Business 34. Service Sectors 35. Transnational Firms Part 7: Regions 36. International HRM 37. HR in South East Asia 38. HR in India 39. HR in China Part 8: Performance Outcomes 40. HR and Financial Outcomes 41. Employee Outcomes 42. Customer Outcomes 43. Societal Outcomes November 2008: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-77204-4: £75.00

2007: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-41727-3: £95.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

13


14

ECONOMICS, BUSINESS AND LAW

The Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching Edited by Michel Moral, University of Paris VIII, France and Geoffrey Abbott, Institute of Executive Coaching, Australia An effective coach can help the business leader make sense of the challenges and complexities of modern international business, unlocking the potential of both leader and organization. This important new Handbook offers the first comprehensive and detailed introduction to the theory and practice of international business coaching, drawing on the very latest academic research, as well as real-world examples of international best practice. This book provides practitioners and students with an innovative theoretical framework, which extends existing coaching models to place coaching within cultural, organizational and group-team contexts. Contributors from around the world explore different perspectives and practices and offer practical tools to apply the theories and models to the real-life business context. The Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching is essential reading for all trainee business coaches, all students of coaching theory and method, and for all business leaders looking to understand better the role of the modern business coach. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: International Coaching Frameworks and Tools Section 2.1: Organizational Challenges and Opportunities: Individual Section 2.2: Organizational Challenges and Opportunities: Collective Conclusion November 2008: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-45875-7: £100.00

Asian Yearbook of International Law Volume 13 (2007) Edited by B.S. Chimni, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India, Masahiro Miyoshi, Aichi University, Japan and Li-Ann Thio, National University of Singapore The Asian Yearbook of International Law is produced by the Foundation for the Development of International Law in Asia (DILA). The Asian Yearbook of International Law is a major refereed publication dedicated to international law issues as seen primarily from an Asian perspective. It is the first publication of its kind edited by a team of leading international law scholars from across Asia. The Yearbook provides a forum for the publication of articles in the field of international law, and other Asian international law topics, written by experts from the region and elsewhere. Its aim is twofold: to promote international law in Asia, and to provide an intellectual platform for the discussion and dissemination of Asian views and practices on contemporary international legal issues. Each volume of the Yearbook normally contains articles; notes; a section on State practice; an overview of the participation of Asian countries in multilateral treaties; a chronicle of events and incidents; surveys of the activities of international organizations which have special relevance to Asia, such as a survey of the activities of the Asian-African Legal Consultative Committee; and book review, bibliography and documents sections. January 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-47019-3: £80.00

The Jewish Law Annual Volume 17 Edited by Berachyahu Lifshitz, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Routledge Handbook of International Law Edited by David Armstrong, University of Exeter, UK

Series: Jewish Law Annual

The Routledge Handbook of International Law provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of international politics and international law. Each chapter is written by a leading expert and provides a state of the art overview of the most significant areas within the field.

Volume Seventeen of The Jewish Law Annual adds to the growing list of articles on Jewish law that have been published in volumes one to sixteen of this series, providing English-speaking readers with scholarly articles presenting jurisprudential, historical, textual and comparative analysis of issues in Jewish law. Selected Contents: Part 1: 1. Neria Guttel, It is Indeed in Heaven: The Uniqueness of the Laws of the Temple in the Halakhic Doctrine of Rabbi A. I. Kook 2. David Henshke, The Number of Judges in Ancient Israel 3. Leib Moscovitz, ’The Actions of a Minor are a Nullity’? Some Observations on the Legal Capacity of Minors in Rabbinic Lawm 4. Avinoam Rosenak, Prophecy and Halakha: Dialectic in the Meta-Halakhic Thought of Rabbi A.I. Kook 5. Haim Shapira, The Schools of Hillel and Shammai 6. Yuval Sinai, Judicial Authority in Fraudulent-Claim Cases (din merume) 7. Ronnie Warburg, Breach of a Promise to Marry Part 2: 8. Daniel B. Sinclair, Jewish Law in the State of Israel 8.1 The Constitutional Validity of the Sabbath Observance Law 8.2 Terminally Ill Patient Law, 5766–2005 Part 3: Book reviews of Aviad Hacohen, The Tears of The Oppressed, An Examination of the Agunah Problem: Background and Halachic Sources, Bernard Jackson, Avishalom Westreich March 2008: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-45723-1: £70.00

The Routledge Companion to Creativity Edited by Tudor Rickards, University of Manchester, UK, Mark A. Runco, University of Georgia at Athens, USA and Susan Moger, University of Manchester, UK Creativity can be as difficult to define as it is to achieve. This is a complex and compelling area of study and this volume is perfectly poised to explore how creativity can be better understood, and used, in a range of contexts. The book not only centres on creativity in wider organizational theory, but also defines the conditions in which creativity can flourish, and assesses how the contemporary business environment has an impact on creative solutions. The volume grounds the concept of creativity in a sound theoretical framework and explores issues of practical and theoretical consequence covering a range of themes, including: • innovation and entrepreneurship • creativity and design • environmental influences • knowledge management • meta-theories of creativity • personal creativity • structured interventions. Comprising articles written by an unusually wide array of leading creativity scholars, The Routledge Companion to Creativity is an insightful and cutting edge resource. It is an essential purchase for anyone with an interest in creativity from a business, psychology or design perspective.

This highly topical collection of specially commissioned papers from both established authorities and rising stars is split into four key sections: • The Nature of International Law including the interaction between the disciplines of International Law and International Relations. • The Evolution of International Law progressing from the ancient world to present day. • Law and Power in International Society discussing topical issues such as the war in Iraq and the international criminal court. • Key Issues in International Law including international refugee law, indigenous rights, intellectual property, trade and the challenges presented by ’new terrorism’. A comprehensive survey of the state of the discipline, The Routledge Handbook of International Law is an essential work of reference for scholars and practitioners of international Law. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of International Law 1. Is International Law Really Law? 2. The Sources of International Law 3. ‘Hard’ and ‘Soft’ Law in International Relations 4. Compliance Issues 5. International Law and International Society 6. Legal and Moral Norms in International Society 7. The Effectiveness of International Law 8. Theories of International Law 9. The Practice of International Law Part 2: The Evolution of International Law 10. The Classical World 11. The Era of Grotius 12. Nineteenth Century Positivism 13. Normative Change in International Society 14. Religion(s) and International Law 15. The ‘Legalization’ and ‘Institutionalisation’ of International Relations 16. Globalisation and Claims that We are Moving Towards a Cosmopolitan Rather than InterState Legal Community 17. The Increasing Role of NonState Actors Part 3: Law and Power in International Society 18. Does Law Reflect or Constrain Power? 19. Law and Force in the Twenty First Century 20. American Hegemony and International Law (i) Pro 21. American Hegemony and International Law (ii) Anti 22. The Iraq War 23. Humanitarian Intervention Part 4: Key Issues in International Law 24. The Environment 25. Terrorism 26. The Laws of War 27. Human Rights 28. Trade 29. Finance 30. Intellectual Property 31. The United Nations 32. The International Court of Justice 33. Law of the Sea 34. Refugees and Migrants December 2008: 246x189: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-41876-8: £95.00

Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction Section 2: Design and Creativity Section 3: Managing Turbulence Section 4: Innovation and Entrepreneurship Section 5: Environmental Influences Section 6: Structural Interventions Section 7: Personal Characteristics Section 8: Knowledge Generation and Management Section 9: Meta-Concepts (Ideas on Ideas) Section 10: ’Square Pegs/Round Holes’ October 2008: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-77317-1: £75.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


ECONOMICS, BUSINESS AND LAW

Routledge Handbook of International Political Economy International Political Economy as a Global Conversation

Alternative Dispute Resolution

Edited by Mark Blyth, Johns Hopkins University, USA

A Practical Guide

This Handbook gives readers an overview of the range and scope of international political economy scholarship by mapping the different regional schools of IPE and noting the distinctive way IPE is practised and conceptualized around the world. It examines, in a series of introductory chapters written by leading figures in each region, the evolution of IPE in the USA, Canada, the UK, Asia, and Australia. These introductory chapters map out the contending approaches and key concerns that exist within each regional school. In each regional section, following the introductory chapter, the contributors tackle key areas of IPE scholarship such as trade and development, finance, and global governance/globalization follow. Each chapter is written by an established scholar and showcases the particular approach(es) highlighted in the region-specific introduction.

Charles Chatterjee and Anna Lefcovitch

Selected Contents: Section One: North American IPE 1.The Multiple Traditions of American IPE Benjamin J. Cohen 2. Realist Political Economy: A Conversation Jonathan Kirshner and Robert Gilpin 3. Contracting as an Approach to the IPE Alexander Cooley 4. Constructivism as an Approach to the IPE Rawi Abdelal 5. Of Margins, Currents and Traditions: Disciplinary Engagements within IPE in Canada Randall Germain Section Two: British IPE 6. Multi-Nodal Politics: Putting the Political Back Into IPE Phil Cerny 7. The Collapse of the ‘Comparative’ versus ‘International’ Political Economy Divide in British IPE Ben Rosamond and Ben Clift 8. Towards a Post-Disciplinary International Political Economy Ronen Palan and Angus Cameron 9. From Susan Strange to ‘ètranger’: Towards Post-Structural IPE Paul Langley Section Three: The View from Asia 10. The Priority of the Strategic: International Political Economy from an East Asian Perspective Walden Bello 11. The Rise of Asia and the Study of IPE: A Contradiction? Henry Yeung 12. Reading Hobbes in Beijing Giovanni Arrighi 13. Neither Asia nor America: IPE in Australia Jason Sharman Section Four: Exceptions and Exemptions 14. Is There a Distinctively European IPE? Nicolas Jabko 15. Whatever Happened to the Dependistas? Latin American IPE in an Age of Change Gabriel Palma 16. Everyday International Political Economy Leonard Seabrooke and John Hobson 17. What Do Sociologists Bring to the IPE Table? John Campbell 18. Economic History and the IPE Michael Oliver 19. Conclusion: IPE as a Global Conversation Mark Blyth December 2008: 246x189: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-77126-9: £75.00

Law of International Business

International Law Titles

Charles Chatterjee Written in an accessible and non-technical style, this text is an important guide to international business law. It will benefit lawyers and businesses, students and researchers alike. It:

The Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) system provides an opportunity whereby the deficiencies, and costs, of court and arbitration proceedings may be avoided. In this work, the authors: • discuss the requirements of an effective ADR system for settling disputes • compare the merits and weakness of court proceedings and arbitral proceedings in achieving agreed settlements • provide a useful guide for students and practitioners to the legal roles within ADR, and the stages to expect during a mediation process

• brings the most important aspects of international business law into one work • discusses issues from a truly international, rather than a comparative, perspective • deals with topics such as sovereignty, risks, regulatory aspects of international business, transfer of technology and turn-key contracts Familiarizing students with negotiating techniques for international contracts, this concise volume is the perfect introduction and handy reference to international business law. April 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-383-8: £75.00

Legal Aspects of Trade Finance Charles Chatterjee This title addresses issues in trade finance, and examines the legal aspects involved on an international scale.

National and international mediation systems are examined, including those of the Centre for Effective Dispute Resolution, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID). The WIPO Mediation Rules and the ICSID Convention, Regulations and Rules are reproduced and discussed. A chapter focuses on the role of ADR and arbitration in national and international sport. This title will be of use to both students and practitioners with an interest in ADR systems for settling disputes, be they domestic or international in nature. June 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-85743-370-8: £95.00

2006: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-85743-389-0: £95.00

International Law and Diplomacy Charles Chatterjee In this work the author explores the subjects of sovereignty, diplomacy and the function of diplomats, diplomatic missions, protocol, ethics in diplomacy, the role of Ministries of Foreign Affairs, intergovernmental conferences and the United Nations. It: • includes a useful glossary of over sixty essential terms (such as Calvo Doctrine, Extradition, Rapporteur and Uti Possidetis Juris) • clearly relates the conduct of diplomacy to the principles of international law. This volume will appeal to graduate and undergraduate students studying diplomacy, public administration and international relations courses as well as practising diplomats, international organization and foreign ministry officials and those who have regular dealings with them. 2007: 234x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-85743-384-5: £95.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

15


EDUCATION

16

International Organizations Funding Directory

The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education

Grants and Projects Involving Non-Governmental Organizations

Edited by Gary McCulloch, Institute of Education, University of London, UK and David Crook, Institute of Education, University of London, UK

This title provides an essential guide to the increasingly important area of grants and projects involving collaboration and funding by international organizations.

‘The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education is a major achievement. The breadth of its coverage is impressive and the writing is crisp and clear. This is a book that deserves a long life.’ – Michael W. Apple, University of Wisconsin, USA

Major international organizations are profiled in separate chapters, where details are provided, where appropriate, on subordinate sections, institutions, departments and directorates, detailing projects run in partnership with important local, national or international NGOs. This book is an ideal companion to the Europa International Foundation Directory. 2004: 234x156: 504pp Hb: 978-1-85743-247-3: £185.00

Documents in International Economic Law Edited by Francis Botchway A unique collection of the full texts of major international treaties and agreements. 2005: 279x211: 952pp Hb: 978-1-85743-209-1: £315.00

The Middle East and Central Asia Databook Economic background on a new region emerging in the heart of the Eurasian continent. It covers many of the major oil producing countries that are rich in natural resources and human potential and several of the world’s potential points of conflict. 2004: 276x219: 504pp Hb: 978-1-85743-202-2: £260.00

Agricultural and Mineral Commodities Year Book 2002: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-85743-150-6: £180.00

2ND EDITION

Routledge Dictionary of Economics Donald Rutherford 2002: 234x156: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-25090-0: £100.00

Encyclopedia of Japanese Business and Management Edited by Allan Bird 2001: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-18945-3: £190.00

‘This wonderful book is a treasure trove of information for experts as well as novices. Its coverage is truly impressive. It’s not only a useful reference book, it’s fascinating to dip into at random. Like all good books, it stimulates you to find out more.’ – Sally Power, School of Social Sciences, Cardiff University,UK ‘This Encyclopedia is an excellent compilation of short articles on a range of concepts and themes necessary for an understanding of current developments in education. Global in its scope, it provides accounts that are not only historically informed but also point to new directions in educational research.’ – Fazal Rizvi, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA This single volume work will be approximately 400,000 words in length, will be A-Z organized and will contain all the usual features of the Routledge Encyclopedias: extensive cross referencing, suggestions for further reading, comprehensive index. The entries will range from fifty words to 2,000 words and whilst including important historical dimensions will focus primarily on the last twenty years and the contemporary educational scene. We hope that via links with the international group of consultant editors the work will be truly international in scope, honing in on all aspects of the practice and theory of education. The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education is a unique and major resource for the field of education. It is a comprehensive, single-volume work, arranged alphabetically and comprising around 600 entries. The entries range from definitions of key educational concepts and terms to biographies of key educators and specially written substantial essays on major educational topics. The volume includes authoritative and critical commentary on historical and contemporary themes; examinations of continuities, changes and emerging issues; and discussions of the educational traditions and features of major countries and continents. The following special features are also included:

8TH EDITION

• unrivalled coverage of education in a single volume

Gutteridge and Megrah’s Law of Bankers’ Commercial Credits

• entries by leading international educational researchers

Richard King 2001: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-1-85743-112-4: £165.00

• contributors drawn from all over the globe, including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, India, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States • a distinguished international advisory board

Routledge Encyclopedia of International Political Economy

• fully cross-referenced and indexed

Edited by R. J. Barry Jones

April 2008: 246x174: 760pp Hb: 978-0-415-27747-1: £125.00

World Yearbook of Education 2009 Childhood Studies and the Impact of Globalization: Policies and Practices at Global and Local Levels Edited by Marilyn Fleer, Monash University, Australia, Mariane Hedegaard, University of Copenhagen, Denmark and Jonathan Tudge, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA Series: World Yearbook of Education series The World Yearbook of Education 2009: Childhood Studies and the Impact of Globalization: Policies and Practices at Global and Local Levels examines the concept of childhood and childhood development and learning from educational, sociological, and psychological perspectives. This contributed volume seeks to explicitly provide a series of windows into the construction of childhood around the world, as a means to conceptualizing and more sharply defining the emerging field of global and local childhood studies. At the global level there has been increasing discontent with how children have been reified and measured. Prevailing Eurocentric and North-American notions of childhood and development across the North-South boundaries show vast differences in how childhood is constructed and how development is theorized. The World Yearbook of Education 2009 volume provides comprehensive research from Asia-Pacific, the Americas, the African region and European communities and is presented with a special focus on education. It examines childhood from birth to twelve years of age, across institutional contexts and within both poor majority and rich minority countries. Cultural-historical theory has been used as the framework for investigating and providing insights into how childhood is theorized, politicized, enacted, and lived across these communities. A range of theoretical orientations informs this book, including cultural-historical theory, ecological theory, and cross-cultural research. The World Yearbook of Education 2009 volume is organized into 3 sections: Section 1: Examines the global construction of childhood development and learning Section 2: Discusses the local conditions and global imperatives that arise from a broadly based analysis of the studies presented within this section Section 3: Draws upon cultural-historical theory and ecological theory and brings together the themes explored throughout the preceding two sections. The World Yearbook of Education 2009 volume seeks to make visible the cultural-historical construction of childhood and development across the north-south regions and scrutinizes the policy imperatives that have maintained the global colonization of families. December 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99411-8: £85.00

World Yearbook of Education 1965 – 2008 Series: World Yearbook of Education series This collection of thirty-eight volumes is ideal to complete any education reference resource. January 2008: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-99170-4: £2323.00

• suggestions for further reading

2001: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-14532-9: £440.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


EDUCATION

2ND EDITION

Handbook of College Reading and Study Strategy Research Edited by Rona Flippo, University of Massachusetts Boston, USA and David Caverly, Texas State University - San Marcos, USA This Handbook is the most comprehensive and up-to-date source available for college reading and study strategy practitioners and administrators. In response to changing demographics, politics, policy, issues, and concerns in the field of college reading and study strategies since publication of the first edition in 2000, this new edition has been substantially revised and updated to reflect the newest research in the field, including six new chapters and a more user-friendly structure to make it easier for researchers, program administrators, college instructors, and graduate students to find the information that they need. In this thorough and systematic examination of theory, research, and practice, college reading teachers will find information to make better instructional decisions, administrators will find justification for programmatic implementations, and professors will find in one book both theory and practice to better prepare graduate students to understand the parameters and issues of this field. The Handbook is an essential resource for professionals, researchers, and students as they continue to study, research, learn, and share more about college reading and study strategy issues and instruction. July 2008: 246x174: 520pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6001-6: £49.99

Handbook of Research on New Literacies Edited by Julie Coiro, University of Rhode Island, USA, Michele Knobel, Colin Lankshear, both at Montclair State University, USA and Donald J. Leu, New Literacies Project, University of Connecticut, USA Situated at the intersection of two of the most important areas in educational research today – literacy and technology – this Handbook draws on the potential of each while carving out important new territory. It provides leadership for this newly emerging field, directing scholars to the major issues, theoretical perspectives, and interdisciplinary research concerning new literacies.

Features: • brings together a diverse international team of editors and chapter authors • provides an extensive collection of research reviews in a critical area of educational research

Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension Edited by Susan E. Israel, Author and Literacy Consultant and Gerald G. Duffy, University of North Carolina - Greensboro, USA The Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension assembles researchers of reading comprehension, literacy, educational psychology, psychology, and neuroscience to document the most recent research on the topic. It summarizes the current body of research on theory, methods, instruction, assessment, including coverage of landmark studies. Designed to deepen understanding of how past research can be applied and has influenced the present and to stimulate new thinking about reading comprehension, the volume is organized around seven themes: • historical perspectives on reading comprehension • theoretical perspectives • changing views of text • elements of reading comprehension • assessing and teaching reading comprehension • cultural impact on reading comprehension • Where to from here? This is an essential reference volume for the international community of reading researchers, reading psychologists, graduate students, and professionals working in the area of reading and literacy. September 2008: 246x174 Pb: 978-0-8058-6201-0: £50.00

Handbook of Moral and Character Education Edited by Larry P. Nucci, University of IllinoisChicago, USA and Darcia Narvaez, Notre Dame University Series: Educational Psychology Handbook There is widespread agreement that schools should contribute to students’ moral development and character formation. Currently 80% of states have mandates regarding character education. This apparent support for moral education, however, masks a high degree of controversy surrounding the meaning and the methods of moral and/or character education. The purpose of this Handbook is to replace the ideological rhetoric that infects this field with a comprehensive, research-oriented volume that includes the extensive changes that have occurred over the last fifteen years. Coverage includes the latest applications of developmental and cognitive psychology to moral and character education from preschool to college settings. March 2008: 246x174: 656pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5961-4: £50.00

Handbook of Research on Teaching Literacy Through the Communicative and Visual Arts, Volume II A project of the International Reading Association, Volume II Edited by James Flood, San Diego State University, USA, Shirley Brice Heath, Stanford University, USA and Diane Lapp, San Diego State University, USA The Handbook of Research on Teaching Literacy Through the Communicative and Visual Arts, Volume II brings together state-of-the-art research and practice on the evolving view of literacy as encompassing not only reading, writing, speaking, and listening, but also the multiple ways through which learners gain access to knowledge and skills. It forefronts as central to literacy education the visual, communicative, and performative arts, and the extent to which all of the technologies that have vastly expanded the meanings and uses of literacy originate and evolve through the skills and interests of the young. In the years since the publication of the first volume of this Handbook in 1997, visual and performative have come to be almost synonymous with communicative, and literacy research has come to encompass much more than decoding and encoding of verbal material. Literacy is now rarely spoken of in the singular or without descriptors such as multi-modal. Along with this marked shift has come the widespread recognition that teachers and students have to become learners together. Volume II pushes the boundaries of literacy education through an interdisciplinary range of perceptions and approaches to multiple Literacies in classrooms and between and beyond the niches of formal education. Contributions from leading literacy researchers from around the world are organized around four themes: • Historical and Theoretical Foundations; • Methods of Inquiry in the Communicative, Visual, and Performative Arts; • Family and Communicative Contexts in the Communicative, Visual, and Performing Arts; and • Into the Language Arts Classroom through the Visual and Communicative Arts. This volume retains the ’Voices from the Field’ feature the view of practitioners and artists alike - from the 1997 Handbook. However, in recognition of the fact that increasingly we are all ’in the field’ - inquiring and practicing at the same time, in Volume II these ’voices’ are interspersed throughout the four sections. Overall, Volume II speaks to the urgent need for educators to explore, value, and incorporate into their own ways of knowing and doing the visual, communicative, and performative arts as central to literacy education, and to keep a sustained and consistent focus on equity and on the freedoms that are fundamental to the human spirit and critical to the future of investigating, analyzing, assessing, and transmitting the what and how of learning and literacy. A project of the International Reading Association, published and distributed by Routledge/Taylor & Francis. Visit http://www.reading.org for more information about International Reading Association books, membership, and other services.

• makes visible the multiple perspectives and theoretical frames that currently drive work in new Literacies • establishes important space for the emerging field of new literacies research

2007: 276x219: 632pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5700-9: £60.00

• includes a unique Commentary section March 2008: 246x174: 1,096pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5652-1: £50.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

17


18

EDUCATION

Handbook of School Counseling Edited by Hardin L.K. Coleman, University of Wisconsin, USA and Christine Yeh, University of San Francisco, USA Series: Counseling and Counseling Education The mission of this forty-eight chapter Handbook is to provide a comprehensive reference source that integrates counseling theory, research and practice into one volume. It is designed to meet the needs of entrylevel practitioners from their initial placement in schools through their first three to five years of practice. It will also be of interest to experienced school counselors, counselor educators, school researchers, and counseling representatives within state and local governments.

Handbook of Social Justice in Education

The Routledge International Handbook of Critical Education

William C. Ayers, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA, Therese Quinn, The School of the Art Institute of Chicago, USA and David Omatoso Stovall, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

Edited by Michael W. Apple, University of Wisconsin, USA, Wayne Au and Luis Armando Gandin

• International Perspectives on Social Justice in Education

Critical Education is the first authoritative reference work to provide a comprehensive analysis of the relationship between power, knowledge, education, and schooling. Rather than focusing solely on questions of how we teach efficiently and effectively, contributors’ to this volume push further to also think critically about education’s relationship to economic, political, and cultural power. The various sections of this book integrate into their analyzes the conceptual, political, pedagogic, and practical histories, tensions, and resources that have established critical education as one of the most vital and growing movements within the field of education. With thirty-two newly commissioned pieces written by a prestigious group of internationally renowned scholars, Critical Education provides the definitive statement on the state of critical education and on its possibilities for the future.

• Race and Ethnicity, Language and Identity: Seeking Social Justice in Education

January 2009: 246x174: 550pp Hb: 978-0-415-95861-5: £105.00

• Gender, Sexuality and Social Justice in Education

Handbook of Research in Education Finance and Policy

The Handbook of Social Justice in Education – a comprehensive, up-to-date review of the field – addresses, from multiple perspectives, education theory, research, and practice in historical and ideological context, with an emphasis on social movements for justice. Each of the nine sections explores a primary theme of social justice and education:

May 2008: 276x219: 928pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5623-1: £49.99

Handbook of Research in School Consultation Edited by William P. Erchul, North Carolina State University, USA and Susan M. Sheridan The field of school consultation has never had a comprehensive volume that examines its research perspectives and methodologies, its models of practice, and its future research directions. That is the mission of this Handbook. It provides both producers 2007: 246x174: 408pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5336-0: £45.00

• Historical and Theoretical Perspectives

• Bodies, Disability and the Fight for Social Justice in Education • Youth and Social Justice in Education • Globalization: Local and World Issues in Education

Handbook of Research on Science Education

• The Politics of Social Justice Meets Practice: Teacher Education and School Change

Edited by Sandra K. Abell, University of Missouri, USA and Norman G. Lederman, Illinois Institute of Technology, USA

Timely and essential, this is a must-have volume for researchers, professionals, and students across the fields of educational foundations, multicultural/diversity education, educational policy, and curriculum and instruction.

This state-of-the art research Handbook provides a comprehensive, coherent, current synthesis of the empirical and theoretical research concerning teaching and learning in science and lays down a foundation upon which future research can be built. The contributors, all leading experts in their research areas, represent the international and gender diversity that exists in the science education research community. 2007: 246x174: 1,344pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4714-7: £60.00

2ND EDITION

Handbook for Achieving Gender Equity Through Education Edited by Susan S. Klein, Feminist Majority Foundation, Arlington, USA, Barbara Richardson, Dolores A. Grayson, Lynn H. Fox, American University, Portland, USA,Diane S. Pollard and Carol Anne Dwyer, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, USA

• Classrooms, Pedagogy, and Practicing Justice.

November 2008: 246x174: 800pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5928-7: £50.00

Handbook of Education Policy Research Edited by David N. Plank, Gary Sykes and Barbara Schneider Education is no longer just about what happens in classrooms and schools, but increasingly is about the rules and regulations that drive our education system – from governance and finance to curriculum, pedagogy, and assessment. Virtually all aspects of the education enterprise (at all levels) are now the objects of policy research. Defining the boundaries of this fast growing and wide ranging field is the objective of this comprehensive, AERA sponsored Handbook.

Edited by Helen F. Ladd, Duke University, USA and Edward B. Fiske Sponsored by the American Education Finance Association (AEFA), this groundbreaking new Handbook assembles in one place the existing research-based knowledge in education finance and policy, thereby helping to define this evolving field of research and practice. It provides a readily available resource for anyone seriously involved in education finance and policy in the United States and around the world. The Handbook traces the evolution of the field from its initial focus on school inputs (per pupil expenditures) and the revenue sources (property taxes, state aid programs, etc) used to finance these inputs to a focus on educational outcomes (student achievement) and the larger policies used to achieve them. It shows how the current decision-making context in school finance inevitably interacts with those of governance, accountability, equity, privatization, and other areas of education policy. Because a full understanding of the important contemporary issues requires inputs from a variety of perspectives, the Handbook draws on contributors from a variety of disciplines. While many of the chapters cover complex state-of-the-art empirical research, the authors explain key concepts in language that non-specialists can understand. 2007: 246x174: 784pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6145-7: £50.00

December 2008: 246x174: 1,080pp Pb: 978-0-415-98992-3: £55.00

First published in 1985, the Handbook for Achieving Gender Equity Through Education quickly established itself as the essential reference work concerning gender equity in education. This new, expanded edition provides a twenty-year retrospective of the field, one that has the great advantage of documenting U.S. national data on the gains and losses in the efforts to advance gender equality through policies such as Title IX, the landmark federal law prohibiting sex discrimination in education, equity programs and research. 2007: 276x219: 768pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5454-1: £62.50

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


EDUCATION

The Routledge International Companion to Gifted Education

The Routledge Companion to Dyslexia

Handbook of Approach and Avoidance Motivation

Edited by Tom Balchin, Brunel University, UK, Barry Hymer, Education Consultant, UK and Dona Matthews, City University of New York, USA

Edited by Gavin Reid, Moray House School of Education, University of Edinburgh, UK, Gad Elbeheri, Ministry of Education Kuwait Dyslexia Association, Deborah Knight, Rollins Centre for Language & Learning, Atlanta Speech School, USA and Janice Wearmouth, University of Wellington, Education, New Zealand

Edited by Andrew J. Elliot, University of Rochester, USA

The Routledge International Companion to Gifted Education is a ground-breaking collection of fully-referenced chapters written by many of the most highly-respected authorities on the subject from around the world. These fifty contributors include distinguished scholars who have produced many of the most significant advances to the field over the past few decades, like Joseph Renzulli and Robert Sternberg, alongside authorities who ask questions about the very concepts and terminology embodied in the field – scholars such as Carol Dweck and Guy Claxton. This multi-faceted volume: • highlights strategies to support giftedness in children, providing ideas that work and weeding out those that don’t • is written in jargon-free language in an easy-to use themed format • is the most authoritative collection of future-focused views, ideas and reflections, practices and evaluations yet produced. • includes chapters dealing with the major controversies and concerns in the field today, from the problems of identification to changing understandings of giftedness and creativity. The international aspect of the Companion, and its juxtaposition of points of view – whereby chapters are deliberately positioned and accompanied by editorial commentary to highlight the contrasts with each other,– ensures that different views are addressed, allowing the reader to absorb and reflect upon the many perspectives on each issue. The Companion is a guide to the new ideas and controversies that are informing gifted education discussion and policy-making around the world. It is a first class resource to students and researchers alike. September 2008: 246x174: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-46136-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46137-5: £26.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2ND EDITION

Handbook of Distance Education Edited by Michael Grahame Moore, Pennsylvania State University, USA The second edition of this award-winning book continues the mission of its predecessor, to provide a comprehensive compendium of research in all aspects of distance education, arguably the most significant development in education over the past quarter century. While the book deals with education that uses technology, the focus is on teaching and learning and how its management can be facilitated through technology.

The Routledge Companion to Dyslexia is a ground-breaking survey of the whole field of dyslexia by a distinguished international team of contributors. The first part opens with a survey of current and future development in research, with a focus on how research can inform practice. The contributors will offer a spotlight on areas such as genetic studies, neurobiology/neurophysiology, phonological processing, literacy acquisition and multilingualism. The second part considers assessment and identification, with contributions on early identification, reading, spelling and mathematics, as well as a focus on identifying and meeting needs in an inclusive context. The third part considers inclusion and barriers to learning, in a variety of different national contexts. This part will look at research and examples of practice in relation to inclusion. There will also be some chapters linking this to the barriers to learning children with dyslexia may experience in the inclusive context. Models of instruction, direct instruction, co-operative learning and cross –curriculum learning will also be included. The Routledge Companion to Dyslexia is a superb resource for anyone interested in the subject, whether in education or related subjects such as psychology or neurology. Fully indexed and cross-referenced, with helpful further reading sections at the end of each entry, it is ideal for those coming to the field of dyslexia for the first time as well as students and practitioners already familiar with the subject. February 2009: 246x174: 380pp Pb: 978-0-415-43079-1: £25.00

Handbook of Personality Development Edited by Daniel K. Mroczek, West Lafayette, USA and Todd D. Little, University of Kansas, USA This comprehensive Handbook addresses five types of advances: 1) new theoretical perspectives, 2) high-quality empirical studies, 3) new research designs and analyses, 4) development across the lifespan, and 5) interdisciplinary approaches to personality development. 2006: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4716-1: £91.95

’Elliot’s Handbook is the A to Z of approach and avoidance. The list of authors reads like an ’who’s who’ of the very best leaders in psychology and neuroscience today. The topics include brain mechanisms of fear and desire, basic elements of emotion and personality, evaluation and selfregulation, and social and achievement motives. Everything one could want in an up-to-date analysis of motivation and emotion is here. In short, the Handbook is sure to be required reading for anyone who wants to understand feelings or motives.’ – Kent Berridge, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology, University of Michigan, USA ’A clear understanding of the approach-avoidance distinction is as important in setting the scientific course for psychology as determination of the periodic table was for chemistry. This enormously ambitious book, containing work by the leading scholars in the field, is a landmark effort in reaching that goal.’ – Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology, Claremont Graduate University, USA ’Approach and avoidance motivation are central to key issues at all levels in the biobehavioral sciences. This Handbook brings all of these levels together for the first time, and does so in impressive fashion. It is a comprehensive, essential resource for all students of motivation in the social sciences, psychology, and neuroscience.’ – Richard J. Davidson, Professor of Psychology and Psychiatry, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA Of the many conceptual distinctions present in psychology today, the approach-avoidance distinction stands out as one of, if not the, most fundamental and basic. The distinction between approach and avoidance motivation has a venerable history, not only within but beyond scientific psychology, and the deep utility of this distinction is clearly evident across theoretical traditions, disciplines, and content areas. This volume is designed to illustrate and highlight the central importance of this distinction, to serve as a one-stop resource for scholars working in this area, and to facilitate integration among researchers and theorists with an explicit or implicit interest in approach and avoidance motivation. The main body of this volume is organized according to seven broad sections that represent core areas of interest in the study of approach and avoidance motivation, including neurophysiology and neurobiology, and evaluative processes. Each section contains a minimum of four chapters that cover a specific aspect of approach and avoidance motivation. The broad applicability of the approach-avoidance distinction makes this Handbook an essential resource for researchers, theorists, and students of social psychology and related disciplines. May 2008: 254 x 178: 584pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6019-1: £45.00

This volume will be of interest to anyone engaged in distance education at either the K-12 or college level. It is also appropriate for corporate and government trainers and for administrators and policy makers in all these environments. 2007: 246x174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5847-1: £105.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

19


20

EDUCATION

The Routledge International Handbook of Lifelong Learning

International Handbook of Research on Conceptual Change

Edited by Peter Jarvis, University of Surrey, UK

Stella Vosniadou, University of Athens, Greece

As lifelong learning grows in popularity, few comprehensive pictures of the phenomenon have emerged. The Routledge International Handbook of Lifelong Learning provides a disciplined and complete overview of lifelong learning internationally.

Series: Educational Psychology Handbook

The theoretical structure puts the learner at the centre and the book emanates from there, pointing to the social context beyond the learner. Up-to-the-minute syntheses from many of the leading international experts in the field give vital snapshots of this rapidly evolving subject from wide-ranging perspectives. This authoritative volume, essential reading for academics in the field of Lifelong Learning, examines the complexities of the subject within a systematic global framework and places it in its socio-historic context. August 2008: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-41904-8: £110.00

3RD EDITION

Handbook of Research on Educational Communications and Technology Edited by J. Michael Spector, Florida State University, USA, M. David Merrill, Jeroen van Merrienboer and Marcy P. Driscoll Edited by Phillip Harris, AECT, USA Series: AECT Series Sponsored by the Association of Educational Communication and Technology (AECT), the third edition of this groundbreaking Handbook continues the mission of its predecessors to provide up-to-date summaries and syntheses of recent research pertinent to the educational uses of information and communication technologies. December 2007: 276x219: 928pp Pb: 978-0-415-96338-1: £55.00

Handbook of Research on Schools, Schooling and Human Development Edited by Judith Meece, University of North Carolina, USA and Jacquelynne Eccles, University of Michigan, USA Children spend more time in school than in any social institution outside the home. And schools probably exert more influence on children’s development and life chance than any environment beyond the home and neighborhood. In spite of this, there has never been a comprehensive Handbook that attempted to assemble the widely dispersed body of research on the developmental effects of schooling. That is the mission of this book. It will attempt to provide a comprehensive review of what is known about the effects of schools and schooling on human development. Topical coverage will range from historical/theoritical foundations to investigative methodologies and from classroom-level influences such as teacher-student relations to broad, impersonal influences such as school and societal organizational patterns and educational policy. By bringing together critical findings from this loosely-coupled, cross-disciplinary field of study, this forty-chapter, six-part book provides a much-needed centerpiece around which the field can continue to grow in an organized and interdisciplinary manner.

The study of conceptual change traces its heritage to the notions of paradigm (networks of shared beliefs, concepts, practices) and paradigm shift made famous by Thomas Kuhn in his book, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Kuhn’s work was quickly linked to developmental psychology (how knowledge develops) and to science education (teaching big, new ideas). This book is the first comprehensive review of the conceptual change movement and of the impressive research it has spawned on how knowledge develops and can be taught in different content areas. Because of its interdisciplinary focus chapter authors were instructed to write in a manner comprehensible to researchers and students from different fields. The International Handbook of Research on Conceptual Change consists of twenty-seven chapters that clarify the nature of conceptual change research, describes its most important findings and demonstrates their importance for education. It is organized into six sections that include detailed discussions of key theoretical and methodological issues, the roots of conceptual change research in the philosophy and history of science, mechanisms of conceptual change, and learner characteristics. It also contains chapters that describe conceptual change research in the content areas such as physics, astronomy, biology, medicine and health, and history. A particular focus is given to students’ difficulties in learning more advanced and counter-intuitive concepts.

2ND EDITION

Handbook of International Research in Mathematics Education Edited by Lyn D. English, Queensland University of Technology, Australia The second edition continues the mission of bringing together important new mathematics education research that makes a difference in both theory and practice. It updates and extends the Handbook’s original key themes and issues for international research in mathematics education for the 21st century, namely: • priorities in international mathematics education research • lifelong democratic access to powerful mathematical ideas • advances in research methodologies • influences of advanced technologies Each of these themes is examined in terms of learners, teachers, and learning contexts, with theory development being an important component of all these aspects. This edition also examines other catalysts that have gained increased import in recent years including a stronger focus on the teacher and teacher practice, a renewed interest in theory development, an increased focus on the mathematics needed in work place settings, and a proliferation of research designs and methodologies that have provided unprecedented opportunities for investigating (and ultimately improving) mathematical teaching and learning. This edition includes ten totally new chapters; all other chapters are thoroughly revised and updated. June 2008: 246x174: 944pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5876-1: £54.95

Handbook of Research in Social Studies Education

June 2008: 246x174: 768pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6045-0: £55.00

Linda S. Levstik, University of Kentucky, USA and Cynthia A. Tyson, Ohio State University, USA

Handbook of Research in Emotional and Behavioral Disorders

This Handbook outlines the current state of research in social studies education – a complex, dynamic, challenging field with competing perspectives about appropriate goals, and on-going conflict over the content of the curriculum. Equally important, it encourages new research in order to advance the field and foster civic competence; long maintained by advocates for the social studies as a fundamental goal.

Edited by Robert B. Rutherford, Jr., Mary Magee Quinn, American Institutes for Research, USA, and Sarup R. Mathur, Arizona State University, USA Bringing together leading researchers, this book integrates current knowledge on EBD in the school setting. Reviewed are a range of evidence-based approaches to identifying, assessing, and intervening with this difficult-to-teach population. School practitioners and educators gain essential tools for developing and evaluating programs to improve student behavior, boost self-control and social skills, and maximize academic achievement. Findings on early intervention and prevention are presented, and implications for policy discussed. Broad in coverage, the volume also emphasizes the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in service provision and delineates best-practice guidelines for research. 2007: 246x174: 622pp Pb: 978-1-59385-471-3: £25.95

In considering how to organize the Handbook, the editors searched out definitions of social studies, statements of purpose, and themes that linked (or divided) theory, research, and practices and established criteria for topics to include. Each chapter meets one or more of these criteria: research activity since the last Handbook that warrants a new analysis, topics representing a major emphasis in the NCSS standards, and topics reflecting an emerging or reemerging field within the social studies. The volume is organized around seven themes: • change and continuity in social studies • civic competence in pluralist democracies • social justice and the social studies • assessment and accountability • teaching and learning in the disciplines • information ecologies: technology in the social studies • teacher preparation and development. The Handbook of Research in Social Studies is a musthave resource for all beginning and experienced researchers in the field.

December 2008: 234x156: 704pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5949-2: £50.00

March 2008: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5536-4: £44.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


EDUCATION

Handbook of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPCK) for Educators

2ND EDITION

6-VOLUME SET

Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children

History of Multicultural Education

Edited by the AACTE Committee on Innovation and Technology, USA

Edited by Bernard Spodek and Olivia N. Saracho

A Co-Publication of Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group for the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education This Handbook addresses the concept and implementation of technological pedagogical content knowledge — the knowledge and skills that teachers need in order to meaningfully integrate technology into instruction in specific content areas. Recognizing, for example, that effective uses of technology in mathematics are quite different from effective uses of technology in social studies, teachers need specific preparation in using technology in each content area they will be teaching. The volume is structured around three themes: • What is Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge? • Integrating Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge into Specific Subject Areas • Integrating Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge into Teacher Education and Professional Development The Handbook of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge for Educators is simultaneously a mandate and a manifesto on the engagement of technology in classrooms based on consensus standards and rubrics for effectiveness. As the title of the concluding chapter declares, ’It’s about time!’ The American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education (AACTE) is a national, voluntary association of higher education institutions and related organizations. Our mission is to promote the learning of all PK-12 students through high-quality, evidence-based preparation and continuing education for all school personnel. For more information on our publications, visit our website at: www.aacte.org. January 2008: 234x156: 336pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6356-7: £32.50

’...a ’bookshelf must’ for a wide variety of early childhood stakeholders.’- NIEER ’Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children’ is indeed a worthwhile desk companion....it provides a firm foundation of relevant research on the education of young children....this volume is an admirable contribution to the field...recommended to anyone involved with policy or practice related to young children.’ – PsycCRITIQUES The Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children, Second Edition is an essential reference on research in early childhood education not only in the United States but throughout the world. It provides a comprehensive overview of important contemporary issues and the information necessary to make judgments about these issues. The field has changed significantly since the publication of the first edition of this Handbook in 1993, creating a need for an update. The Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children, second edition is thus focused on research conducted over the past decade or so. The volume is organized in four parts:

Edited by Carl A. Grant and Thandeka K. Chapman, both at University of Wisconsin, USA This benchmark six-volume set documents, analyzes, and critiques a comprehensive body of research on the history of multicultural education in the U.S. By collecting and providing a framework for key publications spanning the past thirty-forty years, these volumes provide a means of understanding and visualizing the development, implementation, and interpretation of multicultural education in American society. These volumes do not promote any one scholar’s or group’s vision of multicultural education, but include conflicting ideals that inform multiple interpretations. Each volume contains archival documents organized around a specific theme: • Volume 1: Conceptual Frameworks and Curricular Content • Volume 2: Foundations and Stratifications • Volume 3: Instruction and Assessment • Volume 4: Policy and Governance • Volume 5: Students and Student Learning • Volume 6: Teachers and Teacher Education

• Early Childhood Education and Child Development. New in this edition: moral development; the development of creativity. • Early Childhood Educational Curriculum. New in this edition: movement or dance education; the education of linguistically and culturally diverse children. • Foundations of Early Childhood Educational Policy. New in this edition: childhood poverty; the education of bilingual children. • Research and Evaluation Strategies for Early Childhood Education. New in this edition: doing historical research in early childhood education; postmodern and feminist orientations. The Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children, Second Edition makes the expanding knowledge base related to early childhood education readily available and accessible. It is a valuable tool for all who work and study in the field.

The historical time line within each volume illustrates the progression of research and theory on each theme and encourages readers to reflect on the changes in language and thinking concerning educational scholarship in that area. Readers will also see how language, pedagogical issues, and policy reforms have been constructed, assimilated, and mutated over the highlighted period of time. Exploring the tenets of the field and examining the individuals whose work has contributed significantly to equity and social justice for all citizens, this landmark set illuminates the historical importance, current relevance, and future implications of multicultural education. February 2008: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-98889-6: £360.00

2005: 279 x 216: 624pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4721-5: £50.00

Handbook of Education Politics and Policy Edited by Bruce Cooper, Fordham University, USA James Cibulka, University of Kentucky, USA and Lance Fusarelli, North Carolina State University, USA Written by a mix of established and rising stars in school politics, policy, law, finance, and reform this comprehensive Handbook provides a three-part framework that helps organize this relatively new and loosely organized field of study. Part 1 examines the macro-level (structural and institutional) backdrop to our educational system: democracy, federalism, political parties and elections. Part 2 examines the micro-level political behaviors and cultural influences operating within schools and among interest groups, and Part 3 looks at the major ideological and philosophical positions that frame discussions of educational equity and excellence. A central theme running through the book is how to harness politics to school equity and improvement. Key features include: Thematic Discussions – detailed discussions of key topics in educational politics are organized by themes and competing perspectives. The overarching themes are 1) the goals of the U.S. political system (justice, equity, opportunity, efficiency and choice); 2) the means and resources for reaching these goals; and 3) the political behaviors and compromises that seek to mitigate ideological differences and conflicts of interest. Research Oriented – in addition to summarizing the latest research connected to key topics, each chapter exemplifies and reports on the methods and techniques for further exploration of these topics. Reform Oriented – throughout the book and especially in the summarizing chapter, authors provide suggestions for improving the political behaviors of key educational groups and individuals: unions, superintendents, politicians, school boards, teachers, and parents. It is hoped that an understanding of political goals, governance processes and policy outcomes may contribute to ongoing reform. June 2008: 246x174: 464pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6112-9: £50.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

21


22

EDUCATION

3RD EDITION

Handbook of Research on Teacher Education Enduring Questions in Changing Contexts, Third Edition Edited by Marilyn Cochran-Smith, Boston College, USA, Sharon Feiman-Nemser, Brandeis University, USA, D. John McIntyre, Southern Illinois University, USA and Kelly E. Demers, Associate Editor, Boston College, USA The Handbook of Research on Teacher Education was initiated to ferment change in education based on solid evidence. The publication of the First Edition was a signal event in 1990. While the preparation of educators was then – and continues to be – the topic of substantial discussion, there did not exist a codification of the best that was known at the time about teacher education. Reflecting the needs of educators today, the Third Edition takes a new approach to achieving the same purpose. Beyond simply conceptualizing the broad landscape of teacher education and providing comprehensive reviews of the latest research for major domains of practice, this edition: • stimulates a broad conversation about foundational issues; • brings multiple perspectives to bear; • provides new specificity to topics that have been undifferentiated in the past; and • includes diverse voices in the conversation. The Editors, with an Advisory Board, identified nine foundational issues and translated them into a set of focal questions: • What’s the Point?: The Purposes of Teacher Education

International Handbook on the Preparation and Development of School Leaders Jacky Lumby, University of Southampton, UK, Gary Crow and Petros Pashiardis, Open University of Cyprus Sponsored by the University Council of Educational Administration (UCEA), the British Educational Leadership, Management, and Administration Society (BELMAS), and the Commonwealth Council for Educational Administration and Management (CCEAM), this is the first book to provide a comprehensive and comparative review of what is known about the preparation and development of primary and secondary schools leaders across the globe. It describes current issues and debates and an assessment of where the field of leadership development is headed. Key features include the following: Global Focus – this book provides the first comprehensive look at leadership preparation and development across the globe. The chapter authors are distinguished scholars, drawn from the following countries: USA 7, UK 5, Europe 6, Asia 3, Canada 3, Australia/New Zealand 6, and Africa 6. Topical & Geographical Focus – provides researchers and policymakers with critical descriptions and assessments of both topical and geographical areas. International Expertise — chapter contributors are drawn from a variety of theoretical perspectives and represent all major continents.

e-Learning and Social Networking Handbook Resources for Higher Education Robin Mason, The Open University, UK and Frank Rennie, The University of Highlands and Islands Millennium Institute, UK

• Who’s in Charge? Authority in Teacher Education • How Do We Know What We Know? Research and Teacher Education

• key issues of social networking as an educational technique

• What Good is Teacher Education? The Place of Teacher Education in Teachers’ Education

• designing for a distributed environment

• Where Should Teachers Be Taught? Settings and Roles in Teacher Education • Who Teaches? Who Should Teach? Teacher Recruitment, Selection, and Retention • Does Difference Make a Difference? Diversity and Teacher Education • How Do People Learn to Teach?

Co-Published by Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group and the Association of Teacher Educators. The Association of Teacher Educators (ATE) is an individual membership organization devoted solely to the improvement of teacher education both for schoolbased and post secondary teacher educators. For more information on our organization and publications, please visit: www.ate1.org/. January 2008: 246x174: 1,392pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4777-2: £50.00

World Review of Distance Education and Open Learning: Volume 6 Andrea Hope and Patrick Guiton Adaptability and the ability to handle rapid and ongoing change are essential for successfully managing any modern educational enterprise, and open and distance learning is no exception. In an often over-looked field, this volume examines the nature of sustainability in open and distance learning using case material from a wide range of current educational contexts worldwide. The books themes include: • reflection and analysis of the management of change • collaboration • staff development • quality assurance and funding in an increasingly globalized environment. This book also reassesses the core processes involved in course development, delivery, and student support, in a world that is both linked and divided by access to the latest technologies. In a rapidly changing world, this book shows how the path from policy to sustainable practice is rarely easy. However, through consistent attention and commitment to meeting the needs of learners, sustainability can be achieved. 2005: 234 x 156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-34526-2: £23.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

July 2008: 246x174: 512pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6387-1: £50.00

Student engagement with digital learning resources and online social networking are strong forces in education today. How can these resources best be utilized by educators and course designers in higher education? This book aims to provide the reader with enough background information to appreciate the value of social networking, especially for distributed education. Through highlighting the most relevant, interesting, and challenging aspects of e-Learning the book provides practical advice for using social networking tools in course design. This volume covers the following issues of course design using social networking:

• What Should Teachers Know? Teacher Capacities: Knowledge, Beliefs, Skills, and Commitments

Strategies for Sustainable Open and Distance Learning

• strengths and weaknesses of delivering content in various formats: text, audio and video • specific media: blogging, wikis, podcasting, webcasting • constraints on course design • implementation, evaluation, induction and training Illustrated by short descriptive case studies, it also highlights contact addresses, websites, and further reading to help readers find resources and enhance their design. This practical guide will help all those involved in the design and delivery of online learning in higher education make the best choices when preparing courses for distributed learning.

Handbook of Design Research Methods in Education Innovations in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics Learning and Teaching Anthony Eamonn Kelly, George Mason University, USA, Richard A. Lesh, Indiana University, USA and John Y. Baek, George Mason University, USA This Handbook presents the latest thinking and current examples of design research in education. Design-based research involves introducing innovations into real-world practices (as opposed to constrained laboratory contexts) and examining the impact of those designs on the learning process. Designed prototype applications (e.g., instructional methods, software or materials) and the research findings are then cycled back into the next iteration of the design innovation in order to build evidence of the particular theories being researched, and to positively impact practice and the diffusion of the innovation. The Handbook of Design Research Methods in Education — the defining book for the field — fills a need in how to conduct design research by those doing so right now. The chapters represent a broad array of interpretations and examples of how today’s design researchers conceptualize this emergent methodology across areas as diverse as educational leadership, diffusion of innovations, complexity theory, and curriculum research. This volume is designed as a guide for doctoral students, early career researchers and cross-over researchers from fields outside of education interested in supporting innovation in educational settings through conducting design research. June 2008: 246x174: 560pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6059-7: £60.00

April 2008: 234x156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-42607-7: £22.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


EDUCATION

2ND EDITION

Handbook of Early Literacy Research: Volume 2 Edited by David K. Dickinson and Susan B. Neuman The Handbook of Early Literacy Research presents cutting-edge knowledge on all aspects of literacy learning in the early years. 2007: 246x174: 468pp Pb: 978-1-59385-577-2: £30.00

Handbook of Research on Writing History, Society, School, Individual, Text Edited by Charles Bazerman The Handbook of Research on Writing ventures to sum up inquiry over the last few decades on what we know about writing and the many ways we know it. It advances the field by aggregating the broad ranging, interdisciplinary, multidimensional strands of writing research and bringing them together into a common intellectual space. 2007: 246x174: 672pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4870-0: £49.99

Handbook for Arabic Language Teaching Professionals in the 21st Century Edited by Kassem M. Wahba This landmark volume offers an introduction to the field of teaching Arabic as a foreign or second language. It approaches the field from many different perspectives and provides readers the opportunity to consider the role, status and content of Arabic language teaching in the world today. 2006: 246x174: 512pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5102-1: £42.50

International Handbook of Literacy and Technology Volume II Edited by Michael C. McKenna, Linda D. Labbo, Ronald D. Kieffer and David Reinking This Handbook provides a comprehensive and international representation of state-of-the art research, theory, and practice related to principal areas in which significant developments are occurring in the study of literacy and technology. It offers a glimpse of the commonalities faced by literacy educators around the world, together with specific challenges raised by unique circumstances. 2006: 246x174: 440pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5088-8: £32.50 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Handbook of Research in Second Language Teaching and Learning

2ND EDITION

Edited by Eli Hinkel

Edited by Patricia A. Alexander, University of Maryland/College Park, USA and Philip H. Winne, Simon Fraser University, Canada

A comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of current research on second language learning and teaching. 2005: 254 x 178: 1,176pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4180-0: £170.00

Handbook of Motivation at School Kathryn Wentzel and Allan Wigfield The Handbook on Motivation at School provides the first comprehensive and integrated compilation of theory and research on children’s motivation at school. It covers the major theoretical perspectives in the field as well as their application to instruction, learning and social adjustment at school. In addition to reviewing the extant literature on motivation, it also provides an overview of new directions and issues for the field. December 2008: 246x174 Pb: 978-0-8058-6290-4: £50.00

Handbook of Research on Adult Learning and Development Edited by M. Cecil Smith and Nancy DeFratesDensch, both at Northern Illinois University, USA This comprehensive, state-of-the-art Handbook analyzes, integrates, and summarizes theoretical advances and research findings on adult development and learning. Contributors include prominent scholars across diverse disciplinary fields (education, developmental psychology, public policy, gerontology, neurology, public health, sociology, family studies, and adult education). November 2008: 246x174: 776pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5820-4: £55.00

Handbook of Multicultural School Psychology An Interdisciplinary Perspective Edited by Giselle B. Esquivel, Fordham University, USA, Emilia C. Lopez, and Sara Nahari both at City University of New York-Queens College, USA This comprehensive Handbook offers a beautifully balanced view of the emerging field of multicultural school psychology. The opening section provides an historical overview of how the field has developed and succeeding sections discuss multicultural issues related to consultation, instructional interventions, alternative assessment, academic assessment, vocational assessment, culturally sensitive counseling models, and working with families and special populations. Theory, research and practice are integrated throughout. 2007: 246x174: 776pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4562-4: £47.95

Handbook of Orthography and Literacy

Handbook of Educational Psychology

Sponsored by Division 15 of APA, the second edition of this groundbreaking book has been expanded to fortyone chapters that provide unparalleled coverage of this far-ranging field. Internationally recognized scholars contribute up-to-date reviews and critical syntheses of the following areas: foundations and the future of educational psychology, learners’ development, individual differences, cognition, motivation, content area teaching, socio-cultural perspectives on teaching and learning, teachers and teaching, instructional design, teacher assessment, and modern perspectives on research methodologies, data, and data analysis. New chapters cover topics such as adult development, self-regulation, changes in knowledge and beliefs, and writing. Expanded treatment has been given to cognition, motivation, and new methodologies for gathering and analyzing data. 2006: 276x219: 1,080pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5971-3: £55.50

Handbook of Moral Development Edited by Melanie Killen and Judith Smetana ’The chapters are clear, focused, and well written and provide a wealth of information on cutting edge research and theoretical perspectives. ... Killen and Smetana’s Handbook of Moral Development allows readers to come along for the ride as outstanding thinkers in the field share their efforts to ’figure out’ the dynamic and expanding field of moral development.’ – Association for Moral Education ’...this new ’Handbook’ provides a bridge over the cognitive/affective divide that has limited progress in our understanding of how to foster moral development.’ – PsycCRITIQUES 2005: 246x174: 816pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4751-2: £119.50 Pb: 978-0-8058-6172-3: £42.99

Handbook of School Violence and School Safety From Research to Practice Edited by Shane R. Jimerson and Michael J. Furlong ’...a much needed resource on the critical issue of school violence....this book synthesizes information from international experts in the fields of school psychology, clinical psychology, special education, and law. The text is well organized, and one of the best features is that almost every chapter provides a summary table at the end.’ – PsycCRITIQUES This forty-one chapter Handbook is the first attempt to comprehensively profile (on a worldwide basis) the emerging field of school violence and safety research and practice. It covers the full range of school violence from harassment and bullying to serious physical assault. It also examines existing school safety programs and the research and theories that guide them. Examinations of current issues and projections of future research and practice are embedded within the discussions. In short, it helps map the boundaries of this rapidly growing, multidisciplinary field of study.

Edited by R. Malatesha Joshi and P. G. Aaron Until about two decades ago, the study of writing systems and their relationship to literacy acquisition was sparse and generally modeled after studies of English language learners. This situation is now changing. As the worldwide demand for literacy continues to grow, researchers from different countries with different language backgrounds have begun examining the connection between their writing systems and literacy acquisition. This text, which derives from a NATO sponsored conference on orthography and literacy, brings together the research of seventy scholars from across the world–the largest assemblage of such experts to date.

2006: 246x174: 720pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5224-0: £55.50

2005: 254 x 178: 816pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5467-1: £55.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

23


24

EDUCATION

Handbook of Classroom Management

GEOGRAPHY AND THE ENVIRONMENT

Research, Practice, and Contemporary Issues

Handbook of Research on the Sociocultural Foundations of Education

Edited by Carolyn M. Evertson and Carol S. Weinstein

Steve Tozer, Annette Henry and Bernardo P. Gallegos

The Handbook of Classroom Management has four primary goals: 1) to clarify the term classroom management; 2) to demonstrate to scholars and practitioners that there is a distinct body of knowledge that directly addresses teachers’ managerial tasks; 3) to bring together disparate lines of research and encourage conversations across different areas of inquiry; and 4) to promote a vigorous agenda for future research in this area. To this end, forty-seven chapters have been organized into ten sections, each chapter written by a recognized expert in that area.

This sixty chapter Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of what is possibly the broadest, most looselycoupled and least understood field of education. As a field of study, the sociocultural foundations of education lie both inside and outside the study of teaching and school administration. Using analytical methods borrowed from the humanities and social sciences, it provides critical, interdisciplinary perspectives of teaching and school practices.

2006: 246x174: 1,368pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4754-3: £58.99

Handbook of Asian Education Yong Zhao, Michigan State University, USA This comprehensive and authoritative Handbook describes educational practices in Asia and explains and interprets these practices from cultural, historical, and economic perspectives. It documents the accomplishments and achievements of Asian education and also discusses the challenges it faces. Using a clearly explained civilization-based framework, the volume is structured in five sections, each devoted to educational practices in a particular Asian civilization (Sinic, Japanese, Hindu, Islamic, Buddhist). Topics addressed include both the formal schooling system and out-ofschool educational practices, education governance and management, curriculum and assessment, teachers and teaching; learners and learning; home and community. Each section offers one chapter on the challenges education faces and what efforts are underway or planned to meet them, and one chapter on how immigrants from each civilization have come to live in the West, how they are educated, and how they are adapting to their new homes. The Handbook of Asian Education: A Cultural Perspective: • offers a novel and sensible approach to capture the essence of the diverse educational systems and practices in Asia

The volume approaches the social foundations of education in two ways. First, it provides traditional and emerging theoretical perspectives (or lens) that can be used to view and analyze any educational phenomena. Section I covers traditional perspectives and section II emerging perspectives. Second, it describes and analyzes specific cultural forces and changes (phenomena) using the theoretical perspectives provided in sections I and II. Section III examines the forces of globalization, institutions and power. Section IV looks at media, technology, and popular culture and Section V at schools, pedagogy and students. December 2008: 234x156 Pb: 978-0-8058-4212-8: £50.00

Handbook of Research on Leadership Education Michelle Young, University of Texas at Austin, USA Gary Crow, Rodney Ogawa, University of California-Santa Cruz, USA and Joseph Murphy, Vanderbilt University, USA Sponsored by the University Council of Educational Administration (UCEA), Division A of AERA, National Council of Professors in Educational Administration, and Teaching in Educational Administration, this fifty chapter Handbook will be the definitive work on leadership education in the USA. Although research oriented, the content is written in a style that makes it appropriate for any of the following audiences: university professors and researchers, professional development providers, practicing administrators, and policy makers who work in the accreditation and licensure arenas.

• is written from an angle to inform readers in the U.S. and other Western cultures about Asian education and the education of Asian immigrants

December 2008: 234x156: 956pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6158-7: £42.50

• uniquely combines description and interpretation of educational practices in Asia.

3RD EDITION

This volume is directed to education researchers and graduate students in international and comparative education, globalization and education, multicultural education, sociocultural foundations of education, Asian studies; educational administrators and education policy makers. February 2009: 279 x 216: 912pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6444-1: £60.00

Environment Encyclopedia and Directory 2009 ’This Encyclopedia and directory provides an easyto-use printed reference source covering a wide variety of environmental affairs that are brought together conveniently in one volume.’ – Science and Technology ’I have no doubt that administrators, authors and researchers will find this volume useful.’ Environmental Education ’A fine reference.’ – Reference and Research Book News ’Many institutions will find this volume a useful companion.’ – Royal Institute of International Affairs Examining environmental issues throughout the world, this reference title contains thorough definitions and explanations of terms relating to the environment. The volume includes detailed maps, an extensive bibliography and a Who’s Who section, making this an essential one-stop reference work for anyone interested in environmental issues. Features of this title include: • an updated A-Z section of key terms and issues surrounding the environment • an essay on the environment by a leading expert in environmental affairs • a comprehensive directory section organized alphabetically by country, listing main governmental and non-governmental organizations, both national and international • a series of maps showing environmental features both regionally and world-wide • an extensive bibliography of relevant periodicals • a comprehensive who’s who section of the leading personalities actively involved with environmental affairs. May 2009: 279x211: 608pp Hb: 978-1-85743-377-7: £310.00

Companion Encyclopedia of Geography

Handbook of Complementary Methods in Education Research Edited by Judith L. Green, Gregory Camilli and Patricia B. Elmore The Handbook of Complementary Methods in Education Research is a successor volume to AERA’s earlier and highly acclaimed editions of Complementary Methods for Research in Education. More than any book to date (including its predecessors), this new volume brings together the wide range of research methods used to study education and makes the logic of inquiry for each method clear and accessible. Each method is described in detail, including its history, its research design, the questions that it addresses, ways of using the method, and ways of analyzing and reporting outcomes. 2006: 254 x 178: 896pp Pb: 978-0-8058-5933-1: £60.50

5TH EDITION

From the Local to the Global Edited by Ian Douglas, Richard Huggett, and Chris Perkins, all at University of Manchester, UK This revised edition takes the theme of place as the unifying principle for a full account of the discipline at the beginning of the twenty-first century. The work comprises sixty-four substantial essays addressing human and physical geography, and exploring their inter-relations. The Encyclopedia does full justice to the enormous growth of social and cultural geography in recent years. Leading international academics from ten countries and four continents have contributed, ensuring that differing traditions in geography around the world are represented. In addition to references, the essays also have recommendations for further reading. As with the original work, the new Companion Encyclopedia of Geography provides a state-of-the-art survey of the discipline and is an indispensable addition to the reference shelves of libraries supporting research and teaching in geography. 2006: 246 x 174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-33977-3: £205.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


HISTORY

T

Encyclopedia of the Antarctic

Atlas of the World’s Deserts

Edited by Beau Riffenburgh

Nathaniel Harris

The Antarctic is unique, geographically, politically, and scientifically. It is the most remote, hostile, and dangerous continent, while at the same time it is the most pristine and least developed. Antarctica is the only major part of the Earth’s landmass not directly governed by one nation, but under the control of a Treaty, with a multitude of acceding nations.

2003: 279 x 216: 192pp Hb: 978-1-57958-310-1: £90.00

2006: 276x219: 1,272pp Hb: 978-0-415-97024-2: £285.00

Encyclopedia of the City Edited by Roger W. Caves The Encyclopedia of the City focuses on the key topics encountered by undergraduates and scholars in urban studies and allied fields. Contributors include major theoreticians and practitioners, and on other individuals, groups, and organizations which study the city or practice in a field that directly or indirectly affects the city, the Encyclopedia necessarily adopts an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary perspective. A solid but also provocative starting point for wider exploration of the city, this is a first-class work of reference that will be an essential resource for independent study as well as a useful aid in teaching. 2005: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-25225-6: £145.00

Encyclopedia of the Arctic Edited by Mark Nuttall With detailed essays on the Arctic’s environment, wildlife, climate, history, exploration, resources, economics, politics, indigenous cultures and languages, conservation initiatives and more, this Encyclopedia is the only major work and comprehensive reference on this vast, complex, changing, and increasingly important part of the globe. Including 305 maps.

The World of Pompeii

Encyclopedia of Caves and Karst Science

Edited by Pedar Foss, DePauw University, USA and John J. Dobbins, University of Virginia, USA

Edited by John Gunn

Series: Routledge Worlds ’The first on caves and karst includes a wealth of information, references, and additional reading suggestions... Entries are concise, well written, well edited, easy to read and filled with superb information... Highly recommended. All collections.’ – Choice

The Encyclopedia of the Antarctic brings together large quantities of information on the wide variety of factors, issues and individuals influencing and relating to the Antarctic. No comparable book currently exists for this region. The Encyclopedia of the Antarctic discusses scientific activities and topics, but the ’human element’ is also a significant part of the work, with entries on history, politics, legal issues, national research programs, scientific bases, historic huts, the United Nation’s ’Question of Antarctica,’ compliance with the Environmental Protocol, and tourism.

Routledge Worlds

2003: 276x219: 960pp Hb: 978-1-57958-399-6: £150.00

Encyclopedia of Geomorphology Edited by Andrew Goudie 2003: 246x174: 1,200pp Hb: 978-0-415-27298-8: £265.00

Atlas of Exploration Edited by Shona Grimbly 2001: 276x219: 256pp Hb: 978-1-57958-311-8: £70.00

World Disasters Tragedies in the Modern Age Edited by Keith Eastlake, Henry Russell and Mike Sharpe 2001: 276x219: 400pp Hb: 978-1-57958-318-7: £70.00

The Atlas of U.S. and Canadian Environmental History Edited by Char Miller 2003: 276x219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-93781-8: £105.00

3-VOLUME SET

Encyclopedia of the World’s Zoos Edited by Catharine E. Bell 2001: 276x219: 1,600pp Hb: 978-1-57958-174-9: £395.00

This all embracing survey of Pompeii provides the most comprehensive survey of the region available. With contributions by well-known experts in the field, this book studies not only Pompeii, but also – for the first time – the buried surrounding cities of Campania. The World of Pompeii includes the latest understanding of the region, based on the upto-date findings of recent archaeological work. Accompanied by a CD with the most detailed map of Pompeii so far, this book is instrumental in studying the city in the ancient world and is an excellent source book for students of this fascinating and tragic geographic region. Selected Contents: Part 1: Beginnings 1. An Orientation to the Cities and Countryside 2. History and Historical Sources 3. Rediscovery and Resurrection 4. The Environmental and Geomorphological Context 5. Recent Work on Early Pompeii 6. The First Sanctuaries 7. Early Urban Development 8. Building Materials, Construction Methods, and Chronologies. Appendix: A Note on Roman Concrete (Opus Caementicium) and Other Wall Construction Part 2: The Community 9. Development of Pompeii’s Public Landscape in the Roman Period 10. Urban Planning, Roads, Streets and Neighborhood 11. The Walls and Gates 12. The Forum and its Dependencies 13. Urban, Suburban and Rural Religion in the Roman Period 14. Amphitheatre, Palaestra, and Entertainment Complexes 15. The City Baths 16. The Water System – Supply and Drainage Part 3: Housing 17. Domestic Spaces and Activities 18. The Development of the Campanian House 19. Instrumentum Domesticum – A Case Study 20. Domestic Decoration. Paintings and the ’Four Styles’ 21. Domestic Decoration. Mosaics and Stucco 22. Real and Painted (Imitation) Marble at Pompeii 23. Houses of Regions I and II 24. Regions V and IX. Early Anonymous Domestic Architecture 25. The Creation of the House of the Vestals (VI16–8) 26. Rooms with a View. Residences Built on Terraces (Regions VI–VIII) 27. Residences in Herculaneum 28. Villas Surrounding Pompeii and Herculaneum Part 4: Society and Economy 29. Shops and Industries 30. Inns and Taverns 31. Gardens 32. The Loss of Innocence. Pompeian Economy and Society 33. Epigraphy and Society 34. Pompeian Women 35. The Lives of Slaves 36. Pompeian Men and Women in Portrait Sculpture 37. The Tombs at Pompeii 38. Victims of the Cataclysm 39. Early Published Sources for Pompeii 2007: 246x174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-17324-7: £135.00

This Encyclopedia is not only an up-to-date interdisciplinary work of reference for all those involved in teaching or researching Arctic issues, but a fascinating and comprehensive resource for residents of the Arctic, and all those concerned with global environmental issues, sustainability, science, and human interactions with the environment. 2004: 276x219: 2,380pp Hb: 978-1-57958-436-8: £325.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

25


26

HISTORY

The Egyptian World

The Viking World

Edited by Toby Wilkinson, University of Cambridge, UK

Edited by Stefan Brink, University of Aberdeen and Neil Price, University of Uppsala, Sweden

The Babylonian World

Series: Routledge Worlds

Series: Routledge Worlds

Edited by Gwendolyn Leick, Chelsea College of Art and Design, London, UK

Authoritative and up-to-date, this key single-volume work is a thematic exploration of ancient Egyptian civilization and culture as it was expressed down the centuries.

Routledge Worlds Series continued

Series: Routledge Worlds The Babylonian World presents an extensive, up-to-date and lavishly illustrated history of the ancient state Babylonia and its ’holy city’, Babylon. Historicized by the New Testament as a centre of decadence and corruption, Babylon and its surrounding region was in fact a rich and complex civilization, responsible for the invention of the dictionary and laying the foundations of modern science. This book explores all key aspects of the development of this ancient culture, including the ecology of the region and its famously productive agriculture, its political and economic standing, its religious practices, and the achievements of its intelligentsia. Comprehensive and accessible, this book will be an indispensable resource for anyone studying the period. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Land and Land Use 2. Babylonian Countrysides 3. Land and Land Use: The Middle Euphrates Valley 4. Agricultural Techniques 5. Urban Form in the First Millennium Part 2: Material Culture 6. Architecture in the Old Babylonian Period 7. Babylonian Seals 8. Babylonian Sources of Exotic Raw Materials 9. Cloth in the Babylonian World 10. The Babylonian Visual Image 11. Food and Drink in Babylonia Part 3: Economic Life 12. Economy of Ancient Mesopotamia: A General Outline 13. The Old Babylonian Economy 14. Aspects of Society and Economy in the later Old Babylonian Period 15. The Babylonian Economy in the First Millennium BC 16. The Egibi Family Part 4: Society and Politics 17. Social Configurations in Early Dynastic Babylonia (c. 2500–2334 B.C.) 18. Palace and the Temple in Babylonia 19. Power, Economy and Social Organization in Babylonia 20. Arameans and Chaldeans: Environment and Society 21. Women and Gender in Babylonia Part 5: Religion 22. The Role and Function of Goddesses in Mesopotamia 23. Inanna and Ishtar in the Babylonian World 24. The Babylonian god Marduk 25. Divination Culture and Handling of the Future 26. Witchcraft Literature in Mesopotamia Part 6: Intellectual Life: Cuneiform Writing and Learning 27. Incantations within Akkadian Medical Texts 28. Writing, Sending, and Reading Letters in the Amorite World 29. Mathematics, Metrology, and Professional Numeracy 30. Babylonian Lexical Lists 31. Gilgamesh and the Literary Traditions of Ancient Mesopotamia 32. Babylonian Astral Science 33. Omens Concerned with Human Behaviour 34. Late Babylonian Intellectual Life Part 7: International Relations: Babylonia and the Ancient Near Eastern World 35. Egypt and Babylon 36. A View from Hattusa 37. Babylonian Relations with the Levant during the Kassite Period 38. Looking down the Tigris: The Interrelations between Assyria and Babylonia 39. The View from Jerusalem: Biblical Responses to the Babylonian Presence 40. Babylonia and Persia

Including topics rarely covered elsewhere as well as new perspectives, this work comprises thirty-two original chapters written by international experts. Each chapter gives an overview of its topic, and also covers the latest research in the area. Chapters are divided thematically into seven sections, to enable a broader understanding of all the complexities of ancient Egyptian society without the constriction of chronological divisions, and illustrated with previously unpublished photographs and drawings. Providing fresh perspectives on this ancient culture, a digest of current research trends in Egyptology as well as a unique examination of the Egyptian world, this fascinating title enables students to gain a clear understanding of ancient Egyptian society. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Environments 1. The Nile Valley 2. The Delta 3. The Deserts 4. The Oases 5. Urban Life Part 2: Institutions 6. The Monarchy 7. The Administration 8. The Temple Priesthood 9. The Army Part 3: Economies 10. Agriculture and Animal Husbandry 11. Craft Production and Technology 12. Labour 13. State and Private Enterprise 14. Land Tenure and Taxation Part 4: Societies 15. Gender and Sexuality 16. Ethnicity and Culture 17. Local Identities 18. Morality and Ethics 19. Law Part 5: Ideologies 20. Kingship 21. Creation Myths 22. Temple Cults 23. Private Religion 24. Afterlife Beliefs and Burial Customs Part 6: Aesthetics 25. Art 26. Architecture 27. Literature Part 7: Interactions 28. Egypt and Nubia 29. Egypt and the Levant 30. Egypt and Mesopotamia 31. Egypt and the Mediterranean World 32. Egypt and the Modern World 2007: 246x174: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-42726-5: £135.00

The Enlightenment World Edited by Martin Fitzpatrick, Peter Jones, Christa Knellwolf and Iain McCalman

Filling a gap in the literature for an academically oriented volume on the Viking period, this unique book is a one-stop authoritative introduction to all the latest research in the field. Bringing together today’s leading scholars, both established seniors and younger, cutting-edge academics, Brink and Price have constructed the first single work to gather innovative research from a spectrum of disciplines (including archaeology, history, philology, comparative religion, numismatics and cultural geography) to create the most comprehensive Viking Age book of its kind ever attempted. Consisting of longer articles providing overviews of important themes, supported by shorter papers focusing on material of particular interest, this comprehensive volume covers such wide-ranging topics as social institutions, spatial issues, the Viking Age economy, warfare, beliefs, language, voyages, and links with medieval and Christian Europe. This original work, specifically oriented towards a university audience and the educated public, will have a self-evident place as an undergraduate course book and will be a standard work of reference for all those in the field. Selected Contents: Part 1: Viking Age Scandinavia People, Society and Social Institutions Living Space Technology and Trade Warfare and Weaponry PreChristian Religion and Belief Language, Literature and Art Part 2: The Viking Expansion The British Isles Continental Europe and the Mediterranean The Baltic Russia and the East The North Atlantic Part 3: Scandinavia Enters the European Stage The coming of Christianity The Development of Nation States (r’ki) October 2008: 246 x 174: 712pp Hb: 978-0-415-33315-3: £135.00

The Medieval World

Series: Routledge Worlds

Edited by Peter Linehan and Janet L. Nelson

This collection of essays written by leading international experts offers an informed, comprehensive and up-todate analysis of the European Enlightenment (c.1720 –1800) as both an historical epoch and a cultural formation.

Series: Routledge Worlds

2004: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-21575-6: £140.00

Edited by Andrew Pettegree

2001: 246x174: 768pp Hb: 978-0-415-18151-8: £150.00

The Reformation World Series: Routledge Worlds 2000: 246x174: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-16357-6: £150.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2007: 246x174: 616pp Hb: 978-0-415-35346-5: £135.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


HISTORY

The Renaissance World Edited by John Jeffries Martin, Trinity University, USA Series: Routledge Worlds With an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses the history of ideas, political history, cultural history and art history, this volume, in the successful Routledge Worlds series, offers a sweeping survey of Europe in the Renaissance, from the late thirteenth to early seventeenth centuries, and shows how the Renaissance laid key foundations for many aspects of the modern world.

Collating thirty-four essays from the field’s leading scholars, John Jeffries Martin shows that this period of rapid and complex change resulted from a convergence of a new set of social, economic and technological forces alongside a cluster of interrelated practices including painting, sculpture, humanism and science, in which the elites engaged. Unique in its balance of emphasis on elite and popular culture, on humanism and society, and on women as well as men, The Renaissance World grapples with issues as diverse as Renaissance patronage and the development of the slave trade. Beginning with a section on the antecedents of the Renaissance world, and ending with its lasting influence, this book is an invaluable read, which students and scholars of history and the Renaissance will dip into again and again. Selected Contents: Introduction The Renaissance: A World in Motion Part 1: Three Preludes 1. Rome at the Center of a Civilization 2. Framing and Mirroring the World 3. The Black Death, Tragedy, and Transformation Part 2: A World in Motion 4. The Manufacture and Movement of Goods 5. Cities, Towns, and New Forms of Culture 6. European Expansion and a New Order of Knowledge 7. The Invention of Europe 8. Jose de Acosta: Renaissance historiography and New World humanity Part 3: The Movement of Ideas 9. The Circulation of Knowledge 10. Virgil and Homer in Poland 11. Montaigne in Italy 12. ’Shared Studies Foster Friendship’: Humanism and History in Spain 13. Niccolò Machiavelli and Thomas More: Parallel Lives Part 4: The Circulation of Power 14. Courts, Art, and Power 15. An Imperial Renaissance 16. Renaissance Triumphalism in Art 17. The Ottoman Empire 18. Religious Authority and Ecclesiastical Governance 19. Mothers and Children 20. The Renaissance Goes Up in Smoke Part 5: Making Identities 21. Human Exceptionalism 22. Worthy of Faith? Authors and Readers in Early Modernity 23. The Renaissance Portrait: From Resemblance to Representation 24. Objects and Identity: Antonio de’Medici and the Casino at San Marco in Florence 25. Food: Pietro Aretino and the Art of Conspicuous Consumption 26. Shakespeare’s Dream of Retirement Part 6: Beliefs and Reforms 27. Speaking Books, Moving Images 28. Religious Minorities 29. Humanism and the Dream of Christian Unity 30. Christian Reform and its Discontents 31. A Tale of Two Tribunals 32. Christianity in Sixteenth-Century Brazil 33. Toward a Sacramental Poetics Part 7: A New Order of Knowledge 34. The Sun at the Center of the World 2007: 246 x 174: 728pp Hb: 978-0-415-33259-0: £135.00

History of Humanity: Volume I

History of Humanity Series

Prehistory and the Beginnings of Civilization Edited by S.J. De Laet

History of Humanity Set

Series: History of Humanity

Volumes 1-7 This groundbreaking seven-volume series provides an authoritative guide to the history and development of the different cultures of the world from the origins of humankind to the present day. Edited by a team of internationally-recognized scholars, each volume includes a general introduction, thematic chapters exploring the period from a global viewpoint, and a series of regional chapters discussing the issues pertinent to specific cultures and areas of the world. Detailed critical bibliographies and an exhaustive index enable the reader to access information from many different points of reference. October 2008: 297x210 Hb: 978-0-415-38565-7: £1125.00

1994: 234x156: 792pp Hb: 978-0-415-09305-7: £190.00

History of Humanity: Volume II From the Third Millennium to the Seventh Century BC Edited by A.H. Dani and J.P. Mohen Series: History of Humanity 1996: 297x210: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-09306-4: £190.00

History of Humanity: Volume III From the Seventh Century BC to the Seventh Century AD Edited by Joachim Herrmann and Erik Zurcher

NEW

History of Humanity: Volume VII The Twentieth Century UNESCO History of Humanity: The Twentieth Century sees the publication of the seventh and final volume in the monumental History of Humanity series, published in association with UNESCO. With essays from an international team of specialist contributors, Volume VII explores humankind’s cultural and scientific development during the twentieth century, covering such diverse aspects as religion, architecture and medicine, as well as looking in depth at the changes that took place within each region of the world. History of Humanity: The Twentieth Century is an invaluable digest of the latest historical research for students across the disciplines. The volume includes special features such as maps and illustrations that complement the text, making it highly readable. Collected as a whole, the series provides the user with a comprehensive guide to the history of world cultures throughout historical times. October 2008: 297x210: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-09311-8: £185.00

Series: History of Humanity 1996: 297x210: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-09307-1: £190.00

History of Humanity: Volume IV From the Seventh Century to the Sixteenth Century Edited by M.A. Al-Bakhit and S.M. Cissoko Series: History of Humanity 2000: 297x210: 808pp Hb: 978-0-415-09308-8: £190.00

History of Humanity: Volume V From the Sixteenth Century to the Eighteenth Century Edited by Peter Burke and Halil Inalcik Series: History of Humanity 1999: 297x210: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-09309-5: £190.00

History of Humanity: Volume VI The Nineteenth Century Edited by Peter Mathias and Nikolaï Todorov Series: History of Humanity 2005: 297x210: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-09310-1: £190.00

The U.S. Navy Warship Series Paul Silverstone The U.S. Navy Warship Series is a comprehensive encyclopaedia of every ship in the history of the U.S. Navy, from its inception in 1775 to the present. Each entry provides basic technical details and pertinent historical information on each ship construction date and information about the ship before and after naval service. Specifically, the technical details include dimensions, armament, armour protection, dates of launching, commissioning, etc. Historical info includes actions fought, campaigns, damage sustained, and more. The text format for each volume is uniform, giving particular information about each ship, including the lesser known and smaller vessels, which are usually omitted or barely mentioned in other works. Each volume is heavily illustrated with photos and pertinent illustrations drawn from the author’s extensive archive. October 2008: 276x219: 120pp Hb: 978-0-415-97900-9: £250.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

27


28

HISTORY

2ND EDITION

Encyclopedia of the Cold War

The Persian Empire

Atlas of Medieval Europe

Edited by Ruud van Dijk, William Glenn Gray, Svetlana Savranskaya, Jeremi Suri and Qiang Zhai

A Corpus of Sources from the Achaemenid Period

Edited by David Ditchburn, Aberdeen University, UK, Simon MacLean, University of St Andrews, UK and Angus MacKay, formerly at the University of Edinburgh, UK The Atlas of Medieval Europe covers the period from the fall of the Roman Empire through to the beginnings of the Renaissance, spreading from the Atlantic coast to the Russian steppes. Each map approaches a separate issue or series of events in medieval history, and a commentary locates it in its broader context. This second edition has over forty new maps covering a variety of topics including: • the Moravian Empire • environmental change • the travels and correspondence of Froissart and travellers in the east • the layout of great castles and palaces. Thorough coverage is also given to geographically peripheral areas like Portugal, Poland, Scandinavia and Ireland. Providing a vivid representation of the development of nations, peoples and social structures, and charting political and military events, the Atlas takes a detailed look at a variety of key areas including language and literature; the development of trade, art and architecture; and the great cities and lives of historical figures.

With over 180 maps, expert commentaries and an extensive bibliography, this second edition of an essential reference guide to medieval Europe brings the complex and colourful history of the Middle Ages to life. Selected Contents: Part 1: Physical Europe Part 2: The Early Middle Ages, c.395–1050 1. War, Politics and Power 2. Religion 3. Government, Economy and Society 4. Culture Part 3: The High Middle Ages, c.1050–1300 5. War, Politics and Power 6. Religion 7. Government, Economy and Society 8. Culture Part 4: The Late Middle Ages, c.1300–1500 9. War, Politics and Power 10. Religion 11. Government, Economy and Society 12. Culture

’This volume will be useful to libraries at all levels.’ – T. M. Izbicki, Johns Hopkins University, USA Between 1945 and 1991, tension between the USA, its allies, and a group of nations led by the USSR, dominated world politics. This period was called the Cold War – a conflict that stopped short to a fullblown war. Benefiting from the recent research of newly open archives, the Encyclopedia of the Cold War discusses how this state of perpetual tensions arose, developed, and was resolved. This work examines the military, economic, diplomatic, and political evolution of the conflict as well as its impact on the different regions and cultures of the world. Using a unique geopolitical approach that will present Russian perspectives and others, the work covers all aspects of the Cold War, from communism to nuclear escalation and from UFOs to red diaper babies, highlighting its vast-ranging and lasting impact on international relations as well as on daily life. Although the work will focus on the 1945-1991 period, it will explore the roots of the conflict, starting with the formation of the Soviet state, and its legacy to the present day. May 2008: 276x219: 1,146pp Hb: 978-0-415-97515-5: £250.00

English Historical Documents 1558 –1603 Ian W. Archer Series: English Historical Documents English Historical Documents is the most ambitious, impressive and comprehensive collection of primary documents on English history ever published. The volumes were published between 1953 and 1977 and have become landmark publications in their own fields.

International Encyclopedia of Military History Edited by James C. Bradford, Texas A&M University, USA

May 2009: 234 x 156: 1,104pp Hb: 978-0-415-35097-6: £195.00

With its impressive breadth of coverage – both geographically and chronologically – the International Encyclopedia of Military History is the most up-to-date and inclusive A-Z resource on military history. From uniforms and military insignia worn by combatants to the brilliant military leaders and tacticians who commanded them, the campaigns and wars to the weapons and equipment used in them, this international and multi-cultural two-volume set is an accessible resource combining the latest scholarship in the field with a world perspective on military history.

This lavish set of books contains the most complete collection of raw material for reconstructing the history of the Achaemenid Persian Empire to date. Studying Achaemenid history has been difficult in the past because original sources include texts from hugely disparate origins, many different languages and various periods in history; the risk is to rely too heavily on biased and often inaccurate Greek and Roman sources. Amelie Kuhrt presents here an unprecedented collection of key texts to form a balanced representation of all aspects of the Empire, in translations from their original Greek, Old Persian, Akkadian, Hebrew, Aramaic, Egyptian or Latin. Kuhrt selects from classical writers, the Old Testament, royal inscriptions, administrative documents and Babylonian historical writing, as well as the evidence of monuments, artefacts and archaeological sites. All material is accompanied by a detailed introduction to the sources and guidelines to their interpretation. A truly monumental achievement, this collection will prove to be a major resource for any student of Persian history, from undergraduate level to the advanced scholar. 2007: 246x189: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-43628-1: £160.00

Encyclopedia of US Labor and Working-Class History Edited by Eric Arnesen

This long awaited volume covers 1558 –1603, the reign of Elizabeth I, when government, culture, religion and foreign policy all underwent profound change. The format of the series has been updated and the documents gathered here encompass the most up to date approaches to the material. This volume includes informative introductory pieces for the parts and sections and editorial comment is directed towards making sources intelligible rather than drawing conclusions from them.

2007: 246x189: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-34454-8: £65.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Amelie Kuhrt, University College London, UK

A RUSA 2007 Outstanding Reference Title The Encyclopedia of US Labor and Working-Class History provides sweeping coverage of US labor history. Containing over 650 entries, the Encyclopedia encompasses labor history from the colonial era to the present. Articles focus on states, regions, periods, economic sectors and occupations, race-relations, ethnicity, and religion, concepts and developments in labor economics, environmentalism, globalization, legal history, trade unions, strikes, organizations, individuals, management relations, and government agencies and commissions. Articles cover such issues as immigration and migratory labor, women and labor, labor in every war effort, slavery and the slave-trade, union-resistance by corporations such as Wal-Mart, and the history of cronyism and corruption, and the mafia within elements of labor history. Labor history is also considered in its representation in film, music, literature, and education. Important articles cover the perception of working-class culture, such as the surge in sympathy for the working class following September 11, 2001. Written as an objective social history, the Encyclopedia encapsulates the rise and decline, and continuous change of US labor history into the twenty-first century. 2006: 276x219: 1,800pp Hb: 978-0-415-96826-3: £315.00

2006: 276x219: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-93661-3: £210.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


HISTORY

Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages Women and Gender in Medieval Europe An Encyclopedia Edited by Margaret C. Schaus, Haverford College, USA Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages Written by renowned international scholars, Women and Gender in Medieval Europe is the latest in the Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages. Easily accessible in an Ato-Z format, students, researchers, and scholars will find this outstanding reference work to be an invaluable resource on women in Medieval Europe. 2006: 276x219: 984pp Hb: 978-0-415-96944-4: £105.00

Key Figures in Medieval Europe An Encyclopedia Edited by Richard K. Emmerson Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages ’This reference book provides thorough coverage of over 500 figures in medieval European history.’ – Choice ’All libraries, whether general or specialized, will wish to have this eminently useful scholarly resource.’ – International Review of Biblical Studies From emperors and queens to artists and world travellers, from popes and scholars to saints and heretics, Key Figures in Medieval Europe brings together in one volume the most important people who lived in medieval Europe between 500 and 1,500. 2005: 276x219: 784pp Hb: 978-0-415-97385-4: £95.00

Medieval Science, Technology, and Medicine

Encyclopedia of the Harlem Renaissance

An Encyclopedia

Edited by Cary D. Wintz and Paul Finkelman

Edited by Thomas F. Glick, Steven Livesey and Faith Wallis

From the music of Louis Armstrong to the portraits by Beauford Delaney, the writings of Langston Hughes to the debut of the musical Show Boat, the Harlem Renaissance is one of the most significant developments in African-American history in the twentieth century. The Encyclopedia of the Harlem Renaissance, in twovolumes and over 635 entries, is the first comprehensive compilation of information on all aspects of this creative, dynamic period.

Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages ’An easy-to-use starting point for research in the area... The topics included are well-chosen... It will serve well in college and public libraries.’ – Library Journal ’This Encyclopedia will be an invaluable aid to scholarly researchers, authors of historical fiction, and historical re-enactors. Coverage of ’everyday,’ non-scientific technologies such as fishing, pottery, and transportation is a particular strength. No comparable encyclopedia exists. Highly recommended.’ – Choice 2005: 276x219: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-96930-7: £100.00

3-VOLUME SET Edited by Kevin Shillington

Medieval Islamic Civilization An Encyclopedia Edited by Josef W. Meri Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages Medieval Islamic Civilization examines the socio-cultural history of the regions where Islam took hold between the seventh and sixteenth century. This important two-volume work contains over 700 alphabetically arranged entries, contributed and signed by international scholars and experts in fields such as Arabic languages, Arabic literature, architecture, art history, history, history of science, Islamic arts, Islamic studies, Middle Eastern studies, Near Eastern studies, politics, religion, Semitic studies, theology, and more. This reference provides an exhaustive and vivid portrait of Islamic civilization including the many scientific, artistic, and religious developments as well as all aspects of daily life and culture.

For a full list of entries, contributors, and more, visit www.routledge-ny.com/middleages/Islamic. 2005: 276x219: 1,088pp Hb: 978-0-415-96690-0: £200.00

Medieval Italy An Encyclopedia

An Encyclopedia

Edited by Christopher Kleinhenz

Edited by Seán Duffy

Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages

Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages

This Encyclopedia gathers together the most recent scholarship on Medieval Italy, while offering a sweeping view of all aspects of life in Italy during the Middle Ages. This two volume, illustrated, A-Z reference is a cross-disciplinary resource for information on literature, history, the arts, science, philosophy, and religion in Italy between A.D. 450 and 1375.

2004: 279x216: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-94052-8: £130.00

2004: 279x216: 1,392pp Hb: 978-1-57958-389-7: £250.00

Encyclopedia of African History

Medieval Ireland

Medieval Ireland: An Encyclopedia brings together in one authoritative resource the multiple facets of life in Ireland before and after the AngloNorman invasion of 1169, from the sixth to sixteenth century. Multidisciplinary in coverage, this A-Z reference work provides information on historical events, economics, politics, the arts, religion, intellectual history, and many other aspects of the period. With over 345 essays ranging from 250 to 2,500 words, Medieval Ireland paints a lively and colorful portrait of the time.

For a full list of entries, contributors, and more, visit the Encyclopedia of Harlem Renaissance website.

2003: 276x219: 2,160pp Hb: 978-0-415-93929-4: £250.00

Covering the entire continent from Morocco, Libya, and Egypt in the north to the Cape of Good Hope in the south, and the surrounding islands from Cape Verde in the west to Madagascar, Mauritius, and Seychelles in the east, the Encyclopedia of African History is a new AZ reference resource on the history of the entire African continent. With entries ranging from the earliest evolution of human beings in Africa to the beginning of the twenty-first century, this comprehensive three volume Encyclopedia is the first reference of this scale and scope. Also includes ninety-nine maps. 2004: 279x216: 1,912pp Hb: 978-1-57958-245-6: £275.00

Encyclopedia of Kitchen History Mary Ellen Snodgrass From the discovery of fire to the latest space mission, the Encyclopedia of Kitchen History brings together the rich diversity of kitchen history in one accessible volume. Students, researchers, scholars, and culinary aficionados- from beginners to experts- will find this Encyclopedia to be a fascinating look into the history of the kitchen from the foodstuffs prepared to the tools and implements used as well as the innovators who shaped its function and utility. 2004: 279x216: 696pp Hb: 978-1-57958-380-4: £105.00

Historical Gazetteer of the United States Paul T. Hellmann The first place-by-place chronology of U.S. history, this book offers the student, researcher, or traveller a handy guide to find all the most important events that have occurred at any locality in the United States.

Medieval Iberia An Encyclopedia Edited by E. Michael Gerli Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages

2004: 279x216: 888pp Hb: 978-0-415-93948-5: £95.00

2002: 276x219: 952pp Hb: 978-0-415-93918-8: £135.00

Medieval Jewish Civilization An Encyclopedia Edited by Norman Roth Series: Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages 2002: 276x219: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-93712-2: £115.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

29


30

HISTORY

HISTORY OF SCIENCE

A World History of Tax Rebellions

Historical Atlas of the United States

An Encyclopedia of Tax Rebels, Revolts, and Riots from Antiquity to the Present

Mark C. Carnes

Encyclopedia of Ancient Natural Scientists

2002: 229x305: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-94111-2: £90.00

The Greek Tradition and its Many Heirs

2003: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-92498-6: £90.00

The New York Times Twentieth Century in Review

Political and Historical Encyclopedia of Women

The Rise of the Global Economy

Edited by Christine Fauré

Series: The New York Times Twentieth Century in Review

The Encyclopedia of Ancient Natural Scientists is the first comprehensive English language work to provide a survey of all ancient natural science, from its beginnings through the end of Late Antiquity. A team of over 100 of the world’s experts in the field have compiled this Encyclopedia, including entries which are not mentioned in any other reference work – resulting in a unique and hugely ambitious resource which will prove indispensable for anyone seeking the details of the history of ancient science.

David F. Burg

2003: 276x219: 608pp Hb: 978-1-57958-237-1: £115.00

Reader’s Guide to British History Edited by David Loades ALA/RUSA Outstanding Reference Source 2004 2003: 276x219: 1,760pp Hb: 978-1-57958-242-5: £250.00

Edited by Paul T. Keyser and Georgia Irby-Massie

Edited by Michael Veseth

2002: 276x219: 500pp Hb: 978-1-57958-369-9: £70.00

The New York Times Twentieth Century in Review The Vietnam War Edited by Mark Lawrence

Edited by Katharina M. Wilson and Nadia Margolis

The New York Times Twentieth Century in Review

This is the first comprehensive reference work devoted exclusively to the women of the medieval world, ranging from late antiquity to the fifteenth century.

The Balkans Edited by Ana Siljak

Additional features include a Glossary, Gazetteer, and Time-Line. The Glossary explains many Greek (or Latin) terms difficult to translate, whilst the Gazetteer describes the many locales from which scientists came. The Time-Line shows the rapid rise in the practice of science in the 5th century BCE and rapid decline after Hadrian, due to the centralization of Roman power, with consequent loss of a context within which science could flourish.

In 500+ biographical and topical entries, this illustrated volume offers details on women as varied as the reclusive Julian of Norwich; Lady Murasaki Shikibu, author of the epic Tale of Genji; and Eleanor of Aquitane and the Fair Rosamond, wife and mistress, respectively, of England’s King Henry II. General essays encompass a broad range of daily concerns for medieval women, including virginity, midwifery, religious fasting, and styles of dress. Truly international in scope, articles include individuals from the Middle East, Persia, India, and China, as well as England and Europe, while overview essays discuss the conditions of women living in these regions.

2001: 276x219: 1,000pp Hb: 978-1-57958-330-9: £125.00

November 2008: 246x174: 1,248pp Hb: 978-0-415-34020-5: £200.00

The New York Times Twentieth Century in Review

2-VOLUME SET

With contributions from over 150 of the most highly respected Medieval scholars, and illustrations throughout, this encyclopedia is destined to become the essential, definitive source on Medieval women.

2001: 246x174: 800pp Hb: 978-1-57958-337-8: £85.00

Women in the Middle Ages An Encyclopedia

2004: 276x219: 700pp Hb: 978-0-415-93676-7: £95.00

Companion to Historiography Edited by Michael Bentley 1997: 234x156: 1,024pp Hb: 978-0-415-03084-7: £240.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28557-5: £30.00

Women During the Civil War

2002: 276x219: 900pp Hb: 978-1-57958-368-2: £195.00

The Cold War Edited by Francis Gavin

Concise Encyclopedia of Mexico Edited by Michael Werner

Encyclopedia of Computers and Computer History Edited by Raúl Rojas

Encyclopedia of Warfare From the Earliest Times to the Present Day Edited by Adrian Gilbert

Judith E. Harper

Europe Since 1945

2003: 276x219: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-93723-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95574-4: £40.00

An Encyclopedia

Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century African History

2001: 276x219: 1,508pp Hb: 978-0-8153-1336-6: £210.00

2002: 234x156: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-23479-5: £135.00

Comprising 395 essays arranged alphabetically, mostly on individual objects, artefacts, techniques, and products, this is an up-to-date work of reference for all those involved in teaching or researching the history of twentieth-century technology. 2004: 276x219: 992pp Hb: 978-1-57958-386-6: £190.00

Encyclopedia of Nonlinear Science Edited by Alwyn Scott

2001: 276x219: 950pp Hb: 978-1-57958-235-7: £335.00

2001: 276x219: 325pp Hb: 978-1-57958-216-6: £75.00

Edited by Dickson Eyoh and Paul Tiyambe Zeleza

Edited by Colin Hempstead and William Worthington

2001: 276x219: 1,000pp Hb: 978-1-57958-321-7: £195.00

An Encyclopedia

Encyclopedia of 20th-Century Technology

In 438 alphabetically-arranged essays, this work provides a useful overview of the core mathematical background for nonlinear science, as well as its applications to key problems in ecology and biological systems, chemical reaction-diffusion problems, geophysics, economics, electrical and mechanical oscillations in engineering systems, lasers and nonlinear optics, fluid mechanics and turbulence, and condensed matter physics, among others. 2004: 276x219: 1,104pp Hb: 978-1-57958-385-9: £135.00

Edited by Bernard A. Cook

3RD EDITION

Reader’s Guide to Military History

Finding Information in Science, Technology and Medicine

Edited by Charles Messenger

Jill Lambert and Peter A. Lambert

2001: 276x219: 984pp Hb: 978-1-57958-241-8: £125.00

A practical guide to the basic structure of STM information, describing in simple terms, with examples, how to locate what you need. 2003: 234x156: 152pp Pb: 978-0-85142-462-0: £40.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS

Expedition Medicine

Encyclopedia of Pseudoscience

Revised Edition

From Alien Abductions to Zone Therapy

Edited by David Warrell and Sarah Anderson

Edited by William F. Williams

2003: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-1-57958-334-7: £55.00

The Encyclopedia of Pseudoscience is the first onevolume, A-to-Z reference that identifies, defines, and explains all of the terms and ideas dealing with the somewhat murky world of the ’almost sciences’.

Companion Encyclopedia of Medicine in the Twentieth Century Edited by Roger Cooter and John Pickstone 2002: 246x174: 776pp Pb: 978-0-415-28603-9: £35.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Routledge Language Family Series

Truly interdisciplinary and multicultural in scope, the Encyclopedia examines how fringe or marginal sciences have affected people throughout history, as well as how they continue to exert an influence on our lives today.

The Tai-Kadai Languages Edited by Anthony Diller, Australian National University, Australia, Jerry Edmondson, University of Texas at Arlington, USA and Yongxian Luo, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge Language Family Series An essential reference book for this particular linguistic community, as well as for linguists working on typology and syntax.

2002: 246x189: 992pp Pb: 978-0-415-28606-0: £35.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This comprehensive reference brings together: superstitions and fads that are part of popular culture, such as fortune telling; healing practices once thought marginal that are now become increasingly accepted, such as homeopathy and acupuncture; frauds and hoaxes that have occurred throughout history, such as UFOs; mistaken theories first put forward as serious science, but later discarded as false, such as phrenology and racial typing, etc.

The Encyclopedia of Science and Technology

More than 2,000 extensively cross-referenced and illustrated entries cover prominent phenomena, major figures, events topics, places and associations.

June 2008: 234x156: 704pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1457-5: £160.00

2004: 276x219: 444pp Hb: 978-1-57958-207-4: £65.00

The Munda Languages

Companion Encyclopedia of Science in the Twentieth Century Edited by John Krige and Dominique Pestre

Edited by James Trefil 2001: 276x219: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-93724-5: £40.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

History of Science in United States An Encyclopedia Edited by Marc Rothenberg

Reader’s Guide to the History of Science

Companion Encyclopedia of the History of Medicine

1998: 225x177: 500pp Hb: 978-1-57958-149-7: £45.00

1993: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-04771-5: £340.00 Pb: 978-0-415-16418-4: £80.00

Series: Routledge Language Family Series The Munda group of languages of the Austroasiatic family are spoken within central and eastern India by almost ten million people. To date, they are the least well-known and least documented languages of the Indian subcontinent.

2000: 276x219: 1,000pp Hb: 978-1-884964-29-9: £105.00

Dictionary of Space Technology

Series: Routledge Companion Encyclopedias

Edited by Gregory D.S. Anderson

Edited by Arne Hessenbruch

2000: 276x219: 640pp eBook: 978-0-203-90280-6: £135.00 Hb: 978-0-8153-0762-4: £135.00

Edited by W. F. Bynum and Roy Porter

Selected Contents: Contents Part 1: Overview Chapters Part 2: Tai Languages: Overviews and Resources Part 3: Tai Languages: Special Topics Part 4: Grammaticalization and Historical Syntax Part 5: Kam-Sui Languages Part 6: Hlai (Li) and Kra (Kadai) Languages

Edited by Joseph Angelo

An Encyclopedia of the History of Technology Series: Routledge Companion Encyclopedias 1990: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-01306-2: £240.00

This unprecedented and original work draws together a distinguished group of international experts in the field of Munda language research and presents current assessments of a wide range of typological and comparative-historical issues, providing agendas for future research. Representing the current state of Munda Linguistics, this volume provides detailed descriptions of almost all of the languages in the family, in addition to a brief chapter discussing the enigmatic Nihali language. Gregory D.S. Anderson is Director of the Living Tongues Institute for Endangered Languages. His key publications include: The Munda Verb: Typological Perspectives (2007), Auxiliary Verb Constructions (2006), and Language Contact in South Central Siberia (2005). March 2008: 234x156: 808pp Hb: 978-0-415-32890-6: £175.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

31


LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCES

32

Routledge Language Family Series continued.

2ND EDITION

3RD EDITION

Atlas of the World’s Languages

Assessing Information Needs

Edited by R.E. Asher, University of Edinburgh, UK and Christopher Moseley, University College London, UK

Edited by David Nicholas and Eti Herman

2ND EDITION

Before the first appearance of the Atlas of the World’s Languages in 1993, all the world’s languages had never been accurately and completely mapped. The Atlas depicts the location of every known living language, including languages on the point of extinction.

The Celtic Languages Edited by Martin Ball and Nicole Muller Series: Routledge Language Family Series The Celtic Languages describes in depth all the Celtic languages from historical, structural and sociolinguistics perspectives with individual chapters on Irish, Scottish Gaelic, Manx, Welsh, Breton and Cornish. This new edition has been thoroughly revised to provide a comprehensive and up to date account of the modern Celtic languages and their current sociolinguistic status along with complete descriptions of the historical languages.

This fully revised edition of the Atlas offers: • up-to-date research, some from fieldwork in early 2006 • a general linguistic history of each section

First published in 1928, the Aslib Directory is the leading information sources reference work on organizations of all kinds.

• further reading and a bibliography for each section

2007: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-31074-1: £400.00

This Encyclopedia represents an effort to conserve all the information we have about languages threatened with extinction, an effort that is not only imperative but a race against time.

The Aslib Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom

• a large number of new or completely updated maps

With contributions from a variety of scholars of the highest reputation, The Celtic Languages continues to be an invaluable tool for both students and teachers of linguistics, especially those with an interest in typology, language universals and the unique sociolinguistic position which the Celtic languages occupy.

Christopher Moseley, University College London, UK

14TH EDITION

• statistical and sociolinguistic information

Presenting contributions from international scholars, covering over 6,000 languages and containing over 150 full-colour maps, the Atlas of the World’s Languages is the definitive reference resource for every linguistic and reference library.

Encyclopedia of the World’s Endangered Languages

September 2008: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-1-85743-487-3: £35.00

• an overview of the genetic relations of the languages in each section

This comprehensive volume is arranged in four parts. The first part offers a description of the typological aspects of the Celtic languages followed by a scene setting historical account of the emergence of these languages. A chapter devoted to Continental Celtic, Old and Middle Irish and Old and Middle Welsh follows. Parts II and III are devoted to linguistic descriptions of the contemporary languages. Part II has chapters on Irish, Scots Gaelic and Manx, while Part III covers Welsh, Breton and Cornish. Part IV is devoted to the sociolinguistic situation of the four contemporary Celtic languages and a final chapter describes the status of the two revived languages Cornish and Manx.

March 2009: 234x156: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-42279-6: £175.00

Provides a systematic method of identifying, evaluating and comparing information needs, as well as a framework to enable information services to gather information from users to aid information system design, and monitor the effectiveness of an information service. Examines the role of the Internet in meeting information needs.The section on collecting data now includes web log analysis and focus group interviews. Introduces the concept of the I-player, the digital information user.

Now published in its 14th edition, the title’s diversity is reflected by the wide spectrum of entries. The Directory is widely regarded as the best publication of its type.

• a cross-referenced language index of over 6,000 languages.

Selected Contents: Introduction. List of Maps / Abbreviations. 1. North America 2. Meso-America 3. South America 4. Australasia and the Pacific 5. East and South-East Asia 6. Southern Asia 7. Northern Asia & Eastern Europe 8. Western Europe 9. Middle East and North Africa 10. Sub-Saharan Africa. Index of Languages

The Aslib Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom provides instant access to listings of over 11,000 associations, clubs, societies, companies, educational establishments, institutes, commissions, government bodies, and other organizations which provide information freely or on a fee-paying basis. Entries include: • National Asthma Campaign • Snowdonia National Park Society

2ND EDITION

• British Judo Council

The World’s Major Languages

• BBC Libraries and Archives

Edited by Bernard Comrie

• Architects and Surveyors Institute.

This volume features over fifty of the world's languages and language families. The featured languages have been chosen based on the number of speakers, their role as official languages and their cultural and historical importance. Each language is looked at in depth, and the chapters provide information on both grammatical features and on salient features of the language's history and cultural role. This second edition has been updated and revised. Two new languages, Amharic and Javanese, have been included. This accessible volume will appeal to anyone with an interest in linguistics.

Each entry is listed alphabetically and includes the organization’s name and contact details, type and purpose, and lists publications and collections where appropriate. The Directory also contains a comprehensive index of acronyms and abbreviations and a substantial cross-referenced subject index. November 2008: 279x211: 1,500pp Hb: 978-1-85743-488-0: £370.00

Key features: • attention is paid to both grammatical and sociolinguistic features • attention is concentrated on the world's major languages

2007: 246x174: 688pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1197-0: £180.00

• designed to be accessible to all readers with an interest in language. October 2008: 246x174: 1,104pp Hb: 978-0-415-35339-7: £100.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCES

4TH EDITION

2ND EDITION

Directory of Museums, Galleries and Buildings of Historic Interest in the United Kingdom

International Encyclopedia of Information and Library Science

This unique and important directory incorporates some 2,700 entries. It covers all types and sizes of museums; galleries of paintings, sculpture and photography; and buildings and sites of particular historic interest. It also provides an extensive index listing over 3,000 subjects. The directory covers national collections and major buildings, but also the more unusual, less well-known and local exhibits and sites.

The Directory of Museums, Galleries and Buildings of Historic Interest in the United Kingdom is an indispensable reference source for any library, an ideal companion for researcher and enthusiast alike, and an essential purchase for anyone with an interest in the cultural and historical collections of the UK. Features include: • alphabetically listed entries, which are also indexed by subject for ease of reference • entries include the name and address of the organization, telephone and fax numbers, email and internet addresses, a point of contact, times of opening and facilities for visitors • a breakdown of the collections held by each organization, giving a broad overview of the main collection as a whole • details of special collections are provided and include the period covered as well as the number of items held. November 2008: 297x210: 304pp Hb: 978-1-85743-489-7: £175.00

3RD EDITION

The Directory of University Libraries in Europe 2006 This third edition of The Directory of University Libraries in Europe provides extensive details of the central and other major libraries of European universities and, where appropriate, includes the libraries of attached institutes and research centres. Meticulously researched and revised, this title provides the most up-to-date information available and, to ensure accuracy and reliability, information is provided by the libraries and institutions concerned. Key Features: • covers libraries throughout Europe, arranged alphabetically by country • entries list full contact details, including e-mail and internet addresses, and names of chief librarians and other relevant staff

Edited by John Feather and Paul Sturges ’... for the information professional at all levels, this is a veritable treasure house of fascinating information both retrospective and current. Students too, will find much in its pages to supplement their course material. Its editors deserve our congratulations and gratitiude.’ – The Electronic Library ’The Encyclopedia is a timely guide to who needs to know what, why, and what means they use. The result is a useful reference work ... for the professional information-worker and interested lay-person alike.’ – The British Library ’The excellent index guides the reader through the numerous countries included ... a very rich work which we can only recommend librarians who are interested in their profession, particularly in other countries, to read.’ – Bulletin des Biblioteques de France 2003: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-25901-9: £180.00

Freedom of Information Open Access, Empty Archives? Edited by Andrew Flinn, University College London, UK and Harriet Jones, University of London, UK The Freedom of Information (FOI) Act has been broadly welcomed by contemporary British historians as a means of increasing access to public records within the thirtyyear rule. But the benefits of this formal commitment to open government are untested, and experiences in other countries with FOI or Access to Information legislation have raised a number of shared problems and concerns. These problems are common among countries with FOI legislation. But there has been very little discussion among historians and archivists internationally about dealing with these issues as well as reflecting on the benefits of access legislation. This volume will be the first to compare and reflect upon both the successes and difficulties of FOI across the world. Written by an international mixture of senior archivists and historians, it will appeal across the disciplines of history and archive studies. November 2008: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-85743-420-0: £130.00

• other invaluable information includes: areas of specialization, opening hours, entitlement to use the library, the size and composition of library holdings, online subscriptions and details of libraries’ own publications

European Information Policy in the United Kingdom Edited by Rita Marcella, Susan Parker and Ian Thomson A collection of essays which examines the implementation of the European Commission’s information policy in the United Kingdom and considers the key issues relevant to the future development of the policy. Contributors include academics, practitioners and representatives from professional associations. Coverage includes: • user needs • the European Information Association; European Documentation Centres • the role of the International Bureau for Local Government as a national sectoral relay. 2007: 234x156: 150pp Pb: 978-0-85142-452-1: £35.00

How to Manage Records in the E-Environment Catherine Hare and Julie Mcleod A practical approach to developing and operating an effective programme to manage hybrid records within an organization. This title positions records management as an integral business function linked to the organization’s business aims and objectives. The authors also address the records requirements of new and significant pieces of legislation, such as data protection and freedom of information, as well as exploring strategies for managing electronic records. Bullet points, checklists and examples assist the reader throughout, making this a one-stop resource for information in this area. 2006: 198x129: 184pp Pb: 978-0-85142-463-7: £19.99

Finding and Knowing Psychology, Information and Computers Clare Davies Explores what we know about how we want, see, browse, read, use and remember online information. Readers take a non-technical and entertaining journey into previously obscure depths of cognitive psychology and information science. 2005: 234x156: 344pp Pb: 978-0-85142-454-5: £40.00

9TH EDITION

Handbook of Information Management This is effectively the ninth edition of the highly regarded, Handbook of Special Librarianship and Information Work, which has provided the seminal text on modern information theory, practice, and procedure since 1957. The text draws on a substantial background of research and best practice to provide a pragmatic approach to information management in the workplace. This volume covers strategic, legal, management and marketing issues and highlights the importance of new web-based delivery mechanisms. It includes contributions from outside the UK, mirroring the global nature of information management. Includes: • essential reference to core theories and principles of information organization, retrieval and dissemination

• fully indexed for ease of use 2006: 279x211: 600pp Hb: 978-1-85743-401-9: £250.00

• a new chapter exploring the legal issues involved with information on the internet • new topics including: freedom of information, project management, digital library research, the hybrid library, the effective website and the intranet. December 2009: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-1-85743-492-7: £75.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

33


34

LITERATURE

International Companion Encyclopedia of Children’s Literature

Encyclopedia of Italian Literary Studies

Routledge Encyclopedia of Narrative Theory

Edited by Peter Hunt

Edited by Gaetana Marrone, University of Venice, Italy and Paolo Puppa, Princeton University, USA

Edited by David Herman, Manfred Jahn and Marie-Laure Ryan

Children’s publishing is a huge international industry and there is ever-growing interest from researchers and students in the genre as cultural object of study and tool for education and socialization.

’By any standard this is an impressive Encyclopedia...a ’must-have work’ of scholarship for the next generations. Any library catering for Italian studies will need this excellent work.’ – Reference Reviews

2004: 246x174: 1,416pp Hb: 978-0-415-29053-1: £240.00

Latin American Women Writers: An Encyclopedia Edited by María Claudia André and Eva Paulino Bueno Latin American Women Writers: An Encyclopedia presents the lives and critical works of over 170 women writers in Latin America between the sixteenth and twentieth centuries. This features thematic entries as well as biographies of female writers whose works were originally published in Spanish or Portuguese, and who have had an impact on literary, political, and social studies. Focusing on drama, poetry, and fiction, this work includes authors who have published at least three literary texts that have had a significant impact on Latin American literature and culture. Each entry is followed by extensive bibliographic references, including primary and secondary sources. Coverage consists of critical appreciation and analysis of the writers’ works. Brief biographical data is included, but the main focus is on the meanings and contexts of the works as well as their cultural and political impact. In addition to author entries, other themes are explored, such as humor in contemporary Latin American fiction, lesbian literature in Latin America, magic, realism, or mother images in Latin American literature. The aim is to provide a unique, thorough, scholarly survey of women writers and their works in Latin America. This Encyclopedia will be of interest to both to the student of literature as well as to any reader interested in understanding more about Latin American culture, literature, and how women have represented gender and national issues throughout the centuries. July 2008: 276x219: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-97971-9: £110.00

J.R.R. Tolkien Encyclopedia Scholarship and Critical Assessment Edited by Michael D. C. Drout A detailed work of reference and scholarship, this one volume Encyclopedia includes discussions of all the fundamental issues in Tolkien scholarship written by the leading scholars in the field. Coverage not only presents the most recent scholarship on J. R. R. Tolkien, but also introduces and explores the author and scholar’s life and work within their historical and cultural contexts. Tolkien’s fiction and his sources of influence are examined along with his artistic and academic achievements- including his translations of medieval texts- teaching posts, linguistic works, and the languages he created. The 550 alphabetically arranged entries fall within the following categories of topics: adaptations; art and illustrations; characters in Tolkien’s work; critical history and scholarship; influence of Tolkien; languages; biography; literary sources; literature; creatures and peoples of Middle-earth; objects in Tolkien’s work; places in Tolkien’s work; reception of Tolkien; medieval scholars; scholarship by Tolkien; medieval literature; stylistic elements; themes in Tolkien’s works; Theological/ philosophical concepts and philosophers; Tolkien’s contemporary history and culture; works of literature.

The Encyclopedia of Italian Literary Studies is a two-volume reference book containing some 600 entries on all aspects of Italian literary culture. It includes analytical essays on authors and works, from the most important figures of Italian literature to little known authors and works that are influential to the field. The Encyclopedia is distinguished by substantial articles on critics, themes, genres, schools, historical surveys, and other topics related to the overall subject of Italian literary studies. The Encyclopedia also includes writers and subjects of contemporary interest, such as those relating to journalism, film, media, children’s literature, food and vernacular literatures. Entries consist of an essay on the topic and a bibliographic portion listing works for further reading, and, in the case of entries on individuals, a brief biographical paragraph and list of works by the person. It will be useful to people without specialized knowledge of Italian literature as well as to scholars. 2006: 276x219: 1,504pp Hb: 978-1-57958-390-3: £325.00

Encyclopedia of Erotic Literature Edited by Gaëtan Brulotte, University of South Florida, USA and John Phillips, London Metropolitan University, UK The Encyclopedia of Erotic Literature is a two-volume work that contains some 540 entries on erotic literature on an international scale. The Encyclopedia has an unprecedented scope, the first scholarly reference resource to bring the field together in all its fascinating variety. The entries examine the history of the literature in different countries and languages from classical antiquity to the present day, individual writers from around the world (not all of them necessarily known as specialist writers of erotic literature), significant works, genres and critical approaches, and general themes pertinent to erotic literature (nudity, prostitution, etc.). The definition of erotic literature is broad, encompassing all the material recognized in the study of the field: not just fiction in all genres (novels, poetry, short stories, drama), but also essays, autobiographies, treatises and sex manuals from different cultures. This Encyclopedia deals with sexually explicit texts characterized by sexual representations and suggestions. All types of sexuality are included. For more information about the title and the editors, go to: http://www.londonmet.ac.uk/news/latestnews/erotic-encyclopedia-edited-by-london-metprofessor.cfm/ 2006: 276x219: 1,616pp Hb: 978-1-57958-441-2: £225.00

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

’It is the single volume I would advise my students and other budding narratologists to purchase so as to have it constantly at hand for quick consultation...With its more than 700 tightly packed pages, close to 450 entries by 200 international experts on narrative-theoretical topics, plus an eighty-page index, the Encyclopedia is well worth the investment.’ – Pekka Tammi, Language and Literature 2004: 246x174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-28259-8: £135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77512-0: £29.99

Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century Latin American and Caribbean Literature, 1900–2003 Edited by Daniel Balderston and Mike Gonzalez Written by a team of international contributors this work contains more than 200 entries on all aspects of literature. It is invaluable for those studying Latin American and/or Caribbean literature and the Spanish/Portuguese languages. 2004: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-30686-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30687-4: £45.00

Jewish Writers of the Twentieth Century Edited by Sorrel Kerbel 2003: 276x219: 695pp Hb: 978-1-57958-313-2: £115.00

Holocaust Literature An Encyclopedia of Writers and Their Work Edited by S. Lillian Kremer 2002: 276x219: 1,440pp Hb: 978-0-415-92985-1: £230.00

Dictionary of Literature in English Neil King and Sarah King 2002: 234x156: 194pp Hb: 978-1-57958-381-1: £55.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Encyclopedia of Literary Translation into English Edited by Olive Classe 2000: 276x219: 2,000pp Hb: 978-1-884964-36-7: £275.00

Encyclopedia of German Literature

2006: 276x219: 808pp Hb: 978-0-415-96942-0: £100.00

ORDER NOW!

’Potentially daunting, this complex subject is made a snap by clever arrangements for entries: five different types, from mini-essay to thumbnail definition, all cross-indexed. The helpful navigational aids include coded typeface, a thematically-organized reader’s guide, and an excellent comprehensive index. Thorough, accessible, and remarkably free of obfuscating language. Highly recommended.’ – Choice

Edited by Matthias Konzett 2000: 276x219: 1,136pp Hb: 978-1-57958-138-1: £180.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES

Encyclopedia of Literary Critics and Criticism

2ND EDITION

The Concise New Makers of Modern Culture

Edited by Chris Murray

Europa Directory of Literary Awards and Prizes

1999: 276x219: 1,500pp Hb: 978-1-57958-144-2: £250.00

A complete guide to the major awards and prizes of the literary world.

A Who’s Who of Western culture, from Woody Allen to Emile Zola...

Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature

• an invaluable source of information on awards and prizes world-wide

Containing 400 essay-style entries, and covering the period from 1850 to the present, The Concise New Makers of Modern Culture includes artists, writers, dramatists, architects, philosophers, anthropologists, scientists, sociologists, major political figures, composers, film-makers and many other culturally significant individuals and is thoroughly international in its purview.

Edited by Julie Scott Meisami and Paul Starkey 1998: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-06808-6: £340.00

Encyclopedia of Latin American Literature Edited by Verity Smith 1997: 276x219: 950pp Hb: 978-1-884964-18-3: £135.00

Reader’s Guide to Literature in English Edited by Mark Hawkins-Dady 1996: 276x219: 1,010pp Hb: 978-1-884964-20-6: £130.00

Science Fact and Science Fiction An Encyclopedia Brian Stableford Science fiction is a literary genre based on scientific speculation. Works of science fiction use the ideas and the vocabulary of all sciences to create valid narratives that explore the future effects of science on events and human beings. Science Fact and Science Fiction examines in one volume how science has propelled science-fiction and, to a lesser extent, how science fiction has influenced the sciences. Although coverage will discuss the science behind the fiction from the Classical Age to the present, focus is naturally on the nineteenth century to the present, when the Industrial Revolution and spectacular progress in science and technology triggered an influx of science-fiction works speculating on the future. As scientific developments alter expectations for the future, the literature absorbs, uses, and adapts such contextual visions. The goal of the Encyclopedia is not to present a catalog of sciences and their application in literary fiction, but rather to study the ongoing flow and counterflow of influences, including how fictional representations of science affect how we view its practice and disciplines. Although the main focus is on literature, other forms of science fiction, including film and video games, are explored and, because science is an international matter, works from non-English speaking countries are discussed as needed.

• covers over 1,000 awards and prizes • comprehensive background information on each award • extensive contact details. Contents • includes internationally awarded prizes along with prestigious national awards • subject areas covered include adult and children’s fiction, non-fiction, poetry, lifetime’s achievement, translation and drama • information is provided on the history of each award, its purpose, what is awarded, how often the prize is awarded, eligibility and restrictions, the awarding organization and the most recent recipients • full contact details of the awarding organization are provided, including main contact name, postal address, e-mail and Internet address, telephone and fax numbers • fully indexed by keyword, awarding organization and award by subject. October 2008: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-1-85743-490-3: £195.00

35

Edited by Justin Wintle

Next to Karl Marx is Bob Marley, with John Ruskin is Salman Rushdie, and alongside Darwin is Luigi Dallapiccola, Deng Xiaoping rubs shoulders with Jacques Derrida as do Julia Kristeva and Kropotkin. With its global reach, The Concise New Makers of Modern Culture provides a multi-voiced witness of the contemporary thinking world. The entries carry short bibliographies and there is thorough cross-referencing as well as an index of names and key terms. November 2008: 246x174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-47782-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47783-3: £39.95

New Makers of Modern Culture Edited by Justin Wintle New Makers of Modern Culture is the successor to the classic reference works Makers of Modern Culture and Makers of Nineteenth-Century Culture, published by Routledge in the early 1980s. The set was extremely successful and continues to be used to this day, due to the high quality of the writing, the distinguished contributors, and the cultural sensitivity shown in the selection of those individuals included. New Makers of Modern Culture takes into full account the rise and fall of reputation and influence over the last twenty-five years and the epochal changes that have occurred: the demise of Marxism and the collapse of the Soviet Union; the rise and fall of postmodernism; the eruption of Islamic fundamentalism; the triumph of the Internet. Containing over eight hundred essay-style entries, and covering the period from 1850 to the present, New Makers of Modern Culture includes artists, writers, dramatists, architects, philosophers, anthropologists, scientists, sociologists, major political figures, composers, film-makers and many other culturally significant individuals and is thoroughly international in its purview. Once again, Wintle has enlisted the services of many distinguished writers and leading academics, such as Sam Beer, Bernard Crick, Edward Seidensticker and Paul Preston. In a few cases, for example Michael Holroyd and Philip Larkin, contributors are themselves the subject of entries.

2006: 276x219: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-97460-8: £100.00

With its global reach, New Makers of Modern Culture provides a multi-voiced witness of the contemporary thinking world. The entries carry short bibliographies and there is thorough cross-referencing. There is an index of names and key terms. 2006: 246x174: 1,856pp Hb: 978-0-415-33831-8: £230.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online


36

MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES

Encyclopedia of American Journalism

3-VOLUME SET

Edited by Stephen L. Vaughn

Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century Photography

Journalism history is not only the history of newspapers and important news people. Beginning with prerevolutionary pamphlets, journalism and the press have had a central role in the history of the United States, how information, facts, and values circulate among the public, shaping social issues, cultural ideas, historic events, and political outcomes. It is said that there can be no democracy without a vigorous, independent press, and this Encyclopedia documents the role of journalism in shaping the United States and the history of the forces that have shaped the character of journalistic practice. The Encyclopedia of American Journalism explores the distinctions found in print media, radio, television, and the internet. This work seeks to document the role of these different forms of journalism in the formation of America’s understanding and reaction to political campaigns, war, peace, protest, slavery, consumer rights, civil rights, immigration, unionism, feminism, environmentalism, globalization, and more. This work also explores the intersections between journalism and other phenomena in American Society, such as law, crime, business, consumption, etc. The evolution of journalism’s ethical standards is discussed, as well as the important libel and defamation trials that have influenced journalistic practice, its legal protection, and legal responsibilities. Entries also include articles on sports journalism, business journalism, science journalism, and legal journalism. 2007: 276x219: 664pp Hb: 978-0-415-96950-5: £95.00

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Culture

Edited by Lynne Warren ’Thorough and optimally organized work ... This reference tool belongs in every public, academic, and special library. Highly recommended.’ – Library Journal ’A resource that will be invaluable to all collections that have any interest whatsoever in media studies generally and photography in particular. Larger public library reference collections will also find this work more than useful. – Reference Reviews The Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century Photography explores the vast international scope of twentiethcentury photography and explains that history with a wide-ranging, interdisciplinary manner. This unique approach covers the aesthetic history of photography as an evolving art and documentary form, while also recognizing it as a developing technology and cultural force. This Encyclopedia presents the important developments, movements, photographers, photographic institutions, and theoretical aspects of the field along with information about equipment, techniques, and practical applications of photography. To bring this history alive for the reader, the set is illustrated in black and white throughout, and each volume contains a color plate section. A useful glossary of terms is also included. 2005: 276x219: 2,042pp Hb: 978-1-57958-393-4: £275.00

2-VOLUME SET

Encyclopedia of Nineteenth-Century Photography Edited by John Hannavy The Encyclopedia of Nineteenth-Century Photography is the first comprehensive encyclopedia of world photography up to the beginning of the twentieth century. It sets out to be the standard, definitive reference work on the subject for years to come. Its coverage is global – an important ‘first’ in that authorities from all over the world have contributed their expertise and scholarship towards making this a truly comprehensive publication. The Encyclopedia presents new and ground-breaking research alongside accounts of the major established figures in the nineteenth century arena. Coverage includes all the key people, processes, equipment, movements, styles, debates and groupings which helped photography develop from being ‘a solution in search of a problem’ when first invented, to the essential communication tool, creative medium, and recorder of everyday life which it had become by the dawn of the twentieth century. The sheer breadth of coverage in the 1,200 essays makes the Encyclopedia of Nineteenth-Century Photography an essential reference source for academics, students, researchers and libraries worldwide. 2007: 276x219: 1,736pp Hb: 978-0-415-97235-2: £300.00

This series of Encyclopedias are designed to meet the needs of the contemporary curriculum. The titles will draw students of modern languages into the broader context of the language and culture and provide valuable comparative material to students involved in a range of courses. Areas covered in the Encyclopedias include: Architecture; Cultural Institutions and Phenomena; Economy; Education and Research; Fashion and Design; Film; Food and Drink; History; Intellectual Life; Language and National Identity; Literature and Popular Fiction; Media; Music; Performing Arts; Politics; Religion; Society; Sport and Leisure; Visual Arts.

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Russian Culture Edited by Tatiana Smorodinskaya, Karen EvansRomaine and Helena Goscilo Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture This addition to the highly successful Contemporary Cultures series covers the period from period 1953, with the death of Stalin, to the present day. Both ‘Russian’ and ‘Culture’ are defined broadly. ‘Russian’ refers to the Soviet Union until 1991 and the Russian Federation after 1991. Given the diversity of the Federation in its ethnic composition and regional characteristics, questions of national, regional, and ethnic identity are given special attention. There is also coverage of Russian-speaking immigrant communities. ‘Culture’ embraces all aspects of culture and lifestyle, high and popular, artistic and material: art, fashion, literature, music, cooking, transport, politics and economics, film, crime – all, and much else, are covered, in order to give a full picture of the Russian way of life and experience throughout the extraordinary changes undergone since the middle of the twentieth century. The Encyclopedia of Contemporary Russian Culture is an unbeatable resource on recent and contemporary Russian culture and history for students, teachers and researchers across the disciplines. Apart from academic libraries, the book will also be a valuable acquisition for public libraries. Entries include cross-references and the larger ones carry short bibliographies. There is a full index. Selected Contents: Architecture. Cultural Policy and Institutions. Economics. Education. Fashion and Design. Film. Film/Theatre Actors. Food and Drink. Geography. Language. Literature. Mass Media. Music. Performing Arts. Philosophy and Intellectual Life. Politics and History. Religion. Society. Sports and Leisure. Visual Arts. Writers 2006: 246x174: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-32094-8: £105.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Spanish Culture

Encyclopedia of Contemporary French Culture

3-VOLUME SET

Edited by Eamonn Rodgers

Edited by Alexandra Hughes and Keith Reader

Edited by Ian Aitken

Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture

Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture

1999: 246x174: 616pp Hb: 978-0-415-13187-2: £150.00

1998: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-13186-5: £150.00

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Latin American and Caribbean Cultures

Encyclopedia of Contemporary German Culture

Edited by Daniel Balderston, Mike Gonzalez and Ana M. Lopez

Edited by John Sandford

Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture 2000: 246x174: 1,800pp Hb: 978-0-415-13188-9: £365.00

Encyclopedia of Contemporary British Culture

Encyclopedia of the Documentary Film

Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture 1999: 246x174: 728pp Hb: 978-0-415-12448-5: £150.00

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Irish Culture

Edited by Peter Childs and Michael Storry

Edited by Luke Gibbons, Richard Kearney and Willa Murphy

Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture

Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture

1999: 246x174: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-14726-2: £150.00

Featuring over 500 entries, the Encyclopedia brings conceptions of Irish identity fully up-to-date and in to line with developments in modern, or post-modern Irish Culture.

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Chinese Culture Edited by Edward L. Davis, University of Hawaii, USA Series: Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture ‘Made in China’ has become a tag familiar to all Westerners, but China’s shift to a market economy in the early 1980s released not only the industrial but also the vast creative energies of China’s citizens to produce a cultural renaissance unique in the contemporary world. In the last quarter-century, communist ideology has been in rapid retreat and the cultural resources of China’s pre-socialist past have been rediscovered and combined with current influences from home and abroad to construct competing responses to China’s ever-changing present. The Encyclopedia of Contemporary Chinese Culture contains nearly 1,200 entries written by an international team of specialists to enable readers to explore a range of diverse and fascinating cultural subjects from prisons to rock groups, underground Christian churches to TV talk shows and radio hotlines. Experimental artists with names such as ‘Big-Tailed Elephants’ and ‘The NorthPole Group’ nestle between the covers alongside entries on lotteries, gay cinema, political jokes, sex shops, theme parks, ‘New Authoritarians’ and ‘Little Emperors’. These, as well as more traditional subjects and biographical entries, are indexed under eighteen categories for easy thematic reference.

2004: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-15169-6: £105.00

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Japanese Culture

’The film and cultural studies worlds are in dire need of a good encyclopedia of documentary film, and at first glance this three-volume set would seem to fit the bill. Recommended.’ – Choice The Encyclopedia of the Documentary Film is a fully international reference work on the history of the documentary film from the Lumière brothers’ Workers Leaving the Lumière Factory (1885) to Michael Moore’s Fahrenheit 911 (2004). This Encyclopedia provides a resource that critically analyzes that history in all its aspects. Not only does this Encyclopedia examine individual films and the careers of individual film makers, it also provides overview articles of national and regional documentary film history. It explains concepts and themes in the study of documentary film, the techniques used in making films, and the institutions that support their production, appreciation, and preservation. 2005: 276x219: 1,968pp Hb: 978-1-57958-445-0: £350.00

Edited by Sandra Buckley

Encyclopedia of Early Cinema

2001: 246x174: 664pp Hb: 978-0-415-14344-8: £155.00

Edited by Richard Abel

Encyclopedia of Contemporary Jewish Culture Edited by Sander Gilman This Encyclopedia focuses on the development and present state of Jewish cultures from 1950 to the present day. Whilst concentrating on the contemporary, it provides the widest scope for background materials in order to give the necessary context. Culture, in its broadest sense, is taken to include: literature, film, music, visual arts, religion, intellecutal life, political theory, philosophy and the Encyclopedia is global in its reach covering world-wide cultural spheres. 2004: 234x156: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-27692-4: £125.00

’Well-written and informative... This is a useful resource for all film collections. Recommended for public and academic libraries.’ – Library Journal

This major A-Z work explores the first twenty-five years of cinema’s development, and presents a wealth of information on early cinema history, techniques and equipment, pioneering directors, producers, individual films and the rapid growth of the movie star. 2004: 246x174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-23440-5: £150.00

Encyclopedia of New Religious Movements Edited by Peter Clarke An essential companion to both research and scholarship upon which undergraduates, postgraduates, lecturers and researchers can all be expected to draw. 2005: 246x174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-26707-6: £145.00

Encyclopedia of Modern Jewish Culture Edited by Glenda Abramson

While the focus of the Encyclopedia of Contemporary Chinese Culture is on mainland China since 1980, the Encyclopedia also includes longer, specially commissioned entries on various aspects of contemporary culture in Hong Kong and Taiwan. Most entries include full and up-to-date references for further reading, making the Encyclopedia an indispensable reference tool for all teachers and students of contemporary Chinese culture. It is also likely to be warmly embraced as an invaluable source of cultural context by tourists, journalists, business people and others who visit China.

This two-volume Encyclopedia contains biographical and topic entries ranging from 200 to 1,000 words each, written by experts from all over the world. In addition, there are also 5,000-word essays which provide overviews to aspects of culture in the Jewish world. 2004: 246x174: 1,200pp Hb: 978-0-415-29813-1: £305.00

August 2008: 246x174: 832pp Pb: 978-0-415-77716-2: £40.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

37


38

MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES

2ND EDITION

MUSIC AND PERFORMANCE

4-VOLUME SET

Companion Encyclopedia of Middle Eastern and North African Film

The Garland Handbook of Latin American Music

Encyclopedia of Television

Edited by Oliver Leaman

Edited by Horace Newcomb

2001: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-18703-9: £140.00

Dale Olsen, Florida State University, USA and Daniel Sheehy, Smithsonian Folkways, USA

This edition of the Encyclopedia of Television builds on the award-winning first edition that has been widely recognized and cited as the foremost reference work on the study of television. Incorporating almost 200 new entries and revisions of almost all of the original entries from the first edition, the second edition of the Encyclopedia not only focuses on the history and current state of television in today’s society but looks to the future, exploring significant changes that have occurred in the economic, technological, and regulatory contexts in which television is produced, transmitted, and experienced. 2004: 276x219: 2,800pp Hb: 978-1-884964-26-8: £265.00 Hb: 978-1-57958-394-1: £375.00

The British Film Catalogue The Non-Fiction Film Edited by Denis Gifford 2001: 276x219 Hb: 978-1-57958-200-5: £100.00

The British Film Catalogue The Fiction Film Edited by Denis Gifford 2001: 276x219 Hb: 978-1-57958-199-2: £150.00

Encyclopedia of American Folk Art

Critical Dictionary of Film and Television Theory

Edited by Gerard C. Wertkin

Edited by Roberta Pearson and Philip Simpson

2003: 276x219: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-92986-8: £115.00

2000: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-16218-0: £115.00

3-VOLUME SET

2ND EDITION

Encyclopedia of Radio

Encyclopedia of Indian Cinema

Edited by Christopher H. Sterling

Edited by Ashish Rajadhyaksha and Paul Willemen

2003: 276x219: 1,696pp Hb: 978-1-57958-249-4: £325.00

The New York Times Television Reviews 2000

1999: 229x305: 700pp Hb: 978-1-57958-146-6: £70.00

Encyclopedia of Chinese Film

Edited by Staff of The New York Times

Zhiwei Xiao and Yingjin Zhang

2003: 276x219: 1,000pp Hb: 978-1-57958-060-5: £115.00

Edited by Yingjin Zhang

The New York Times Guide to the Arts of the 20th Century Edited by Staff of The New York Times 2002: 276x219: 4,000pp Hb: 978-1-57958-290-6: £375.00

The New York Times Dance Reviews 2000 Edited by Staff of The New York Times 2001: 276x219: 1,000pp Hb: 978-1-57958-059-9: £180.00

The New Historical Dictionary of the American Film Industry

International Encyclopedia of Propaganda Edited by Robert Cole 1998: 276x219: 1,000pp Hb: 978-1-57958-023-0: £160.00

The Victoria and Albert Museum A Bibliography and Exhibition Chronology, 1852 –1996 1998: 276x219: 804pp Hb: 978-1-884964-95-4: £85.00

Anthony Slide

Part 1. provides an in-depth introduction to the area of Latin America and describes the history, geography, demography, and cultural settings of the regions that comprise Latin America. It also explores the many ways to research Latin American music, including archaeology, iconography, mythology, history, ethnography, and practice. Part 2. focuses on issues and processes, such as history, politics, geography, and immigration, which are responsible for the similarities and the differences of each region’s uniqueness and individuality. Part 3. focuses on the different regions, countries, and cultures of Caribbean Latin America, Middle Latin America, and South America with selected regional case studies. The second edition has been expanded to cover Haiti, Panama, several more Amerindian musical cultures, and Afro-Peru. Questions for Critical Thinking at the end of each major section guide and focus attention on what issues – musical and cultural – arise when one studies the music of Latin America – issues that might not occur in the study of other musics of the world. Two audio compact discs offer musical examples of some of the music of Latin America 2007: 276x219: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-96101-1: £27.99

2ND EDITION

1998: 246x174: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-15168-9: £150.00

Edited by Elizabeth James

The Garland Handbook of Latin American Music is comprised of essays from The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Volume 2, South America, Mexico, Central America, and the Carribean, (1998). Revised and updated, the essays offer detailed, regional studies of the different musical cultures of Latin America and examine the ways in which music helps to define the identity of this particular area.

The Garland Handbook of African Music Ruth M Stone, Indiana University, USA The Garland Handbook of African Music is comprised of essays from The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Volume 1, Africa, (1997). Revised and updated, the essays offer detailed, regional studies of the different musical cultures of Africa and examine the ways in which music helps to define the identity of this particular area. Part 1. provides an in-depth introduction to Africa. Part 2. focuses on issues and processes, such as notation and oral tradition, dance in communal life, and intellectual property. Part 3. focuses on the different regions, countries, and cultures of Africa with selected regional case studies. The second edition has been expanded to include exciting new scholarship that has been conducted since the first edition was published. Questions for Critical Thinking at the end of each major section guide and focus attention on what issues – musical and cultural – arise when one studies the music of Africa – issues that might not occur in the study of other musics of the world. An accompanying audio compact disc offers musical examples of some of the music of Africa.

1998: 276x219: 256pp Hb: 978-1-57958-056-8: £55.00

British Film Catalogue Two Volume Set – The Fiction Film/The Non-Fiction Film Edited by Denis Gifford 2001: 276x219: 1,600pp Hb: 978-1-57958-171-8: £250.00

June 2008: 276x219: 528pp Pb: 978-0-415-96102-8: £25.50 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2-VOLUME SET

British Film Institute Film Classics The Best of International Cinema 1916 –1981 Edited by Rob White 2002: 276x219: 1,605pp Hb: 978-1-57958-328-6: £225.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


MUSIC AND PERFORMANCE

2ND EDITION

The Garland Encyclopedias of World Music 10-VOLUME SET

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music Set Edited by Bruno Nettl, Ruth M. Stone, James Porter and Timothy Rice 1999: 276x219 Hb: 978-0-8153-1865-1: £2150.00

Concise Garland Encyclopedia of World Music GEWM

Encyclopedia of Percussion Edited by John Beck

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music Australia and the Pacific Islands Edited by J.W. Love and Adrienne Kaeppler Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music 1998: 276x219: 1,116pp Hb: 978-0-8240-6038-1: £230.00

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

2007: 276x219: 472pp Hb: 978-0-415-97123-2: £90.00

Africa

The Concise Garland Encyclopedia of World Music is a two-volume set introducing the ’world of music’ to students, academics and music fans. Derived from the 10-volume, Datmouth Medal-winning Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, it is designed to be understood by readers with a more general background, rather than an advanced knowledge of ethnomusicology. It also offers additional features – including sidebars and a glossary of terms – in an attractively designed format, for ease of use. The Concise Garland Encyclopedia of World Music is divided into nine sections that correspond to the geographic regions of the original edition’s individual volumes. August 2008: 276x219: 1,464pp Hb: 978-0-415-97293-2: £175.00

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music The Middle East

The Encyclopedia of Percussion, 2nd edition updates and enlarges one of Routledge’s most successful musicreference works. The only comprehensive encyclopedia covering all of the major percussion instruments, the volume is divided into four major sections: an alphabetical dictionary of percussion instruments and terms; illustrations of key percussion instruments; longer, individual articles on key members of the percussion family, from Bass Drum to Xylophone, written by leading percussionists and scholars; and finally, several appendices of terms and symbols and a comprehensive bibliography. This new edition is expanded to include new research in the field as well as increased coverage of electronic and world percussion instruments.

Edited by Ruth M. Stone Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

Ragtime An Encyclopedia, Discography, and Sheetography

1997: 276x219: 872pp Hb: 978-0-8240-6035-0: £230.00

Dave Jasen

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music South America, Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean Edited by Dale A. Olsen and Daniel E. Sheehy Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music 1998: 276x219: 1,104pp Hb: 978-0-8240-4947-8: £230.00

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

Ragtime: An Encyclopedia, Discography, and Sheetography is the definitive reference work for this important popular form of music that flourished from the 1890s through the 1920s, and was one of the key predecessors of jazz. It collects for the first time entries on all the important composers and performers, and descriptions of their works; a complete listing of all known published ragtime compositions, even those selfpublished and known only in single copies; and a complete discography from the cylinder era to today. It also represents the culmination of a lifetime’s research for its author, considered to be the foremost scholar of ragtime and early twentieth century popular music. Rare photographs accompany most entries, taken from the original sheets, newspapers, and other archival sources.

Edited by Virginia Danielson, Dwight Reynolds and Scott Marcus

South Asia: The Indian Subcontinent

Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

2001: 276x219: 1,200pp Hb: 978-0-8240-6042-8: £230.00

1999: 276x219: 1,104pp Hb: 978-0-8240-4946-1: £230.00

2007: 279x216: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-97862-0: £75.00

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

2-VOLUME SET

East Asia: China, Japan, and Korea

The United States and Canada

Edited by Robert C. Provine, Yosihiko Tokumaru and J. Lawrence Witzleben

Edited by Ellen Koskoff

Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music 2001: 276x219: 1,192pp Hb: 978-0-8240-6041-1: £230.00

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

Edited by Alison Arnold

Ragtime: An Encyclopedia, Discography, and Sheetography will be a standard reference for anyone interested in the history of jazz.

Encyclopedia of the Blues Edited by Edward Komara

Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music 2000: 276x219: 1,410pp Hb: 978-0-8240-4944-7: £230.00

The Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

Southeast Asia

The World’s Music: General Perspectives and Reference Tools

Edited by Terry E. Miller and Sean Williams

Edited by Ruth M. Stone

Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

Series: Garland Encyclopedia of World Music

1998: 276x219: 1,050pp Hb: 978-0-8240-6040-4: £230.00

2002: 276x219: 800pp Hb: 978-0-8153-1084-6: £230.00

’An impressive list of contributors ... Besides being rich with biographical entries, this Encyclopedia also includes entries for important record labels, instruments, styles, geographic regions, aspects of the business, and additional topics that have been lacking in other encyclopedic efforts ... This is a valuable addition to the reference shelf of blues literature ... Highly recommended.’ – Choice 2005: 276x219: 1,440pp Hb: 978-0-415-92699-7: £195.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

39


40

MUSIC AND PERFORMANCE

PHILOSOPHY

Encyclopedia of American Gospel Music

2-VOLUME SET

Edited by W. K. McNeil

Broadway

’The treatment is straightforward ... McNeil’s title will likely become the definitive work on the subject and fills a gap in a field that has had only sporadic reference documentation ... Recommended for all libraries.’ – Library Journal

Ken Bloom

The Encyclopedia of American Gospel Music is the first comprehensive reference to cover this important American musical form. Coverage includes all aspects of both African-American and white gospel from history and performers to recording techniques and styles as well as the influence of gospel on different musical genres and cultural trends. 2005: 276x219: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-94179-2: £90.00

2ND EDITION

Dictionary of American Classical Composers

The Collected Papers of Bertrand Russell Volume 21

2ND EDITION

How to Keep the Peace: The Pacifist Dilemma, 1935–38 Bertrand Russell

2003: 276x219: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-93704-7: £90.00

Edited by Andrew Bone

Encyclopedia of Keyboard Instruments The Clavichord and Harpsichord Edited by Igor Kipnis and Robert Zappulla 2003: 600pp Hb: 978-0-8240-3420-7: £69.00

World of Theatre 2003 Edition An Account of the World’s Theatre Seasons 1999-2000, 2000-2001 and 2001-2002 Edited by Ian Herbert and Nicole Leclercq 2003: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-30621-8: £80.00

Neil Butterworth

Country Music

The Dictionary of American Classical Composers covers over 650 composers active from the eighteenth century to today. Covering all classical styles, it offers the most comprehensive overview of key composers in the United States available.

A Biographical Dictionary

Entries include basic biographical information and critical analysis of each composer’s key works and ideas. Entries also include worklists and bibliographic information. Whenever possible, the entries will have been checked by the composers themselves to assure greatest possible accuracy. This new edition, completely updated and expanded from the 1984 edition, also includes over 200 historic photographs.

Concise Dictionary of Women Artists

2004: 279x216: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-93848-8: £100.00

Edited by Lol Henderson and Lee Stacey

Vaudeville, Old and New An Encyclopedia of Variety Performers Frank Cullen This is a one-of-a-kind reference work to the history of vaudeville, performance art, burlesque, revue, and comic opera. Most of these artists are not profiled in other reference books and the author has done deep research, including archival work and personal interviews, to uncover the rich history of this American art form. This will be a must-have for students of theatre history and performance art, but it is also essential for anyone interested in the cultural history of America.

Series: The Collected Papers of Bertrand Russell In Collected Papers 21 Bertrand Russell grapples with the dilemma that confronted all opponents of militarism and war in the 1930s-namely, what was the most politically and morally appropriate response to international aggression. How to Keep the Peace contains some of Russell’s bestknown essays, such as the famous Auto-obituary and his treatment of The Superior Virtue of the Oppressed. Like the sixteen previous volumes in Routledge’s critical edition of Russell’s shorter writings, however, Collected Papers 21 also includes a number of unpublished manuscripts from the Bertrand Russell Archives at McMaster University. Moreover, it recovers for Russell scholars and general readers alike a rich vein of material that has previously appeared in print only in obscure or long-defunct newspaper and periodical publications. 2008: 234x156: 1,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-09417-7: £160.00

Richard Carlin 2002: 276x219: 540pp Hb: 978-0-415-93802-0: £125.00

History of Chinese Philosophy Edited by Bo Mou, San Jose State University, USA Series: Routledge History of World Philosophies

Edited by Delia Gaze

The volume is a comprehensive and authoritative examination of the movements and thinkers that have shaped Chinese philosophy over the last three thousand years. An outstanding team of international contributors provide seventeen accessible entries organised into four clear parts.

2001: 246x174: 800pp Hb: 978-1-57958-335-4: £85.00

Encyclopedia of Music in the 20th Century 1999: 276x219: 700pp Hb: 978-1-57958-079-7: £180.00

Conductors and Composers of Popular Orchestral Music A Biographical and Discographical Sourcebook Naomi Musiker and Reuben Musiker 1998: 229x152: 334pp Hb: 978-1-57958-013-1: £95.00

2006: 279x216: 1,368pp Hb: 978-0-415-93853-2: £295.00

Selected Contents: Preface Contributors Methodological Issues Concerning Chinese Philosophy: A Theme Introduction Bo Mou Part 1: Identity of Chinese Philosophy 1. Emergence of the History of Chinese Philosophy Antonio S. Cua Part 2. Classical Chinese Philosophy (I): Pre-Han Period 2. The Yi-Jing and the Yin-Yang Ways of Thinking Chung-ying Cheng 3. Classical Confucianism (1): Confucius and the Lun-Yü Edward Slingerland 4. The Mohist School Christopher J. Fraser 5. School of Names Yiu-ming Fung 6. Classical Confucianism (2): Meng Zi and Xun Zi Kim-chong Chong 7. Daoism (1): Lao Zi and the Dao-De-Jing Xiaogan Liu 8. Daoism (2): Zhuang Zi and the Zhuang-Zi Vincent Shen Part 3: Classical Chinese Philosophy (II): From Han Through Tang 9. Han Thought Yiu-ming Fung 10. NeoDaoism Alan K. L. Chan 11. Chinese Buddhism Whalen Lai Part 4: Classical Chinese Philosophy (III): From Song Through Early Qing 12. Song-Ming NeoConfucianism (1): From Cheng Yi to Zhu Xi Shu-hsien Liu 13. Song-Ming Neo-Confucianism (2): From Lu Jiuyuan to Wang Yang-ming Shu-hsien Liu 14. Philosophical Development in Late Ming and Early Qing Chung-yi Cheng Part 5: Modern Chinese Philosophy: From Late Qing Through 21st Century 15. Enlightenment Movement: Introducing Western Thoughts and Early Engagement Attempts Xinyan Jiang 16. Development of Dialectical Materialism in China Chenshan Tian 17. Modern Neo-Confucian Movement Sor-hoon Tan 18. Constructive Engagement of Chinese and Western Philosophy: A Contemporary Trend Towards World Philosophy Bo Mou. Appendixes. Chronology of Philosophers. Note on Transcription. Index September 2008: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-35688-6: £125.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


PHILOSOPHY

Routledge Philosophy Companions Routledge Philosophy Companions offer thorough, high quality surveys of all the major topics in philosophy. Covering the key problems, themes and thinkers in each topic, all entries are especially commissioned for each volume and written by leading scholars in the field. Clear, accessible and carefully edited and organised, Routledge Philosophy Companions are indispensable for anyone coming to a major topic in philosophy for the first time as well as the more advanced reader.

Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Religion Edited by Chad Meister, Director of Philosophy, Bethel College, USA and Paul Copan, Palm Beach Atlantic University, USA Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions ’a very valuable resource for libraries and serious scholars.’ – Choice ’With its comprehensive span of topics and chapters written by leading authorities, this will be a defining text for the emerging global approach to the philosophy of religion...The most up-to-date and authoritative introduction to the immediate past and the immediate future of the discipline currently available.’ – Philip Clayton, Harvard University, USA The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Religion is an indispensable guide and reference source to the major themes, movements, debates and topics in philosophy of religion. A team of renowned international contributors provide sixty-five accessible entries organized into nine clear parts: • philosophical issues in world religions • key figures in philosophy of religion • religious diversity • the theistic conception of God • arguments for the existence of God • arguments against the existence of God • philosophical theology • christian theism • recent topics in philosophy of religion. Covering key world religions including Hinduism, Buddhism, and Islam, and key figures such as Augustine, Aquinas and Kierkegaard, the book explores the central topics in theism such as the ontological, cosmological and teleological arguments for God’s existence. Three final parts consider Catholicism, Protestantism, Eastern orthodoxy and current debates including phenomenology, reformed epistemology, religious experience, and religion and science. This is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy, religion and related disciplines. Selected Contents: Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors Introduction Part 1: Philosophical Issues in the World Religions Part 2: Key Figures in Philosophy of Religion Part 3: Religious Diversity Part 4: The Theistic Concept of God Part 5: Arguments For God’s Existence Part 6: Arguments Against God’s Existence Part 7: Philosophical Theology Part 8: Christian Theism Part 9: Recent Topics in Philosophy of Religion 2007: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-38038-6: £95.00

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science

The Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy

Edited by Stathis Psillos, University of Athens, Greece and Martin Curd, Purdue University, USA

Edited by Dermot Moran, University College Dublin, Ireland

Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions

Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions

’This is an outstanding companion. With over fifty chapters by uniformly distinguished contributors, it offers a stimulating and often original introduction to every facet of the subject. There is no better guide to the philosophy of science on the market.’ – David Papineau, King’s College London This indispensable reference source and guide to the major themes, debates, problems and topics in philosophy of science contains fifty-five specially commissioned entries by a leading team of international contributors. The Companion covers everything students of philosophy of science need to know - from empiricism, explanation and experiment to causation, observation, prediction and more - and contains many helpful features including: a section on the individual sciences, including chapters on the philosophy of biology, chemistry, physics and psychology, further reading and cross-referencing at the end of each chapter. Selected Contents: Part 1: Historical and Philosophical Context 1. The Epistemology of Science after Quine Paul A. Roth 2. The History of Philosophy and Philosophy of Science Joanne Waugh and Roger Ariew 3. Metaphysics Stephen Mumford 4. Philosophy of Language Rod Bertolet 5. The Role of Logic in Philosophy of Science Diderik Batens 6. Critical Rationalism Gürol Irzik 7. The Historical Turn in the Philosophy of Science Alexander Bird 8. Logical Empiricism Thomas Uebel 9. Pragmatism and Science Robert Almeder Part 2: Debates 10. Bayesianism Colin Howson 11. Confirmation Alan Hájek and James M. Joyce 12. Empiricism Elliott Sober 13. Essentialism and Natural Kinds Brian Ellis 14. Ethics of Science David B. Resnik 15. Experiment Theodore Arabatzis 16. Explanation Jim Woodward 17. Feminist Approach to the Philosophy of Science Cassandra L. Pinnick 18. Inference to the Best Explanation Peter Lipton 19. Laws of Nature Marc Lange 20. Naturalism Ronald N. Giere 21. Realism/Anti-Realism Michael Devitt 22. Relativism about Science Maria Baghramian 23. Scientific Method Howard Sankey 24. Social Studies of Science Robert Nola 25. The Structure of Theories Steven French 26. Theory-Change John Worrall 27. Underdetermination Igor Douven 28. Values in Science Gerald Doppelt Part 3: Concepts 29. Causation Christopher Hitchcock 30. Determinism Barry Loewer 31. Evidence Peter Achinstein 32. Function Denis Walsh 33. Idealization James Ladyman 34. Measurement Hasok Chang and Nancy Cartwright 35. Mechanisms Stuart Glennan 36. Models Demetris Portides 37. Observation André Kukla 38. Prediction Malcolm Forster 39. Probability Maria-Carla Galavotti 40. Reduction Sahotra Sarkar 41. Representation in Science Paul Teller 42. Scientific Discovery Thomas Nickles 43. Space and Time Oliver Pooley 44. Symmetry Margaret Morrison 45. Truthlikeness Graham Oddie 46. Unification Todd Jones 47. The Virtues of a Good Theory Ernan McMullin Part 4: The Individual Sciences 48. Biology Alexander Rosenberg 49. Chemistry Robin Findlay Hendry 50. Cognitive Science Paul Thagard 51. Economics Uskali Maki 52. Mathematics Peter Clark 53. Physics Simon Saunders 54. Psychology Richard Samuels 55. Social Sciences Harold Kincaid Index Figures

’Philosophy is reflectively self-conscious. Distinctive among departments of thought, it absorbs its own meta-discipline. This outstanding volume is metaphilosophy of a high order: a welcome, expert review of the course of our discipline in the century just ended.’ – Ernest Sosa, Rutgers University, USA The twentieth century was one of the most significant and exciting periods ever witnessed in philosophy, characterized by intellectual change and development on a massive scale. The Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy is an outstanding authoritative survey and assessment of the century as a whole. Featuring annotated further reading and a comprehensive glossary, The Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy is indispensable for anyone interested in philosophy over the last one hundred years, suitable for both expert and novice alike. Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards an Assessment of Twentieth-Century Philosophy Dermot Moran Part 1: Major Themes and Movements 1. The Birth of Analytic Philosophy Michael Potter 2. The Development of Analytic Philosophy: Wittgenstein and After Hans-Johann Glock 3. Hegelianism in the Twentieth Century Terry Pinkard 4. Kant in the Twentieth Century Robert Hanna 5. American Philosophy in the Twentieth Century James O’Shea 6. Naturalism Geert Keil 7. Feminism in Philosophy Andrea Nye Part 2: Logic, Language, Knowledge and Metaphysics 8. Philosophical Logic Mark Sainsbury 9. Philosophy of Language Jason Stanley 10. Metaphysics E J Lowe 11. Epistemology in the Twentieth Century Matthias Steup Part 3: Philosophy of Mind, Psychology and Science 12. Philosophy of Mind Sarah Patterson 13. Philosophy of Psychology Kelby Mason, Chandra Sekhar Sripada, Stephen Stich 14. Philosophy of Science Stathis Psillos Part 4: Phenomenology, Hermeneutics, Existentialism, and Critical Theory 15. Phenomenology Dan Zahavi 16. Twentieth-Century Hermeneutics Nicholas Davey 17. German Philosophy Karl-Otto Apel 18. Critical Theory Axel Honneth 19. French Philosophy in the Twentieth Century Gary Gutting Part 5: Politics, Ethics, Aesthetics 20. TwentiethCentury Moral Philosophy Rowland Stout 21. TwentiethCentury Political Philosophy Matt Matravers 22. Twentieth-Century Aesthetics Paul Guyer March 2008: 246x174: 1,040pp Hb: 978-0-415-29936-7: £95.00

2ND EDITION

The Routledge Companion to Aesthetics Edited by Dominic Lopes and Berys Gaut Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions 2000: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-32797-8: £80.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

January 2008: 246x174: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-35403-5: £95.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

41


42

PHILOSOPHY

American Philosophy: An Encyclopedia

2-VOLUME SET

10-VOLUME SET

The Philosophy of Science

Edited by John Lachs and Robert B. Talisse

An Encyclopedia

Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy

American Philosophy: An Encyclopedia provides coverage of the major figures, concepts, historical periods and traditions in American philosophical thought. Containing over 600 entries written by scholars who are experts in the field, this Encyclopedia is the first of its kind. It is a scholarly reference work that is accessible to the ordinary reader by explaining complex ideas in simple terms and providing ample cross-references to facilitate further study. American Philosophy: An Encyclopedia contains a thorough analytical index and will serve as a standard, comprehensive reference work for universities and colleges.

Edited by Sahotra Sarkar and Jessica Pfeifer

2007: 276x219: 872pp Hb: 978-0-415-93926-3: £110.00

’Thoughtful, concise essays that are both well structured and ordered... Larger schools with advanced courses of study in philosophy and/or bioethics will find this an extremely valuable addition to their collection. Highly recommended.’ – Choice The first in-depth reference in the field that combines scientific knowledge with philosophical inquiry, The Philosophy of Science: An Encyclopedia is a two-volume set that brings together an international team of leading scholars to provide over 130 entries on the essential concepts in the philosophy of science. The essays represent the most up-to-date philosophical thinking on timeless scientific topics such as: determinism, explanation, laws of nature, perception, individuality, time, and economics as well as timely topics like adaptation, conservation biology, quantum logic, consciousness, evolutionary psychology, and game theory.

Edited by Edward Craig 1998: 246x189: 8,680pp Hb: 978-0-415-07310-3: £3000.00

Encyclopedia of Modern French Thought Edited by Christopher John Murray 2004: 276x219: 752pp Hb: 978-1-57958-384-2: £135.00

Dictionary of World Philosophy A. Pablo Iannone 2001: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-17995-9: £155.00

Encyclopedia of Asian Philosophy Edited by Oliver Leaman 2001: 246x174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-17281-3: £155.00

Encyclopedia of Postmodernism Edited by Victor E. Taylor and Charles E. Winquist 2000: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-15294-5: £145.00

2005: 276x219: 1,048pp Hb: 978-0-415-93927-0: £250.00

Encyclopedia of Nineteenth Century Thought Edited by Gregory Claeys 2004: 246x174: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-24419-0: £150.00

Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy Online

www.rep.routledge.com

A dynamic online resource for researching, teaching and studying philosophy and related disciplines.

‘This easy-to-use resource will definitely become the first stop for philosophy research. Highly recommended for academic and medium to large public libraries.’ - Library Journal: Best Web Reference

REP Online includes: s0OWERFUL3EARCHAND!DVANCED3EARCHOPTIONS s@3IGNPOSTOVERVIEWARTICLESINTRODUCINGTHEFULL breadth of key philosophical themes, plus an interactive Subject Guide, allowing users to scan a full list of entries concerned with a particular area, era, or school of philosophy sEXTENSIVECROSS REFERENCESANDSUGGESTIONSFORFURTHER reading, and comprehensive critical bibliographies sFRESHCONTENTANDUPDATESFROMOURTEAMOFEDITORS and subject specialists.

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy Online provides instant access to more than 2,300 entries. Since its launch in 2001, REP Online grows each year with a diverse range of new material, providing impeccable scholarship in articles covering the latest developments in philosophical enquiry. With its easy, intuitive user environment and special resources for users at all levels, REP Online is a living, truly authoritative work that enriches the studies of academics, students and general readers worldwide. To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, please contact us at: Taylor & Francis Reference Online 0ARK3QUARE -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON OXON OX14 4RN Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6062 &AX  

For more information about any of our online products please visit www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


POLITICS

108TH EDITION

Handbook of Defence Politics

Strategic Survey 2008

International and Comparative Perspectives

The Strategic Survey is a journal of records that includes all relevant names and titles, chronologies and dates.

Edited by Isaiah Wilson, III and James J. F. Forest, both at Military Academy at West Point, New York, USA

The Strategic Survey opens with ’Perspectives’, an assessment of the effect of major events and trends on the strategic landscape. Next, particular strategic policy issues, such as terrorism and weapons of mass destruction, missile defence and the future of peacekeeping, are examined in separate chapters. Another eighteen to twenty chapters of similar length, written along thematic rather than merely chronological lines, cover developments in particular regions or countries. The Strategic Survey concludes with ’Prospectives’, an essay setting forth strategic priorities for the coming year. August 2008: 279x211 Hb: 978-1-85743-468-2: £103.00

108TH EDITION

The Military Balance 2008 The Military Balance is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ annual assessment of the military capabilities and defence economics of 170 countries worldwide. It is an essential resource for those involved in security policymaking, analysis and research.

Issues of defence politics and policy have long been at the forefront of political agendas and defining of international affairs. However, the dramatic changes to the global system that have taken place over the past sixteen years (since the end of the Cold War) – and particularly since the terror attacks on the U.S. homeland on September 11th 2001– have amplified the world’s attention toward political and policy issues of national, regional and global security. The focus of this volume is on examining the fundamental causes of – and defence policy responses tothis new ’post-9/11’ security environment. The volume will be international in scope, offering a collection of up-to-date and balanced insights on key contemporary issues of concern to defence policymakers. Many of these chapters will incorporate a ’second image reversed’ (Gourevitch 1979) analytical framework, allowing for a consideration of contemporary defence policy issues and challenges from a dynamic (systems approach) process perspective. • Section 1: International Dimensions • globalization and issues relating to defence industrial policy

• Section 2: Regional and Domestic Dimensions

Comprehensive tables: key data on weapons and defence economics, such as comparisons of international defence expenditure and military manpower Analysis: significant military and economic developments Wallchart: detailed world map that shows current areas of conflict, with explanatory tables The Military Balance is currently noted in the following abstracting/indexing services: CSA Worldwide Political Science Abstracts; PAIS: Public Affairs Information Service and Research Base Online. February 2008: 246x189: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-461-3: £221.00

Divided into three sections, the Handbook of US-Middle East Relations will provide a thorough and up-to-date overview of contemporary US-Middle East relations in historical perspective. With chapters contributed by leading experts in the field, the Handbook will be of use to students and researchers in international relations, policy analysts, media professionals and government officials. Following an introduction by Professor Looney, Part 1. Factors Affecting US Relations contains essays including Globalization, Energy Security, Wars and Revolution, Democratization, US Economic Assistance, and Oil Politics. Parts 2. Perceptions of US Relations and 3. US Relations at the Country Level comprise essays detailing relations between the USA and countries and areas in the Middle East and North Africa, including Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Israel, Tunisia, Lebanon, Iran, Iraq, Libya, Algeria and Bahrain. May 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-1-85743-499-6: £150.00

A Dictionary of Humanitarianism Tim Allen, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK This major new title provides definitions, biographies and explanations detailing the key terminology, issues, people and events in the field of humanitarianism, a topic that is increasingly at the forefront of international relations. This Dictionary provides information which will be essential to all those involved in humanitarianism.

• defence policy from a ’nonstate actor’ perspective

This edition includes a review feature on European and US defence industries, an essay entitled ‘Unmanned aerial vehicles: current developments and future utility’, a review of developments in Iraq’s security forces, among other regional texts. Its comprehensive list of tables now includes the air capability of the US and Russia as well as deployment figures, by country, of personnel deployed on United Nations and non-UN peace support operations. There are maps showing the operational situation in Iraq and Afghanistan, the Darfur region of Sudan, and developments in Russia’s early warning radar system. Region-by-region analysis: major military issues affecting each region, changes in defence economics, weapons and other military equipment holdings and the trade in weapons and military equipment

Edited by Robert Looney

• international peace-keeping organizations and operations • post-cold war international security issues

Key Features:

A Handbook of US-Middle East Relations

• nuclear proliferation and treaties

The book is a region-by-region analysis of the major military and economic trends and developments affecting security policy and the trade in weapons and other military equipment.

• international law and defence issues • politics of collaboration in the fight against terrorism • politics of defence in The Americas • politics of defence in the ’Old’ and ’New’ Europe • politics of defence in Asia • politics of defence in The Middle East • American Defence Policymaking in 21st century perspective • 3-4 other country-specific case studies • Section 3: The Future of Defense Politics and Policy • A–Z glossary (about 50,000 words) of terms, theories, organizations, issues, etc. • Maps and statistics, Extensive bibliography listing further relevant reading material. November 2008: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-1-85743-443-9: £150.00

A Handbook of Chinese International Relations Edited by Shaun Breslin This Handbook, comprising around twenty-five chapters provided by numerous experts in the field, will prove invaluable to students of international affairs, academics, researchers, businesspeople and policy analysts. Chapters will give up-do-date and unbiased information on the current state of Chinese international relations in historical perspective. October 2009: 246x174: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-508-5: £150.00

43

A Dictionary of Humanitarianism brings together knowledge and insight from a number of different fields, such as political economy, human rights, international law, security studies, anthropology and international relations, and this multi-disciplinary approach provides a unique view of one of the most important subject areas in international relations today. Recent events such as the reconstruction of Iraq are included, making the Dictionary up-to-date on the key issues of humanitarianism today. Entries include: Bosnia, Peace Keeping, Conflict Resolution, Security Council, CAFOD, Civil War, Earthquakes, Genocide, Humanitarian Intervention, Just War, Malnutrition, Médecins Sans Frontières, Oxfam, Terrorism, and The World Bank. This book will prove valuable to journalists and researchers, staff of aid agencies and other charities, reference libraries, students and university or departmental libraries, businesses, government departments, international organizations and research institutes. The book will also provide a useful reference tool for university courses dealing with the topic of humanitarianism. The author of A Dictionary of Humanitarianism is Dr Tim Allen of the London School of Economics, who has written and contributed to many publications on the issues of humanitarianism and international development, including the books Culture and Global Change, Poverty and Development into the 21st Century, and The Media of Conflict - War Reporting and Representations of Ethnic Violence. January 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-281-7: £150.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online


44

POLITICS

Handbook of Asian Security Studies Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, USA, Andrew Scobell and Joseph Liow, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Despite the richness and complexity of security issues in Asia, and the theoretical and conceptual debates these have spawned, there is no single volume that scholars can turn to for succinct, cogent and dispassionate analysis of these issues. The Handbook of Asian Security Studies addresses this important gap in the literature. There is no denying the growing strategic significance of Asia to the global strategic order. The rapid growth of China, and now India, promises to shift the global distribution of power in the direction of Asia and poses potential challenges to US strategic pre-eminence in the 21st century. In addition, Japan’s post-World War II pacifist disposition in international and regional security affairs is coming under increasing strain in the domestic political sphere as pressure mounts for Tokyo to assume a more activist role as it returns to “normal statehood.” In response to these shifts – both real and potential, and in an attempt to avert the rivalry that neorealists are predicting for the region – Southeast Asia has attempted to actively engage these major powers, positioning itself and its much-vaunted “ASEAN Way” as a model for regional order and stability. Apart from the possible shift in global power structures and its conflict-laden possibilities, the region is also fraught with every conceivable form of conflict, ranging from unresolved territorial disputes (maritime and inland), irredentist claims, intra-state conflicts, transnational terrorist movements and nuclear rivalries. The region is also the site of several states on the verge of failure and others in the incipient stage of national construction. The significance of this volume lies not only in its considered exploration of security dynamics in the three distinct subregions that make up “Asia”, but also in its attempt to bridge the study of these regions themselves by exploring the geopolitical interstices that link each of them. This is done through the set of essays under the section titled “Cross Regional Issues”, which essentially investigate and analyze security issues and challenges which cut across the geopolitical boundaries of the three regions and/or tie them together. This volume contains essays by many leading scholars in the field and will be essential reading for all students of security, Asian politics, and International Relations in general. July 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-77781-0: £95.00

See also Asian Studies, on Page 8

Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies

Edited by Dennis J.D. Sandole, George Mason University, USA, Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada, Ingrid Sandole-Staroste, George Mason University, USA and Jessica Senehi, University of Manitoba, Canada

Edited by Charles Webel, University of Tromsø, Norway and Johan Galtung, European University Center for Peace Studies, Austria

This major new Handbook comprises cutting-edge essays from leading scholars in the field of Conflict Analysis and Resolution (CAR). The volume provides a comprehensive overview of the core concepts, theories, approaches, processes, and intervention designs in the field. The central theme is the value of multidisciplinary approaches to the analysis and resolution of conflicts. This consists of moving from the study of analytical approaches to understanding the deep-rooted causes of conflict, to third-party intervention approaches to preventing or ending violence, and to resolving and transforming conflict.

The fields of peace and conflict studies have grown exponentially since being initiated by Professor Johan Galtung half a century ago. They have forged a transdisciplinary and professional identity distinct from security studies, political science, and international relations.

The book is divided into four main parts:

• supporting peace

Part 1. Core Concepts and Theories

• peace across the disciplines.

Part 2. Core Approaches

Each section features new essays by distinguished international scholars and professionals working in peace studies and conflict resolution and transformation. Drawing from a wide range of theoretical, methodological, and political positions, the editors and contributors offer topical and enduring approaches to peace and conflict studies.

Part 3. Core Practices Part 4. Alternative Voices and Complex Intervention Designs July 2008: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-43395-2: £100.00

Handbook of Intelligence Studies Edited by Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, USA This topical volume offers a comprehensive review of secret intelligence organizations and activities. Intelligence has been in the news consistently since 9/11 and the Iraqi WMD errors. Leading experts in the field approach the three major missions of intelligence: collection-and-analysis; covert action; and counterintelligence. Within each of these missions, the dynamically written essays dissect the so-called intelligence cycle to reveal the challenges of gathering and assessing information from around the world. Covert action, the most controversial intelligence activity, is explored, with special attention on the issue of military organizations moving into what was once primarily a civilian responsibility. The authors furthermore examine the problems that are associated with counterintelligence, protecting secrets from foreign spies and terrorist organizations, as well as the question of intelligence accountability, and how a nation can protect its citizens against the possible abuse of power by its own secret agencies. 2006: 246x174: 388pp Hb: 978-0-415-77050-7: £100.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

This major new Handbook provides a cutting-edge and transdisciplinary overview of the main issues, debates, state-ofthe-art methods, and key concepts in peace and conflict studies today.

+44 (0)1235 400524

The volume is divided into four sections: • understanding and transforming conflict • creating peace

The Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies will be essential reading for students of peace studies, conflict studies and conflict resolution. It will also be of interest and use to practitioners in conflict resolution and NGOs, as well as policy makers and diplomats. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Toward a Philosophy and Metapsychology of Peace 2. Peace by Peaceful Conflict Transformation: The Transcend Approach Part 1: Understanding and Transforming Conflict 3. Negotiation 4. Mediation 5. Former Yugoslavia and Iraq: A Comparative Analysis of International Conflict Mismanagement 6. Peace Studies and Peace Politics: Multicultural Common Security in North-South Conflict Situations 7. Disarmament 8. Nuclear Disarmament Part 2: Creating Peace 9. Peace and Conflict Counseling and Training: The Transcend Approach 10. Nonviolence – More Than the Absence of Violence 11. Human Rights / Peace Processes 12. Reconciliation 13. Peace as a Self-Regulating Process Part 3: Supporting Peace 14. Gender and Peace: Towards a Gender-Inclusive Holistic Perspective 15. Peace Business 16. Peace Journalism 17. Peace Psychology: Theory and Practice 18. Rethinking Peace Education Part 4: Peace Across the Disciplines 19. Peace Studies as a Transdisciplinary Project 20. The Spirit of War and the Spirit of Peace: Understanding the Role of Religion 21. International Law: Amid Power, Order and Justice 22. The Language Game of Peace 23. Peace and the Arts 24. Peace through Health? Conclusion 2007: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-39665-3: £100.00

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


POLITICS

Handbook of Security Studies

Handbook of Terrorism Research

Edited by Victor Mauer, Center for Security Studies, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zürich, Switzerland and Myriam Dunn Cavelty, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland

Research, Theories and Concepts

Security Studies as a sub-field of international relations has undergone significant change during the past twenty years, and is now one of the most dynamic disciplines within the field of International Relations. The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies is a comprehensive collection of cutting-edge essays on all aspects of this subject by a mix of established and up-and-coming international scholars. It identifies the key contemporary topics of research and debate today, taking into account that the study of international security has undergone dramatic changes since the end of the Cold War. Security studies now also encompasses dangers ranging from pandemics and environmental degradation to more traditional concerns about direct violence such as posed by international terrorism and inter-state armed conflict. With its focus on contemporary challenges, this Handbook offers a ground-breaking and wide-ranging collection of essays on security studies.

This book is a new edition of the most comprehensive existing reference book on political terrorism, previously published to great acclaim in 1984. It is a monumental collection of definitions, conceptual frameworks, paradigmatic formulations, and bibliographic sources, which has been revised and updated as a resource for the expanding community of researchers on the subject of terrorism.

This Handbook will be essential reading for all scholars and students of Security Studies, War and Conflict Studies and International Relations in general. Selected Contents: Introduction Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Victor Mauer Part I: Theoretical Approaches to Security 1. Classical, Offensive and Defensive (Neo-) Realism William Wohlforth 2. Liberalism 3. Critical Security Studies David Mutimer 4. Constructivism and Securitization Thierry Balzacq 5. Feminist Security Studies Annick Wibben 6. Post-Structuralism Claudia Aradau 7. English School Barry Buzan Part II: Different ’Securities’ 8. Human Security Pauline Kerr 9. Societal Security Tobias Theiler 10. Homeland Security Jane Bullock 11. Non-Western Regional Security Concerns Brian Job 12. National Security, Culture, and Identity Iver B Neumann Part III: Contemporary Security Challenges 13. Old and New Wars (Civil Wars) 14. Terrorism Louise Richardson 15. Privatization of Security Sarah Percy 16. Weapons of Mass Destruction and the Challenge of Proliferation James W. Wirtz 17. State Failure, State Building and New Forms of Statehood Tobias Debiel and Daniel Lambach 18. Migration / Immigration Jeff Huysmans and Vickie Squire 19. Organized Crime, Drugs, Human Trafficking Phil Williams 20. Energy Security Robert Orttung and Jeronim Perovic 21. Environmental Risks and Security Nils Petter Gleditsch 22. Bio-risks (Bio-terrorism) and Biodefense Barry Kellman 23. Pandemic and Global Health Colleen O’Manique and Pieter Fourie 24. Cyberthreats Myriam Dunn Part IV: Regional Security Challenges 25. China’s Rise 26. Korean Peninsula Scott Snyder 27. India Sumit Ganguly 28. Russia’s Revival Jeffrey Mankoff 29. Middle East Martin Beck 30. Iran 31. Iraq Gareth Stansfield 32. Afghanistan 33. Pakistan 34. Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 35. Horn of Africa Jennifer G. Cooke 36. The Balkans Richard Caplan 37. European Security Victor Mauer Part V: Confronting Security Challenges 38. Global Governance Tom Biersteker 39. Alliances Carlo Masala 40. Coercive Diplomacy Bruce W. Jentleson 41. Deterrence Richard Ned Lebow 42. Crisis Management Arjen Boin 43. Humanitarian Intervention Alex Bellamy 44. Peace Operations Oliver Ramsbotham May 2009: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-46361-4: £95.00

Edited by Alex Schmid, United Nations, Terrorism Prevention Branch, Albert Jongman, Leiden University, the Netherlands and Eric Price, International Atomic Energy Agency, Austria

This Handbook surpasses the previous edition in both scope and importance. Handbook of Terrorism Research will be essential reading for all students of terrorism, political science and security studies, as well as policy makers and professionals in the security field. October 2009: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-41157-8: £95.00

Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics Edited by Jeff Haynes, London Guildhall University, UK From the United States to the Middle East, Asia and Africa, religion has become an increasingly important factor in political activity and organisation. This Handbook provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of religion and politics. Featuring contributions from an international team of experts, it examines the political aspects of all the world’s major religions, including such crucial contemporary issues as religious fundamentalism, terrorism, the war on terror, the ’clash of civilizations’ and science and religion. Four main themes addressed include: • The World Religions and Politics

Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Politics Edited by Karl Cordell, University of Plymouth, UK and Stefan Wolff, University of Nottingham, UK This Handbook provides a global survey of the interaction between religion and politics. March 2010: 246x189: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-47625-6: £95.00

Routledge Handbook of Internet Politics Edited by Andrew Chadwick, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK and Philip N. Howard, University of Washington, USA The politics of the internet has entered the social science mainstream. From debates about its impact on parties and election campaigns following momentous presidential contests in the United States, to concerns over international security, privacy and surveillance in the post-9/11, post-7/7 environment; from the rise of blogging as a threat to the traditional model of journalism, to controversies at the international level over how and if the internet should be governed by an entity such as the United Nations; from the new repertoires of collective action open to citizens, to the massive programs of public management reform taking place in the name of e-Government, internet politics and policy are continually in the headlines. The Routledge Handbook of Internet Politics is a collection of over thirty chapters dealing with the most significant scholarly debates in this rapidly growing field of study. Organized in four broad sections: Institutions, Behavior, Identities, and Law and Policy, the Handbook summarizes and criticizes contemporary debates while pointing out new departures. A comprehensive set of resources, it provides linkages to established theories of media and politics, political communication, governance, deliberative democracy and social movements, all within an interdisciplinary context. The contributors form a strong international cast of established and junior scholars.

• Religion and Governance • Religion and International Relations • Religion, Security and Development. References at the end of each chapter guide the reader towards the most up-to-date information on various topics. In addition, large amounts of information make this book an indispensable source of information for students, academics and the wider public interested in the dynamic relationship between politics and religion. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: ‘The World Religions and Politics’ 2. Buddhism and Politics 3. Christianity: Protestantism 4. The Catholic Church and Catholicism in Global Politics 5. Confucianism, from Above and Below 6. Hinduism 7. Sunni Islam and Politics 8. Shiism and Politics 9. Judaism and the State Part 2: ‘Religion and Governance’ 10. Secularisation and Politics 11. Religious Fundamentalisms 12. Religion and the State 13. Does God Matter, and If So whose God? Religion and Democratization 14. Religion and Political Parties 15. Religion and Civil Society 16. Religious Commitment and Socio-political Orientations: Different Patterns of Compartmentalisation Among Muslims and Christians? Part 3: ‘Religion and International Relations’ 17. Integrating Religion into International Relations Theory 18. Religion and Foreign Policy 19. Transnational Religious Actors and International Relations 20. Religion and Globalisation Part 4: ‘Religion, Security and Development’ 21. On the Nature of Religious Terrorism 22. Conflict Prevention and Peacebuilding 23. Religion and Women: Canadian Women’s Religious Volunteering: Compassion, Connections, and Comparisons 24. Faith-based Development Aid 25. Religion, Climate Change and Human Suffering November 2008: 246x189: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-41455-5: £90.00

This is the first publication of its kind in this field; a helpful companion to students and scholars of politics, international relations, communication studies and sociology. August 2008: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-42914-6: £90.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

45


46

POLITICS

The Armed Conflict Database &ROMTHE)NTERNATIONAL)NSTITUTEFOR3TRATEGIC3TUDIES

www.iiss.org/acd

The IISS Armed Conflict Database (ACD) is an authoritative and unique online source of data and independent analysis on current and recent conflicts. Functions: sTHEUSERCANBROWSETHROUGHTHEDIFFERENTYEAR ON YEARREPORTSAND fact sheets online sTHEUSERCANGENERATETARGETEDREPORTSONCONFLICTDATABACKTOAND CORRELATEREPORTSFROMVARIOUSYEARS CONFLICTS REGIONSANDTOPICS sTHEDATABASEISUPDATEDWITHQUARTERLYREPORTSANDWEEKLYTIMELINES sTHEANNUALANALYSESISPUBLISHEDEACH&EBUARY

Features sCONTAINSTHELATESTINFORMATIONONALLCONFLICTS INCLUDING political developments, military trends and the types of WEAPONSBEINGUSED sDETAILSONTHEPARTIESINVOLVED ANDANALYSISONTHE HUMANnINCLUDINGFATALITYANDREFUGEENUMBERS – and economic costs sTHE!#$PROVIDESANHISTORICALBACKGROUND EVENT timeline and annual assessment, for each conflict sALISTOFSELECTEDNON STATEARMEDGROUPS THEIR ESTIMATEDSTRENGTH ORIGIN POLITICALORIDEOLOGICALAIMS and areas of operation is also included.

To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, please contact us at: 4AYLOR&RANCIS2EFERENCE/NLINE 0ARK3QUARE -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON /8/. /82. %MAILONLINESALES TANDFCOUK 4EL   &AX  

&ORMOREINFORMATIONABOUTANYOFOURONLINE products please visit www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

A Dictionary of Ethnic Conflict Rajat Ganguly, University of East Anglia, UK Containing approximately 500 entries, this detailed Dictionary provides authoritative and up-to-date information on ethnic groups involved in conflict. Entries are provided for current ethnic hotspots, irredentist claims, secessionist movements as well as major peace accords, with clear and concise definitions given for each specific conflict. A country profile for each of the 191 UN member states is included, detailing the current ethnic make-up, as well as the history of ethnic relations in that country, with particular emphasis on periods of hostility or violence, attempts at conflict management and signings of peace agreements. Political parties, insurgency movements, international and national organizations are listed, with contact details and internet and e-mail addresses, where available.

For Politics Related Annual Titles Please See Page 6

Current concepts, theories and policies related to ethnic conflict are also covered in detail. Among those topics listed are: autonomy, ethnic identity, genocide, internal colonialism, macedonian syndrome, secession and velvet divorce. Key Features: • provides a unique reference covering this important area of international affairs • details conflicts in an unbiased manner • includes both national and international disputes • fully cross-referenced for ease of use. December 2008: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-059-2: £130.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


POLITICS

The Global Arms Trade

4TH EDITION

4TH EDITION

A Handbook

A Dictionary of Modern Politics

A Dictionary of the European Union

Edited by Andrew T. H. Tan

David Robertson, Official Fellow in Politics at St Hugh’s College, UK

Lee McGowan and David Phinnemore, Queen’s University, UK

The Global Arms Trade is a timely, comprehensive and in-depth study of this topic, a phenomenon which has continued to flourish despite the end of the Cold War and the preoccupation with global terrorism after 11th September 2001. It will provide a clear description and analysis of the demand for, and supply of, modern weapons systems, and assess key issues of concern. This book will be especially useful to scholars, policy analysts, those in the arms industry, defence professionals, students of international relations and security studies, media professionals, government officials, and those generally interested in the arms trade. December 2009: 246x174: 350pp Hb: 978-1-85743-497-2: £150.00

A Dictionary of Globalization Jens-Uwe Wunderlich and Meera Warrier, University of Reading, UK Globalization has become one of the most important topics within politics and economics. This new title explains some of the related terminology, summarizes the surrounding theories and examines the international organizations involved. With the proliferation of communications and the rise of the multinational corporation, the concept of globalization is vitally important to the modern political environment. The structure of the modern economy, based on information production and diffusion, has made national boundaries largely irrelevant. A Dictionary of Globalization explains theories, philosophies and ideologies, and includes short biographies of leading activists, theorists and thinkers such as Noam Chomsky, Karl Marx and José Bové. Concepts, issues and terms key to the understanding of globalization also have clear and concise definitions, including democracy, civil society, non-governmental organizations and ethnicity. Cross-referenced for ease of use, this title will be of great benefit to anyone studying politics or sociology. It will prove essential to public and academic libraries, as well as to businesses, government departments, embassies and journalists. 2007: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-85743-332-6: £150.00

’Highly recommended.’ – Choice In the increasingly complex world of modern politics, the fully revised and expanded fourth edition of this long-standing title provides a comprehensive guide to political ideologies and terminologies. Listing topics covering all aspects of international and national politics, this text is an essential reference source for students of politics at all levels as well as to those with a general interest in the subject. Containing about 600 entries, A Dictionary of Modern Politics is an excellent introduction for those new to the subject and explains those ideas and institutions commonly used in the media such as Monarchy, Jihad, Third Way, Police State and Thatcherism. The significance of prominent philosophers of the last three millennia, including Aristotle, Aquinas and John Stuart Mill, is introduced and related to the modern political thinking of those such as Rawls and Nozick. Entries include: Constitutional Courts, Deregulation, EU Constitution, Gaullism, Immigration, Iraq War, Roman Catholicism, Terrorism and Voting Systems. Key features: • a clear and succinct guide to the complex theories, dogmas and phraseologies which pervade the world of politics

’Deserves a wide circulation among reference libraries.’ Reference Reviews This unique collection of data includes concise definitions and explanations on all aspects of the European Union. It explains the terminology surrounding the EU and outlines the roles and significance of the institutions, member countries, programmes and policies, treaties and personalities. It contains over 1,000 clear and succinct definitions, spelling out acronyms and abbreviations, arranged alphabetically and fully cross-referenced. Among the 1,000 entries you can find explanations and back-ground details on: • accession negotiations • atmospheric pollution • Central European Free Trade Area • common agricultural policy • company law statute • competition policy • the euro

• organized alphabetically

• Governance White Paper

• fully cross-referenced.

• human rights

April 2009: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-1-85743-333-3: £130.00

• MERCATOR • Middle East • OLAF – European Anti-Fraud Office

2ND EDITION

A Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy David Robertson, St Hugh’s College, University of Oxford, UK The second edition of this highly regarded reference source will be a welcome addition to any reference library, governmental department, development centre, as well as journalists, students and researchers involved in the subject. Defence and strategy is never far from international press interest. Whether the subject is nuclear armament, arms trading to developing nations or pre-emptive strikes, A Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy covers the background to the topic in full detail, and provides clear and concise definitions for complicated military terms. Containing over 400 entries detailing all aspects of military defence and strategy, this title is an ideal starting point for anyone new to the subject. Entries are extensively cross-referenced. Also included is a list of abbreviations and acronyms, essential to the understanding of the topic.

• refugee policy • Schengen Agreement • Treaty of Nice • US-EC Declaration. May 2008: 234x156 Hb: 978-1-85743-485-9: £130.00

The EU and Global Governance: A Handbook Edited by Jens-Uwe Wunderlich, Aston University, UK and David J. Bailey, Birmingham University, UK This book aims to analyse contemporary debates in European Studies in order to provide lessons for the development, design and normative evaluation of global governance. It brings together scholars of European Studies and International Relations, where much of the literature on regional and global governance is located, thereby providing interdisciplinary lessons from the study of EU and EU governance that can be used to re-evaluate processes of global governance. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1:Theories and Historical Evolution Part 2: Institutional Developments Part 3: Issues and Policy Areas Part 4: The Global Multilevel Governance Complex and the EU Janurary 2010: 246x174: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-509-2: £150.00

October 2009: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-85743-358-6: £130.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

47


48

POLITICS

Territories of...

The Territories of Indonesia

9TH EDITION

Edited by Iem Brown

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2009

A new addition to Europa’s popular ’Territories of the World’ series, The Territories of Indonesia provides invaluable information on this diverse country. The book supplies an in-depth guide to both the regional dimensions of the area and its inter-provincial politics.

The Territories and States of India ’This is an excellent book for reference shelves.’ – Reference Reviews This invaluable collection of information provides an indepth guide to the regional dimension of the politics and economy of this vast and complex country. Incomparable in its coverage, it supplies the reader with a more complete understanding of India as a whole. 2002: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-148-3: £130.00

2ND EDITION

Territories of the People’s Republic of China Provides up-to-date and impartial information that helps give an understanding of the regional dimension of the country as well as placing it in economic, political and historical contexts.

Key features: •informative introductory essays provide an impartial background on regional aspects of the Republic • a chronology covers the major events in the area’s political and economic history including: colonial rule, independence, guided democracy, Suharto and recent terrorist activities • information is provided about the national governments, structures and organizations. Individual chapters on each of the provinces and special districts, providing: • a map of the area, with geographical and historical information • an economic survey presenting the latest available statistics on performance and conditions in each of the provinces and districts

2006: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-1-85743-395-1: ÂŁ130.00

• a directory of the names and addresses of leading administrative and political officials. This key publication offers a unique insight into the struggle between provinces and central government within Indonesia.

The Territories of the Russian Federation 2009 offers a diverse collection of political and economic information on the Russian Federation and its constituent units. The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole, and consists of an essay written by an acknowledged expert focusing on the evolution of the relationship between the central state and the regions, followed by a chronology, demographic and economic statistics, and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys, with a chapter on each of Russia’s federal subjects, each of which includes a current map. The third and fourth parts comprise a select bibliography of books and indexes, listing the territories alphabetically, with a gazetteer of alternative names, and by both Federal Okrug and Economic Area. Key features: • offers an analysis and understanding of the country’s regional dimension • invaluable directories of important territorial contacts • detailed and accurate political, economic and statistical information • some eighty-five current maps February 2009: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-85743-517-7: £170.00

April 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-85743-215-2: ÂŁ110.00

NEW Political Science eBooks Archive and Subscription

Package from Routledge

INCLUDES FREE ACCESS TO BACKLIST CONTENT WORTH OVER ÂŁ170,000 Routledge Research is renowned for cutting-edge, original research across the humanities and social sciences. Consisting of both single and multi-authored books and edited collections, the research program is characterized by dynamic interventions into established subjects and innovative studies on emerging topics. Unlock this cutting-edge research with our new eBook Subscription Packages. Maximise your resources, access the right material where and when you want it. Outstanding Offer! As an institution if you subscribe to our front list publishing program you are entitled to access our backlist archive of over 2,050 titles completely free! s THE POLITICS COLLECTION CONSISTS OF OVER   BACKLIST TILES PLUS C NEW BOOKS PER YEAR s SUBSCRIBE AND YOU WILL ALSO BENEFIT FROM A HUGE SAVING ON THE LIST PRICE s PRICING DETAILS AND A FULL LIST OF TITLES ARE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST For further information on Taylor & Francis eBooks, purchasing options, and content for your library, please contact: Carlos Gimeno Taylor & Francis | 2 & 4 Park Square | Milton Park | Abingdon | Oxfordshire | OX14 4RN Tel: +44 (0)7017 6062 | Fax: +44 (0)7017 6336 | Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Also available: Routledge Political Science eBooks Archive and Subscription Package

www.informaworld.com/ebooks

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


POLITICS

Politics of...

Politics of Development

Politics of Oil

A Survey

A Survey

Heloise Weber, University of Queensland, Australia

Politics of the Environment Edited by Chukwumerije Okereke, University of East Anglia, UK The environment is increasingly seen at the forefront of many political agendas. Covering important topics, such as the Kyoto protocol and deforestation, this book provides extensive coverage of all aspects of environmental politics. Essays of around 6,000 words in length make up the bulk of the book. Written by notable experts in the field of environmental politics, these essays each examine a different aspect of the subject. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Chukwumerije Okereke 2. Globalization: The Environment and Development Debate J. Timmons Roberts 3. The State, International Relations and the Environment Hugh Dyer 4. International Political Economy and the Environment Matthew Paterson 5. International Organizations and the Global Environment Hannes R. Stephan and Fariborz Zelli 6. Environmental Movements Brian Doherty 7. Mass Media and Environmental Politics Maxwell T. Boykoff 8. The Politics of Climate Change Tim Rayner and Chukwumerije Okereke 9. The Ethical Dimensions of Global Environmental Change Chukwumerije Okereke. 2007: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-85743-341-8: £130.00

Politics of Conflict A Survey Vassilis Fouskas, University of Stirling, UK An A–Z glossary of terms specific to the subject provides an ideal background for those new to the subject. Entries are provided for all the major current conflicts world-wide. Major entries include: Angola, Baluchistan, Cyprus, East Timor, Kurdistan, Kashmir, Lebanon, Tibet, Sri Lanka and Taiwan.

Edited by Bulent Gokay, Keele University, UK

This new title presents a wealth of information covering the global politics of development. Includes:

A Survey

This new title presents key information on the oil industry world-wide, and will be of interest to anyone involved in or studying the politics of oil production, processing and selling.

• in-depth essays profiling the critical topics • an A-Z of key terms

Oil has long been at the forefront of political agendas, and with increased tensions in the Middle East, there has never been a greater need for up-to-date, reliable information on this key industry.

• maps detailing water consumption and distribution • statistical tables. February 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-500-9: £130.00

Includes:

Politics of Migration

• essays covering the main themes

A Survey

• an A-Z glossary listing important terms

Edited by Barbara Marshall, University of East Anglia, UK

• detailed maps

This new collection includes essays covering specific themes in the field of migration and geographic overviews, written by a variety of academics and experts. It also contains key maps and a glossary covering up-to-date issues in the field of migration, including theories, issues, countries, national and international organizations and personalities. Selected Contents: Part 1: Essays 1. Introduction 2. The Economics of Migration Policies Thomas Straubhaar 3. What Causes Migration? Poverty or Development? Or is it the Other Way Around? Arjan de Haan 4. Irregular Migration Khalid Koser 5. Refugees, Asylum-Seekers and the Internally Displaced: The Politics of Forced Migration Heaven Crawley 6. Migration and Society Pontus Odmalm 7. Migration in Europe Christina Boswell 8. Moving Backwards? Migration in Sub-Saharan Africa Richard Black 9. The Asia-Pacific Region Graeme Hugo 10. Half a World in Motion: Migration Policy in the Americas Kevin O’Neil 11. Migration in the Mediterranean and Middle East Martin Baldwin-Edwards; Part 2: A-Z Glossary; Part 3: Statistics International Migration

• a statistics section. Selected Contents: 1. Essays: 1. Introduction: How Oil Fuels World Politics 2. As Good as Gold: Oil and Global Political Economy Darrell Whitman 3. Geopolitics of Oil and Pipelines in the (Eurasian) Heartland Emre Iseri 4. Oil and Power in the Caspian Sea Region: Supermajor Oil Companies and Geopolitics E.K. Mofford 5. Oil in Flames: ’Production Sharing Agreements’ (PSAs) and the Issue of ’Petroleum Nationalism’ in Iraq Vassilis K. Fouskas 6. Oil and Islam – Economic Distress and Political Opposition Øystein Noreng 7. Oil Politics and Environmental Conflict: The Case of the Niger Delta, Nigeria Chukwumerije Okereke 2. A-Z Glossary 3. Maps 4. Statistics 5. Select Bibliography. 2006: 234x156: 260pp Hb: 978-1-85743-340-1: £130.00

Politics of Religion A Survey Edited by Jeff Haynes, London Guildhall University, UK This new title explores some of the key issues which surround the politics of religion, an area which has historically been the cause of great controversy. Today religion is still the cause of a great deal of political debate, be it the teaching of the creationist theory in the United States or the relationship of church and state in Arabic countries.

2006: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-365-4: £130.00

A section of maps is included, providing another level of analysis on a broad range of conflicts. A collection of essays written by a group of acknowledged experts provides in-depth comment on some of the more important aspects of conflict.

Includes: • a glossary of key terms • detailed essays on key religious issues

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A World in Conflict Vassilis K. Fouskas 2. Articulating Evil Andrew Wheatcroft 3. Modern Conflicts in Latin America Jairo Lugo 4. Africa, a Continent of Conflicts Phia Steyn 5. Ethnic Conflicts in the Caucasus and Central Asia Emmanuel Karagiannis 6. South Asia: Kashmir and Sri-Lanka Rajat Ganguly 7. South-East Asia: Decolonization, Modernization, Nationalism and State-Building Yoke-Lian Lee and Roger Buckley 8. The Arab-Israeli Conflict Rory Miller 9. The Northern Ireland Conflict John Doyle 10. Yugoslavia: The Failure of a Success Stevan K. Pavlowitch 11. Placing Serbia in Context Peter Gowan 12. Iraq and meta-conflict Vassilis K. Fouskas A to Z Glossary Bibliography Maps

• a selection of political maps. Selected Contents: 1. Essays: 1. Buddhism and Politics Peter G. Friedlander 2. Christianity and Politics Jeffrey Haynes 3. Rethinking the Myths of Islamic Politics Claire Heristchi and Andrea Teti 4. Judaism and Politics Shmuel Sandler 5. Hinduism and Politics James Chiriyankandath 6. Religion and the Modern State John Madeley 7. Religious Fundamentalism and Politics Jeffrey Haynes 8. On the Nature of Religious Terrorism Adam Dolnik and Rohan Gunaratna 9. Religion and Democracy John Anderson 10. Religious Transnational Actors Jeffrey Haynes 2. A-Z Glossary 3. Maps 4. Select Bibliography

2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-85743-405-7: £130.00

49

2006: 234x156: 282pp Hb: 978-1-85743-348-7: £130.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online


50

POLITICS

Politics of...continued Politics of Terrorism A Survey Edited by Andrew T. H. Tan Terrorism is increasingly at the forefront of political agendas. Events world-wide have led to an increased awareness and response to this global phenomenon. The focus of this volume is on examining the fundamental causes of alienation and rebellion that underlie the use of terrorism as an instrument of violence.

The Politics of the Olympics

The Politics of Gender

A Survey

A Survey

Edited by Alan Bairner, Loughborough University, UK and Gyozo Molnar

Edited by Yoke-Lian Lee

Selected Contents: The Politics of the Olympics. Helen Jefferson Lenskyj The Politics of the Olympic Movement. Dr Jung Woo Lee The Olympic Games in the Post-Soviet Era: The Case of the Two Koreas. Miklos Hadas Olympic Rivalries and the Warsaw Pact. Dr Susan Bandy The Olympics and the Politics of Gender. Dr Rob Beamish The Politics of Drug Use in the Olympics. Dr David Howe Disability, Olympism and Paralympism Dr Chris Young The Berlin Olympic Games, Sport and National Socialism. Dr David L. Andrews The Olympic Games and Terrorism. Dr Grant Farred The Olympics, ‘Race’ and South Africa. Dr John Horne The Political Economy of Hosting the Olympic Games July 2009: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-494-1: £130.00

The Politics of Climate Change

• essays, each of around 8,000 words in length, providing in-depth analysis of topics of relevance in the subject

A Survey

• detailed maps and statistics are included wherever possible • an extensive bibliography listing further relevant reading material. This unique combination of analytically detailed essays with statistics and a glossary make this title a unique one-stop reference source as well as a training and education guide on the politics of terrorism world-wide. Selected Contents: 1. Essays: 1. Modern Terror: History and Special Features David C. Rapoport 2. Dagger and Sarin: The Evolution of Terrorist Weapons and Tactics Adam Dolnik and Rohan Gunaratna 3. Ethnic Terrorism: Themes and Variations Dennis Pluchinsky 4. Left- and Right-wing Political Terrorism David W. Brannan 5. Religion and the New Terrorism Mark Juergensmeyer 6. On the Nature of Religious Terrorism Adam Dolnik and Rohan Gunaratna 7. State Uses of Terrorism James Lutz and Brenda Lutz 8. Counter-Terrorism Thomas Mockaitis; 2. A-Z Glossary 3. Maps and Statistics 4. Select Bibliography 2006: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-85743-347-0: £130.00

Politics of Water A Survey Edited by Julie Trottier, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK This new title presents a wealth of information covering the global politics of water. With the current threat of climate change and the increasing demand on water resources, this title will give an invaluable insight into an increasingly politicized topic. Includes: • in-depth essays profiling the critical topics • an A-Z of key terms • maps detailing water consumption and distribution

Climate change is a defining issue in contemporary life. Since the Industrial Revolution, heavy reliance on carbon-based sources for energy in industry and society has contributed to substantial changes in the climate, indicated by increases in temperature and sea level rise. This particular period of time has been referred to as the ‘Anthropocene Era’, or the ‘Age of the Hydrocarbon Human’. In the last three decades, concerns regarding human contributions to climate change have moved from obscure scientific inquiries to the fore of science, politics, policy and practices at many levels. From local adaptation strategies to international treaty negotiation, ‘the politics of climate change’ is as pervasive, vital and contested as it has ever been. On the cusp of a new commitment to international cooperation to rein in greenhouse gas emissions (to be decided on at the UN Climate Conference in Copenhagen, Denmark in 2009), this essential book intervenes to help understand and engage with the dynamic and compelling ‘Politics of Climate Change’. This edited collection draws on a vast array of experience, expertise and perspectives, with authors with backgrounds in climate science, geography, environmental studies, biology, sociology, political science, psychology and philosophy. This reflects the contemporary conditions where the politics of climate change permeates and penetrates all facets of our shared lives and livelihoods. Chapters include the Politics of Climate Science, History of Climate Policy: from the World Climate Conference (1979) to the UN Climate Conference in Copenhagen (2009), the Contemporary Climate Science-Policy Interface, Spatial Politics of Climate Change: Global North-South Responsibility, Equity and Justice, the Politics of Public Understanding and Engagement, and the Cultural Politics of Climate Change: Interactions in the Spaces of Everyday (mass media, celebrities, NGOs and social movements, contrarians, sport, the arts)

Andrew T. H. Tan Since the crucial maritime battles that were fought during the Second World War in both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the post-war period, which saw a naval standoff between a vast US navy and a growing Soviet navy, the focus of international maritime power has changed. Major maritime powers have deployed warships, aircraft carriers and heavy land forces around the globe, for purposes of diplomacy, such as in maintaining far-flung alliances; for deterrent purposes, such as in the Taiwan Straits; for warfighting, such as in its crucial support roles in recent conflicts in Afghanistan and both Gulf Wars; and for complex emergencies, such as tsunami and earthquake rescue in Indonesia and Pakistan. Increasingly, maritime power is employed in counter-terrorism, such as in joint patrols, counterterrorism exercises and in intercepting ships suspected of carrying weapons of mass destruction. The Politics of Maritime Power is an exploration of the contemporary facets of maritime power, particularly as an instrument of the state, in the post-Second World War era. This reference volume is divided into four parts, with chapters exploring various aspects of modern maritime power written by maritime experts; a series of maps which show major maritime zones; a glossary which contains over 240 entries on various aspects of maritime power; and a detailed bibliography. Selected Contents: The Components of Maritime Power Maritime Strategy Technology and Navies Naval Diplomacy Navies and Warfighting Navies and the Maintenance of Good Order in Peacetime The Maritime Governance System Emerging Naval Powers Future of Maritime Power 2007: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-85743-404-0: £130.00

An A – Z glossary of key terms offers additional information in dictionary format, with entries on topics including Carbon tax, Stabilization, Renewable technologies and the World Meteorological Organization. A section of Maps will offer a visual overview of the effects of environmental change.

April 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-339-5: £130.00

November 2009: 234 x 156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-496-5: £130.00

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

The Politics of Maritime Power A Survey

Edited by Max Boykoff

• statistical tables.

ORDER NOW!

An A–Z glossary will offer supplementary information on key terms, with entries including abortion, Commission on the Status of Women, ecofeminism, equal access, human rights, migration, population control, and sex tourism. August 2009: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-493-4: £130.00

This title includes:

• an A-Z glossary of key terrorist groups and organizations, as well as major terrorist incidences and events

This new title in the Politics of … series will address the major theme of the politics of gender. Chapters on a variety of issues, contributed by experts in the field of gender, will include Human Trafficking and EU Law, Gender in International Relations, the Gender Politics of Philosphy/Political Theory, the Construction of Masculinity in Hollywood Movies, the Politics of Law, and the Politics of Mainstreaming Gender in the Peace and Security Agenda of the African Union.

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


POLITICS

The Politics of Narcotic Drugs A Survey

A Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe

A Political and Economic Dictionary of Africa

Edited by Julia Buxton

Circa

David Seddon

Chapters contributed by experts, with contributions on issues including: the Narcotic Drugs Debate; the History of Drugs and Drugs in History; Evolution of the International Drug Control Framework; Narcotic Drug Consumption; Drug Production and Trafficking in Narcotic Drugs; the Political Economy of the Drugs Trade; Narcotic Drugs and Criminal Justice; Drugs and Crime; Militarizing the Drugs War and Alternative Strategies. An A – Z glossary of terms, organizations and issues in dictionary format. Maps and statistics where appropriate. January 2009: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-501-6: £130.00

The Politics of Space A Survey Eligar Sadeh The pace of space exploration has long been dictated by political motivations. This book helps to explain why this is so in the postCold War era. Combining essays, a glossary of terms, tables and statistics, this new title from Routledge comes as a welcome addition to this increasingly popular topic. The book:

Countries covered in this volume include:

A definitive guide to terms, principles and the key figures at work in politics and economics throughout Africa.

Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, FYR Macedonia, Poland, Romania, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovakia, Slovenia.

2005: 234x156: 536pp Hb: 978-1-85743-213-8: £130.00

This Dictionary provides entries on the history and economy of each constituent country of the region, as well as entries on any distinct territories, ethnic groups, religions, political parties, prime ministers, presidents, politicians, businesses, international organizations, multinationals and major NGOs with an impact on the region’s political or economic affairs. The book reflects the unique perspective of each region, providing invaluable, specific information. Entries are concise and cross-referenced, providing contact details where appropriate. A Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe will be invaluable for anyone in need of concise information on politics and economics, and will be particularly useful to public and academic libraries, students, the media, teachers, businesses and all organizations or individuals requiring a reliable overview of these world regions. September 2008: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-359-3: £130.00

• contains essays that cover military, commercial and governmental actors in space politics. Selected Contents: Part 1: Essays 1. Introduction: The Politics of Space: A Survey 2. Space Policy-Making Processes and Space Politics 3. Developed Space Programs 4. Developing Space Programs 5. Space PolicyMaking Actors and Space Politics 6. Governmental Actors 7. Military Space Actors 8. Nongovernmental Space Actors 9. Commercial Space Actors 10. International Organizations and Space Part 2: A-Z Glossary Part 3: Tables and Statistics: Table 1: Developed Space Programs Table 2: Developing Space Programs Table 3: Governmental Space Actors (United States, China, Europe, India, Japan, and Russia) Table 4: Military Space Actors, Doctrines, and Mission Areas (United States) Table 5: Nongovernmental Organizations Table 6: Commercial Companies Table 7: International Organizations March 2009: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-419-4: £130.00

Jim Hoare and Susan Pares This title provides concise, clear definitions of the terms, organizations and personalities making up the economic and political fabric of East Asia. Containing up-to-date, detailed information, this book will prove a key reference to anyone studying the region, an area which is coming to the forefront of international affairs. Short essays on recent history and the economy profile of each country in the region, while other entries detail eminent politicians or heads of state, important national and international organizations, political parties, religions, border disputes and geographical features. 2005: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-85743-258-9: £130.00

A Political and Economic Dictionary of South Asia Subrata K. Mitra, University of Heidelberg, Germany and Siegried Wolf Edited by Jivanta Schottli Profiles the economics and politics of South Asia. 2006: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-1-85743-210-7: £130.00

• covers theories and concepts, as well as current issues • gives a background to international and national space agencies

A Political and Economic Dictionary of East Asia

2ND EDITION

A Political and Economic Dictionary of Eastern Europe Circa ’A fascinating and useful volume which is much more than a dictionary.’ – International Affairs ’People with a concern for Eastern Europe will seize this book with fervour.’ – Reference Reviews An invaluable dictionary, providing an essential guide to the economics and politics of this immense and important region. It contains over 1,000 entries covering the countries, the region’s ethnic groups, political parties, prime ministers, presidents, business organizations, geographical features, religions and border disputes.

A Political and Economic Dictionary of South-East Asia Edited by Andrew T. H. Tan This Dictionary provides definitions and explanations of economic and political terms and references relating to southeast Asia. The book contains entries covering various areas and issues, such as the recent history and economy of each country in the region, ethnic groups, political parties and party leaders, politicians, conflicts, regions, border disputes, key businesses and stock markets. Each entry provides a clear and concise explanation or definition of the term or name to which it refers. 2004: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-85743-226-8: £130.00

A Political and Economic Dictionary of the Middle East Edited by David Seddon

• covers twenty-two countries in Central, Eastern and South-Eastern Europe, trans-Caucasus and the Russian Federation

This reference volume is the definitive guide to the economics and politics of the Middle East. It provides clear definitions detailing terms, concepts, names and organizations used in relation to current economic or political affairs in the Middle East. Entries define, explain and give further relevant information on countries, regions, ethnic groups, political parties, organizations, policies and disputes.

• includes separate articles on each country, and its economy

2004: 234x156: 624pp Hb: 978-1-85743-212-1: £130.00

• entries are arranged alphabetically and are fully crossreferenced making the book easy to use

A Political and Economic Dictionary of Western Europe

Key Features: • entries on Chechnya, Poland, Uniate Church, Gennadii Zyuganov and The Hungarian Democratic Forum

• all organizations listed include full address, telephone, fax and email details • geographical and personal name indexes. 2007: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-1-85743-334-0: £130.00

Edited by Claire Annesley An overview of political and economic terms, issues and individuals present in Western Europe. 2005: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-1-85743-214-5: £130.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

51


52

POLITICS

The Routledge Politics and International Relations Resource Routledge Reference Resources Online

www.reference.routledge.com The Routledge Politics and International Relations Resource is a unique cross-searchable resource which provides easy, one-stop access to a broad range of over thirty leading political reference works. Key Features: sOVERTHIRTYONLINEREFERENCETITLESINCLUDINGEncyclopedia of International Relations and Global Politics; Dictionary of Terrorism; The European Union Handbook and many more sMOREMAJORMULTI ANDSINGLE VOLUMEREFERENCEWORKSTOBEADDEDSOON – thousands of pages of new content

To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, please contact us at: Taylor & Francis Reference Online 2 Park Square -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON /8/. /82.

sFULLYCROSS SEARCHABLEINTERFACEnREDISCOVERCLASSICREFERENCEWORKSAND explore new ones sOPEN52,BIBLIOGRAPHICREFERENCES sDOWNLOADABLE-!2#RECORDS s#/5.4%2 COMPLIANTUSAGESTATISTICS

For more information about any of our online products please visit www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

%MAILREFERENCEONLINE TANDFCOUK 4EL   &AX  

Encyclopedia of Globalization

3RD EDITION

Edited by Roland Robertson, Aberdeen University, UK and Jan Aart Scholte, University of Warwick, UK

Survey of Arab-Israeli Relations

The Encyclopedia of Globalization provides a thorough understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of globalization as well as the various historical and analytical interpretations. Consisting of over 400 entries, coverage includes key cultural, ecological, economic, geographical, historical, political, psychological and social aspects of globalization. Entries in the Encyclopedia vary in length from 500 to 3,500 words, depending on the scope of the topic and its relative prominence in studies and politics of globalization. All entries provide bibliographical references for further reading and research. From the advances in nanotechnology to the controversies surrounding humanitarian intervention, the Encyclopedia of Globalization is a key interdisciplinary resource to all aspects of globalization. Compiled by a cross-disciplinary editorial team of leading academics on the subject this essential reference work will appeal to students, scholars, researchers, and the general reader interested in the many facets of globalization. 2006: 276x219: 1,728pp Hb: 978-0-415-97314-4: ÂŁ425.00

Impartial documentation and background information fundamental to the understanding of Arab-Israeli relations. The third edition of this valuable reference source brings together a unique collection of information on this troubled area of the Middle East. The Arab-Israeli conflict is one of the longest running international disputes in world affairs, and impartial information is vital to a complete understanding of the politics and events that surround this issue. Survey of Arab-Israeli Relations provides up-to-date and unbiased information, and will be essential reading for politicians, diplomats, public and academic libraries, businesses, international organizations, the media, government departments, academics, students and anyone with an interest in Middle Eastern affairs. Selected Contents: Part 1: Chronology Part 2: ArabIsraeli Relations Since 1947 Part 3: Documents on Palestine Part 4: Political Profiles Part 5: Bibliography

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

Edited by Martin Griffiths The Encyclopedia of International Relations and Global Politics provides a unique reference source for students and academics covering all aspects of global international relations and the contemporary discipline across IR’s major subject divisions of diplomacy, military affairs, international political economy, and theory. Written by a distinguished group of international scholars, the Encyclopedia is largely comprised of substantial entries of more than 1,000 words, with fifty major entries of 5,000 words on core contemporary topics. Each entry is fully cross-referenced, and followed by a listing of complementary entries and a short bibliography for further reading. The whole work is comprehensively indexed. There is no other resource of its kind and The Encyclopedia of International Relations and Global Politics will be an extremely valuable addition to all libraries supporting teaching and research in the social sciences. 2005: 246x174: 936pp Hb: 978-0-415-31160-1: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45918-1: £35.00

2006: 234x156: 568pp Hb: 978-1-85743-394-4: ÂŁ130.00

3RD EDITION

The Guide to EU Information Sources on the Internet

ORDER NOW!

Encyclopedia of International Relations and Global Politics

4TH EDITION

Lobbying in the European Union

A guide to the institutional and non-institutional websites that provide information on the European Union.

A compact pocket guide explaining the different types of lobbies, the decision-making system within the EU, as well as outlining the most opportune times for lobbying during the decision-making process.

2005: 279x211: 457pp Hb: 978-1-85743-282-4: ÂŁ180.00

2005: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-1-85743-336-4: ÂŁ95.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


POLITICS

17TH EDITION

The Directory of EU Information Sources This is a new seventeenth edition of The Directory of EU Information Sources. It brings together a broad range of information sources, comprising not only the various constituent institutions of the European Union, their personnel, publications, information websites and representations in Europe and the rest of the world, but also diplomatic representation in Brussels, Europeanlevel trade and professional associations and NGOs, consultants and lawyers specializing in EU affairs, Press Agencies, EU grants and loans programmes, and universities offering courses in European integration. This is the most comprehensive compilation of contacts and published information on the European Union, providing access to over 12,500 information sources. April 2008: 279x211: 570pp Hb: 978-1-85743-460-6: £260.00

6TH EDITION

The EU Institutions Register Details of over 5,900 key personnel in each of the major institutions, including: European Commission, European Parliament, Economic and Social Committee, Council of the European Union, Court of Justice, European Investment Bank, Court of Auditors, Committee of Regions and EU Agencies. 2005: 279x211: 400pp Hb: 978-1-85743-330-2: £130.00

2ND EDITION

A Dictionary of Human Rights David Robertson

A Chronology of International Organizations

International Encyclopedia of Environmental Politics

Edited by Richard Green

Edited by John Barry and E. Gene Frankland

This new volume contains dedicated chronologies for all the major organizations, such as the UN, the Arab League, NATO, OPEC, the African Union, OAS, WTO, ASEAN and the IMF, whilst an introductory chronology covers the general development of international organizations. As the role of international organizations attains greater global significance, this source detailing how, when and why they developed, is vital both to the study of twentieth century history and to an understanding of the world today.

Political Chronologies of the World set 2001: 234x156: 2048pp Hb: 978-1-85743-119-3: £650.00

A Political Chronology of Central, South and East Asia 2001: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-114-8: £130.00

A Political Chronology of Europe

A Political Chronology of South East Asia and Oceania

2004: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-85743-207-7: £125.00

2001: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-85743-117-9: £130.00

Dictionary of the Modern Politics of Southeast Asia 2000: 246x174: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-23876-2: £30.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Dictionary of the Modern Politics of Japan

Dictionary of the Modern Politics of Southeast Asia

2001: 234x156: 512pp Hb: 978-1-85743-116-2: £130.00

Over 200 clear and concise mini-essays providing explanations of the terminology, issues, organizations and laws surrounding human rights.

3RD EDITION

3RD EDITION

A Political Chronology of Africa

2001: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-85743-118-6: £130.00

1998: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-15450-5: £125.00

2003: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-15170-2: £90.00

2001: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-1-85743-115-5: £130.00

Edited by David Robertson

Edited by Colin Mackerras, Donald H. McMillen and Andrew Watson

J. A. A. Stockwin

A Political Chronology of the Middle East

A Political Chronology of the Americas

Dictionary of the Politics of the People’s Republic of China

The late Michael Leifer

July 2008: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-208-4: £130.00

2001: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-85743-113-1: £130.00

2001: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-20285-5: £155.00

Michael Leifer This comprehensive dictionary provides descriptive and analytical coverage of the turbulent political history and striking changes which have occurred both regionally and in key countries since the end of 1945 to the present day. 2000: 246x174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-23875-5: £80.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2-VOLUME SET

Encyclopedia of Political Economy Edited by Phillip O’Hara 1999: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-15426-0: £280.00

Leaders of Russia and the Soviet Union From the Romanov Dynasty to Vladimir Putin John Paxton This reference work surveys the leaders of Russia and the Soviet Union- from Michael, the first Romanov tsar in 1613, through the creation and dissolution of the Soviet Union, to the present day President of the Russian Federation, Vladimir Putin. Chronologically arranged, these biographies paint a thorough yet succinct portrait of thirty leaders including discussion about the family and education of each ruler, important legislation, events, and wars under each leader’s rule; and each leader’s achievements and impact on Russia or the Soviet Union.

For more details on our eBook packages in Politics, see page 48 For details of the Armed Conflict Database from IISS, see page 46

2004: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-1-57958-132-9: £60.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

53


54

PSYCHOLOGY

2ND EDITION

Auditing Organizational Communication A Handbook of Research, Theory and Practice Edited by Owen D.W. Hargie, Professor of Communication, University of Ulster, Northern Ireland and Dennis Tourish, Robert Gordon University, UK. ’This is a terrific book which advances theoretical and applied knowledge about the purpose, conduct and outcomes of communication audits. The editors are two of the UK’s leading scholars in organisational communication who are also both experts at carrying out audits in a variety of organisations and sectors. It’s hardly surprising then that this is a most insightful text’ – Christine Daymon, Curtin Business School, Curtin University of Technology , Australia Auditing Organizational Communication is a thoroughly revised and updated new edition of the successful Handbook of Communication Audits for Organizations, which has established itself as a core text in the field of organizational communication. Research studies consistently show the importance of effective communication for business success. They also underscore the necessity for organizations to put in place validated techniques to enable them to systematically measure and monitor their communications. This Handbook equips readers with the vital analytic tools required to conduct such assessments. Owen Hargie, Dennis Tourish and distinguished contributors drawn from both industry and academia: • provide a comprehensive analysis of research, theory and practice pertaining to the communication audit approach • review the main options confronting organizations embarking on audit • discuss the merits and demerits of the approaches available • provide case studies of the communication audit process in action • illustrate how findings can be interpreted so that suitable recommendations can be framed • outline how reports emanating from such audits should be constructed. Selected Contents: Editorial Introduction. Part 1. Audits in Context. D. Tourish, O. Hargie Communication and Organisational Success. D. Tourish, O. Hargie, Auditing Communication to Maximise Performance. Part 2. Audit Methodologies. P. Clampitt The Questionnaire Approach. R. Millar, A. Tracey The Interview Approach. D. Dickson The Focus Group Approach. O. Hargie, D. Tourish Data Collection Log-sheet Methods. K. ZwijzeKoning, M. de Jong Social Network Analysis. O. Hargie, D. Tourish Auditing Professional Practice. O. Hargie, D. Tourish Auditing the Communications Revolution. D. Tourish, O. Hargie Crafting the Audit Report. Part 3. Audits in Action. O. Hargie, D. Tourish Charting Communication Performance in a Health Care Organisation. M. Skipper, O. Hargie, D. Tourish Communication Audit of a Hospital Clinic. P. Clampitt, L. Berk A Communication Audit of a Paper Mill. N. Tourish, D. Tourish, O. Hargie Auditing Corporate Leadership. C. Downs, A. Hydeman, A. Adrian Redesigning a Communication Event through External Audits. D. McAleese, O. Hargie, D. Tourish Auditing Corporate Culture. D. Quinn, O. Hargie, D. Tourish Auditing a Major Police Organisation. J. Gray, H. Laidlaw Auditing a Major Retail Chain. C. Mills, A Study of Sensemaking and CEO Change. Part 4. Final Considerations. D. Tourish, O. Hargie Strategy, Pedagogy and Research: The Role of Audits

Handbook of Positive Psychology in Schools

A Compendium of Tests, Scales and Questionnaires

Michael Furlong, Richard Gilman and Scott Huebner

The Practitioner’s Guide to Measuring Outcomes after Acquired Brain Impairment

National surveys consistently reveal that an inordinate number of students report high levels of boredom, anger, and stress in school, which often leads to their disengagement from critical learning and social development. If the ultimate goal of schools is to educate young people to become responsible and critically thinking citizens who can succeed in life, understanding factors that stimulate them to become active agents in their own leaning is critical. A new field labeled ’positive psychology’ is one lens that can be used to investigate factors that facilitate a student’s sense of agency and active school engagement.

Robyn L. Tate, University of Sydney, Australia

The purposes of this groundbreaking Handbook are to 1) describe ways that positive emotions, traits, and institutions promote school achievement and healthy social/emotional development 2) describe how specific positive-psychological constructs relate to students and schools and support the delivery of school-based services and 3) describe the application of positive psychology to educational policy making. By doing so, the book provides a long-needed centerpiece around which the field can continue to grow in an organized and interdisciplinary manner. Key features include: Comprehensive – this book is the first to provide a comprehensive review of what is known about positive psychological constructs and the school experiences of children and youth. Topical coverage ranges from conceptual foundations to assessment and intervention issues to service delivery models. Intrapersonal factors (e.g., hope, life satisfaction) and interpersonal factors (e.g., positive peer and family relationships) are examined as is classroom-and-school-level influences (e.g., student-teacher and school-community relations). Interdisciplinary Focus – this volume brings together the divergent perspectives, methods, and findings of a broad, interdisciplinary community of scholars whose work often fails to reach those working in contiguous fields. Chapter Structure – to insure continuity, flow, and readability chapters are organized as follows: overview, research summary, relationship to student development, examples of real-world applications, and a summarizing table showing implications for future research and practice. Methodologies – chapters feature longitudinal studies, person-centered approaches, experimental and quasiexperimental designs and mixed methods. January 2009: 254x178: 704pp Pb: 978-0-8058-6362-8: £55.00

This compendium is a comprehensive reference manual containing an extensive selection of instruments developed to measure a range of neurological conditions, both progressive and non-progressive. It includes established instruments as well as newly developed scales and covers all aspects of the functional consequences of acquired brain impairment. This text provides a unique review of specialist instruments for the assessment of people with neurological conditions, such as dementia, multiple sclerosis, stroke and traumatic brain injury. Part A presents scales examining body functions, including consciousness and orientation, general cognitive functions, specific cognitive functions (e.g. language, memory), regulation of behaviour, drive, and emotion and motor-sensory functions. Part B reviews scales of daily living activities and community participation. Part C focuses on contextual factors, including environmental issues and social supports and the final part contains multidimensional scales. Each instrument is described as a stand-alone report using a uniform format. A brief history of the instrument’s development is provided, along with a description of item content and administration/scoring procedures. Psychometric properties are reviewed and a critical commentary is provided. Up to a dozen key references are cited and in most cases the actual scale is included, giving the reader easy access to the instrument. The structure of the book directly maps onto the taxonomy of the recently introduced and influential International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (2001), enabling linkage of clinical concepts across health conditions. This compendium provides a repository of approximately 150 instruments which are described in detail and critically reviewed. It will be a valuable reference for clinicians, researchers, educators, graduate students and a practical resource for those involved in the assessment of people with brain impairment. Selected Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction. Part A: Body Functions. Chapter 2: Scales of Consciousness and Orientation. Chapter 3: Scales of General Cognitive Functions. Chapter 4: Scales of Specific Cognitive Functions. Chapter 5: Scales Assessing the Regulation of Behaviour, Thought, and Emotion. Chapter 6: (Ian D Cameron) Scales of Sensory, Ingestion and Motor Functions. Part B: Activities and Participation. Chapter 7: Scales of Activities of Daily Living. Chapter 8: Scales of Participation and Social Role. Part C: Contextual Factors. Chapter 9: Scales of Environmental Factors. Part D: Multi-Domain. Chapter 10: Global and Multidimensional Scales. Appendices. December 2008: 297x210: 592pp Hb: 978-1-84169-561-7: £99.00

For more information on our Psychology titles, please visit www.psypress.com

March 2009: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-41445-6: £49.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


PSYCHOLOGY

Handbook of Imagination and Mental Simulation Edited by Keith Markman, William Klein, and Julie A. Suhr, Department of Psychology, Ohio University, USA Over the past thirty years, and particularly within the last ten years, researchers in the areas of social psychology, cognitive psychology, clinical psychology, and neuroscience have been examining fascinating questions regarding the nature of imagination and mental simulation – the imagination and generation of alternative realities. Some of these researchers have focused on the specific processes that occur in the brain when an individual is mentally simulating an action or forming a mental image, whereas others have focused on the consequences of mental simulation processes for affect, cognition, motivation, and behavior. This Handbook provides a novel and stimulating integration of work on imagination and mental simulation from a variety of perspectives. It is the first broad-based volume to integrate specific sub-areas such as mental imagery, imagination, thought flow, narrative transportation, fantasizing, and counterfactual thinking, which have, until now, been treated by researchers as disparate and orthogonal lines of inquiry. As such, the volume enlightens psychologists to the notion that a wide-range of mental simulation phenomena may actually share a commonality of underlying processes. November 2008: 246x174: 504pp Hb: 978-1-84169-887-8: £49.95 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Handbook of Relationship Initiation Edited by Susan Sprecher, Amy Wenzel and John Harvey The Handbook of Relationship Initiation is the first volume to focus specifically on the very beginning stage of relationships – their origin. In this Handbook, leading scholars on relationships review the literature on various processes related to the initiation of relationships: how people meet, communicate for the first time, and begin to define themselves as being in a relationship. Topics include attraction, mate selection, influence of social networks on relationship initiation, initiation over the internet, hook-ups among young adults, and flirting and opening gambits. In addition, the dark side of relationship initiation is considered, including unwanted relationship pursuit and barriers to relationship initiation including social anxiety.

Handbook of Child Language Disorders Edited by Richard G. Schwartz, City University of New York, USA ’The Handbook of Child Language Disorders provides an exceptionally broad and comprehensive review of the state of research in children’s communication problems. It provides an accessible review of the major research approaches currently used to understand language development and its disorders in a wide range of syndromes and conditions. Authors from backgrounds including linguistics, cognitive and neuropsychology, genetics, and neuroscience contribute unique perspectives. This volume provides students, scholars, and practitioners with a readable compendium of information that will serve as an indispensable resource in understanding and managing children’s language disorders.’ – Rhea Paul, Yale Child Study Center, USA The Handbook of Child Language Disorders provides an in-depth, comprehensive, and state-of-the-art review of current research concerning the nature, assessment, and remediation of language disorders in children. The book includes chapters focusing on specific groups of children (SLI, autism, genetic syndromes, dyslexia, and hearing impairment); the linguistic, perceptual, genetic, neurobiological, and cognitive bases of these disorders; and the context of language disorders (bilingual, across dialects, and across languages). To examine the nature of deficits, their assessment and remediation across populations, chapters address the main components of language (morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics) and related areas (processing, memory, attention, executive function such as reading and writing). Finally, even though there is extensive information regarding research and clinical methods in each chapter, there are individual chapters that focus directly on research methods. This Handbook is a comprehensive reference source for clinicians and researchers and can be used as a textbook for undergraduate, masters, and doctoral students in speech-language pathology, developmental psychology, special education, disabilities studies, and neuropsychology and in other fields interested in children’s language disorders. September 2008: 254x178: 608pp Hb: 978-1-84169-433-7: £50.00

Handbook of Metamemory and Memory Edited by John Dunlosky and Robert A. Bjork This Handbook examines the interplay between metamemory and memory. Each contributor discusses cutting-edge theory and research that, in some way, showcases the symbiotic relationship between metamemory and memory. Together, these chapters support a central thesis, which is that a complete understanding of either metamemory or memory is not possible without understanding their mutual influence. The inspiration for this volume was the life and research of Thomas O. Nelson, whose pioneering and influential research in the fields of metamemory and memory consistently highlighted their integrated nature. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Integrated Nature of Metamemory and Memory J. Dunlosky and R. A. Bjork Evolution of Metacognition J. Metcalfe Metacognition: Knowing About Knowing J. P. Van Overschelde Measurement of Relative Metamnemonic Accuracy A. S. Benjamin and M. Diaz Measuring Memory and Metamemory: Theoretical and Statistical Problems with Assessing Learning (in general) and Using Gamma (in particular) To Do So B. A. Spellman, A. Blumenthal, R. A. Bjork Memory Monitoring Information-based and Experience-based Metacognitive Judgments A. Koriat, R. Nussinson, H. Bless, N. Shaked Memory Monitoring and the Delayed-JOL Effect L. Narens, T. O. Nelson and P. Scheck The Delayed JOL Effect with Very Long Delays: Evidence from Flashbulb Memories C. A, Weaver III, J. T. Terrell, K. S. Krug, W. L. Kelemen Privileged Access for General Knowledge and Newly Learned Text Material R. H. Maki Feeling-of-Knowing Accuracy and Recollective Experience R. J. Leonesio Control of Memory Metacognitive Guessing Strategies in Source Monitoring W. H. Batchelder and E. Batchelder Implicit Memory Tests: Techniques for Reducing Conscious Intrusion C. M. MacLeod Investigating Metacognitive Control in a Global Memory Framework K. J. Malmberg Tales from the Crypt omnesia T. J. Perfect, L. J. Stark Metacognitive Processes in Creating False Beliefs and False Memories: The Role of Event Plausibility G. Mazzoni Research on the Allocation of Study Time: Key Studies from 1890 to the Present (and beyond) L. K. Son, N. Kornell Metacognitive Neuroscience B. L. Schwartz, E. Bacon A Neurocognitive Approach to Metacognitive Monitoring and Control A. P. Shimamura Procedural Metacognition in Children: Evidence for Developmental Trends W. Schneider, K. Lockl Metacognition in the Classroom M. Carroll Metacognition in Education: A Focus on Calibration D. J. Hacker, L. Bol, M. C. Keener May 2008: 254x178: 492pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6214-0: £45.00

Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping, and Discrimination

This volume provides an overdue synthesis of the literature on this topic. It is especially timely in view of the growing prevalence on relationship initiation online, through matchmaking and other social networking sites, which has increased awareness that science, can be used to understand, create, and facilitate compatible matching.

Edited by Todd D. Nelson, California State University, USA

This Handbook provides an essential resource for an interdisciplinary range of researchers and students who study relationships, including social psychologists, communication scientists and scholars of marriage and the family.

The volume is clearly structured, with a broad section on cognitive, affective, and neurological processes, followed by chapters on some of the main target groups of prejudice – based on race, sex, age, sexual orientation, and weight. A concluding section explores the issues involved in reducing prejudice. Chapters on the history of research in prejudice and future directions round off this state-of-the-art Handbook.

June 2008: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6159-4: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6160-0: £24.99

This Handbook provides a uniquely comprehensive and scholarly overview of the latest research on prejudice, stereotyping, and discrimination. All chapters are written by eminent prejudice researchers who explore key topics, by presenting an overview of current research and, where appropriate, developing new theory, models, or scales.

The volume will provide an essential resource for students, instructors, and researchers in social and personality psychology, and also be an invaluable reference for academics and professionals in the fields of sociology, communication studies, gerontology, nursing, medicine, as well as government and policymakers and social service agencies. December 2008: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5952-2: £49.95

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

55


56

PSYCHOLOGY

2ND EDITION

Foundations of Evolutionary Psychology Edited by Charles Crawford and Dennis Krebs, both at Simon Fraser University, Canada Evolutionary psychology is concerned with the adaptive problems early humans faced in ancestral human environments, the nature of the psychological mechanisms natural selection shaped to deal with those ancient problems, and the ability of the resulting evolved psychological mechanisms to deal with the problems people face in the modern world. Evolutionary psychology is currently advancing our understanding of altruism, moral behavior, family violence, sexual aggression, warfare, aesthetics, the nature of language, and gender differences in mate choice and perception. It is helping us understand the relationships between cognitive science, developmental psychology, behavior genetics, personality, and social psychology. Foundations of Evolutionary Psychology provides an upto-date review of the ideas, issues, and applications of contemporary evolutionary psychology. It is suitable for senior undergraduates, first year graduate students, or professionals who wish to become conversant with the major issues currently shaping the emergence of this dynamic new field. It will be interesting to psychologists, anthropologists, sociologists, economists, philosophers, cognitive scientists, and anyone interested in using new developments in the theory of evolution to gain new insights into human behavior. Selected Contents: Introduction Evolutionary Psychology: The Historical Context Part 1: Biological Foundations of Evolutionary Psychology Evolutionary Questions for Evolutionary Psychologists Life History Theory and Human Development Sex and Sexual Selection Kinship and Social Behavior Part 2: Development: The Bridge from Evolutionary Theory to Evolutionary Psychology Sociogenomics for the Cognitive Adaptationist Selfish Genes, Developmental Systems, and the Evolution of Development Part 3: Evolved Mental Mechanisms: The Essence of Evolutionary Psychology Biological Adaptations and Human Behavior Evolved Cognitive Mechanisms and Human Behavior Adaptations, Environments, and Behavior: Then and Now Evolutionary Psychology Research Methods Part 4: The Evolutionary Psychology of Sex Differences Physical Attractiveness: Signals of Phenotypic Quality and Beyond Two Human Natures: How Men and Women Evolved Different Psychologies Heroes and Hos: Reflections on Male and Female Natures Part 5: The Evolutionary Psychology of Prosocial Behavior How Selfish by Nature? GeneCulture, Co-Evolution, and the Emergence of Altruistic Behavior in Humans Renaissance of the Individual: Reciprocity, Positive Assortment, and the Puzzle of Human Cooperation Cooperation and Conflict Between Kith, Kin, and Strangers: Game Theory by Domains On the Evolution of Moral Sentiments Part 6: The Evolutionary Psychology of Antisocial Behavior and Psychopathology Is the ’Cinderella Effect’ Controversial? A Case Study of Evolution-Minded Research and Critiques Thereof Intergroup Prejudices and Intergroup Conflicts The Evolution of Brain Mechanisms for Social Behavior An Evolutionary Theory of Mind and Mental Illness: Genetic Conflict and the Mentalistic Continuum Psychopathology and Mental Illness Part 7: Exploring the Explanatory Power of Evolutionary Psychology The Evolution of Religion. Adaptataionist

International Handbook of Survey Methodology

Handbook of Consumer Psychology

Edited by Edith D. de Leeuw, Joop Hox, both at Utrecht University, the Netherlands and Don Dillman, Washington State University, USA

Edited by Curtis P. Haugtvedt, The Ohio State University, USA, Paul M. Herr, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Frank R. Kardes, University of Cincinnati, USA

Series: European Association for Methodology Series

Series: Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series

Taking into account both traditional and emerging modes, this comprehensive new Handbook covers all major methodological and statistical issues in designing and analyzing surveys. With contributions from the world’s leading survey methodologists and statisticians, this invaluable new resource provides guidance on collecting survey data and creating meaningful results. Featuring examples from a variety of countries, the book reviews such things as how to deal with sample designs, write survey questions, and collect data on the Internet. A thorough review of the procedures associated with multiple modes of collecting sample survey information and applying that combination of methods that fit the situation best is included.

This Handbook contains a unique collection of chapters written by the world’s leading researchers in the dynamic field of consumer psychology. Although these researchers are housed in different academic departments (ie. marketing, psychology, advertising, communications) all have the common goal of attaining a better scientific understanding of cognitive, affective, and behavioral responses to products and services, the marketing of these products and services, and societal and ethical concerns associated with marketing processes. Consumer psychology is a discipline at the interface of marketing, advertising and psychology. The research in this area focuses on fundamental psychological processes as well as on issues associated with the use of theoretical principles in applied contexts.

The International Handbook of Survey Methodology opens with the foundations of survey design, ranging from sources of error, to ethical issues. This is followed by a section on design that reviews sampling challenges and tips on writing and testing questions for multiple methods. Part three focuses on data collection, from face-to-face interviews, to Internet and interactive voice response, to special challenges involved in mixing these modes within one survey. Analyzing data from both simple and complex surveys is then explored, as well as procedures for adjusting data. The book concludes with a discussion of maintaining quality. Selected Contents: Foundations. J.J. Hox, E.D. de Leeuw, D. Dillman The Cornerstones of Survey Research. N. Schwarz, B. Knauper, D. Oyserman, C. Stich The Psychology of Asking Questions. P. Lynn The Problem of Nonresponse. J. A. Harkness Comparative Survey Research: Goal and Challenges. E. Singer Ethical Issues in Surveys. Design. S.L. Lohr Coverage and Sampling. E.D. de Leeuw Choosing the Method of Data Collection. F.J. Fowler, C. Cosenza Writing Effective Questions. D.A. Dillman The Logic and Psychology of Constructing Questionnaires. P. Campanelli Testing Survey Questions. Implementation. G. Loosveldt Face-to-Face interviews. C. Steeh Telephone Surveys. E.D. de Leeuw, J.J. Hox SelfAdministered Questionnaires: Mail Surveys and Other Applications. K.L. Manfreda, V. Vehovar Internet Surveys. D.M. Steiger, B. Conroy IVR: Interactive Voice Response. E.D. de Leeuw, D.A. Dillman, J.J. Hox Mixed Mode Surveys: When and Why. Data Analysis. P.P. Biemer, S.L. Christ Weighting Survey Data. L.M. Stapleton Analysis of Data from Complex Surveys. S. Rassler, D.B. Rubin, N. Schenker Incomplete Data: Diagnosis, imputation, and estimation. J.J. Hox Accommodating Measurement Errors. Special Issues. P. Mohler, B. Pennell, F. Hubbard Survey Documentation: Towards Professional Knowledge Management in Sample Surveys. L.E. Lyberg, P.P. Biemer Quality Assurance and Quality Control in Surveys. J.T. Lessler, J. Eyerman, K. Wang Interviewer Training. G. Lensvelt-Mulders Surveying Sensitive Topics. D. Sikkel, A. Hoogendoorn Panel Surveys. J. Betlehem Surveys Without Questions. January 2008: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5752-8: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5753-5: £18.95

The Handbook presents state-of-the-art research as well as providing a place for authors to put forward suggestions for future research and practice. The Handbook is most appropriate for graduate level courses in marketing, psychology, communications, consumer behavior and advertising. February 2008: 246x174: 1,280pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5603-3: £49.95

Textbook of Clinical Neuropsychology Edited by Joel E. Morgan, Board Member, The American Academy of Clinical Neuropsychology and Joseph H. Ricker, Associate Professor and Director of Neuropsychology and Rehabilitation Psychology, Department of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, University of Pittsburgh, USA Series: Studies on Neuropsychology, Neurology and Cognition With close to fifty chapters by some of the most prominent clinical neuropsychologists, the Textbook of Clinical Neuropsychology sets a new standard in the field in its scope, breadth, and scholarship. Unlike most other books in neuropsychology, the Textbook is organized primarily around syndromes, disorders, and related clinical phenomena. Written for the clinician at all levels of training, from the beginner to the journeyman, the Textbook presents contemporary clinical neuropsychology in a comprehensive volume. Chapters are rich with reviews of the literature and clinical case material spanning a range from pediatric to adult and geriatric disorders. Chapter authors are among the most respected in their field, leaders of American Neuropsychology, known for their scholarship and professional leadership. Rarely have so many distinguished members of one discipline been in one volume. This is essential reading for students of neuropsychology, and all others preparing for careers in the field. January 2008: 276x219: 1,048pp Hb: 978-1-84169-477-1: £55.00

March 2008: 254x178: 544pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5956-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5957-7: £40.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


PSYCHOLOGY

Handbook of Organizational Creativity

3RD EDITION

Handbook of Latent Semantic Analysis

The Handbook of Aging and Cognition

Edited by Jing Zhou, Jesse H. Jones Graduate School of Management, Rice University, USA and Christina E. Shalley, College of Management, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA

Edited by Fergus I. M. Craik, University of Toronto and Rotman Research Institute, Canada and Timothy A. Salthouse, University of Virginia, USA

Edited by Thomas K. Landauer, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA, Danielle S. McNamara, University of Memphis, USA, Simon Dennis, University of Adelaide, Australia and Walter Kintsch, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA

This volume is a comprehensive and cutting-edge reference book reflecting current knowledge in the rapidly growing area of organizational creativity. The contributors to this volume are all leading researchers in the field of organizational creativity. This volume: • provides a historical review of organizational creativity theory and research • presents critical reviews and summaries of research on micro, meso, and macro topics (e.g., leadership, feedback, goals and role expectations, groups and teams, social networks, climate and culture, deep structures, sense-making processes, and creativity and organizational change) concerning organizational creativity • demonstrates contributions of creativity to individual work outcomes and organizational success • discusses emerging areas and highlights promising future research trends. Professors and graduate students in management and psychology will find this volume most beneficial. Professors and graduate students in marketing, sociology, and education also may find this book useful and relevant. Thoughtful managers and executives, professionals and knowledge workers, and aspiring managers and MBA students also would find this book beneficial in sharpening their thinking, and helping them to identify the right tools for managing creativity. 2007: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4072-8: £50.00

International Handbook of CrossCultural Neuropsychology Edited by Barbara P. Uzzell, Memorial Neurological Association, USA, Marcel Ponton, University of California at Los Angeles, USA and Alfredo Ardila, Florida International University, USA The role of culture is significant when measuring cognitive abilities during neuropsychological assessments. However, cultural diversity is a frequently overlooked moderating variable. The International Handbook of Cross-Cultural Neuropsychology emphasizes major distinctions among cultural groups in North and South America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and Australia to heighten awareness of nuances, as well as culturally-influenced differences and similarities. The goal of this important Handbook is to view assessments and rehabilitation from different perspectives, thereby offering opportunities for increasing knowledge and understanding, while improving clinical skills and laying the groundwork for establishing international and cross-culture collaborations.

’The book is well-planned and consistently well-written by some of the most active and highly regarded researchers in the field, and promises to serve as a valuable reference source for many years to come.’ – Human Development Cognitive aging is a flourishing area of research. A significant amount of new data, a number of new theoretical notions, and many new research issues have been generated in the past ten years. This new edition reviews new findings and theories, enables the reader to assess where the field is today, and evaluates its points of growth. The chapters are organized to run from reviews of current work on neuroimaging, neuropsychology, genetics and the concept of brain reserve, through the ’mainstream’ topics of attention, memory, knowledge and language, to a consideration of individual differences and of cognitive aging in a lifespan context. This edition continues to feature the broad range of its predecessors, while also providing critical assessments of current theories and findings. Selected Contents: Preface. N.A. Dennis, R. Cabeza Neuroimaging of Healthy Cognitive Aging. M. McGue, W. Johnson Genetics of Cognitive Aging. M.S. Albert The Neuropsychology of the Development of Alzheimer’s Disease. H. Christensen, K.J. Anstey, L.S. Leach, A. Mackinnon Intelligence, Education and the Brain Reserve Hypothesis. A.F. Kramer, D.J. Madden, Attention. M.A. McDaniel, G.O. Einstein, L.L. Jacoby New Considerations in Aging and Memory: The Glass May Be Half Full. T.S. Braver, R. West Working Memory, Executive Control and Aging. D.M. Burke, M.A. Shafto Language and Aging. P.L. Ackerman Knowledge and Cognitive Aging. D.F. Hultsch, E. Strauss, M.A. Hunter, S.W.S. MacDonald Intraindividual Variability, Cognition, and Aging. F.I.M. Craik, E. Bialystok Lifespan Cognitive Development: The Roles of Representation and Control

Series: University of Colorado Institute of Cognitive Science Series The Handbook of Latent Semantic Analysis is the authoritative reference for the theory behind Latent Semantic Analysis (LSA), a burgeoning mathematical method used to analyze how words make meaning, with the desired outcome to program machines to understand human commands via natural language rather than strict programming protocols. The first book of its kind to deliver such a comprehensive analysis, this volume explores every area of the method and combines theoretical implications as well as practical matters of LSA. Readers are introduced to a powerful new way of understanding language phenomena, as well as innovative ways to perform tasks that depend on language or other complex systems. The Handbook clarifies misunderstandings and pre-formed objections to LSA, and provides examples of exciting new educational technologies made possible by LSA and similar techniques. It raises issues in philosophy, artificial intelligence, and linguistics, while describing how LSA has underwritten a range of educational technologies and information systems. Alternate approaches to language understanding are addressed and compared to LSA. This work is essential reading for anyone-newcomers to this area and experts alike-interested in how human language works or interested in computational analysis and uses of text. Educational technologists, cognitive scientists, philosophers, and information technologists in particular will consider this volume especially useful. 2007: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5418-3: £54.00

2007: 234x156: 672pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5990-4: £67.50

Clinical judgment can be colored by previous experiences from different cultures, expectancy rates of pathology among certain groups, and differences in socioeconomic levels. As clinical experiences increase with people from different cultures, the limitations of neuropsychological tools to make accurate assessments become evident. It is through gaining knowledge about the values of a different culture that neuropsychologists can develop a cross-cultural understanding. Professionals in areas such as neuropsychology, crosscultural psychology, and social psychology, to name a few, will find the material in this volume to be a stimulating addition to existing literature. 2007: 234x156: 408pp Hb: 978-0-8058-3585-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-3586-1: £24.99

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

57


58

PSYCHOLOGY

The Handbook of Eyewitness Psychology: Volume II Memory for People Edited by R.C.L. Lindsay, Queen’s University, Canada, David F. Ross, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA, J. Don Read, Simon Fraser University, Canada, and Michael P. Toglia, State University of New York/College at Cortland, USA The Handbook of Eyewitness Psychology presents a survey of research and legal opinions from international experts on the rapidly expanding scientific literature addressing the accuracy and limitations of eyewitnesses as a source of evidence for the courts. For the first time, extensive reviews of factors influencing witnesses of all ages-children, adults, and the elderly-are compiled in a single pair of volumes. The disparate research currently being conducted in eyewitness memory in psychology, criminal justice, and legal studies is coherently presented in this work. Selected Contents: Part 1: Finding Suspects. Person Descriptions as Eyewitness Evidence. Mug Books: More than Just Large Photospreads. Facial Composites: Forensic Utility and Psychological Research. Part 2: Identifying Suspects: System Variables. Remembering Faces. The Psychology of Speaker Identification and Earwitness Memory. Show-up Identifications: Suggestive Technique or Reliable Method? Lineup Construction and Lineup Fairness. Radical Alternatives to Traditional Lineups. A Role for Theory in Eyewitness Identification Research. Applied Lineup Theory. Part 3: Identifying Suspects: Estimator Variables. The Influence of Race on Eyewitness Memory. Person Description and Identification by Child Witnesses. Eyewitness Memory in Young and Older Adults. Remembering and Identifying Menacing Perpetrators: Exposure to Violence and the Weapon Focus Effect. The Effects of Delay on Eyewitness Identification Accuracy: Should we be Concerned? Eyewitness Confidence and the Confidence-accuracy Relationship in Memory for People. Distinguishing Accurate Identifications from Erroneous Ones: Post-dictive Indicators of Eyewitness Accuracy. Part 4: Belief of Eyewitness Identification. Has Eyewitness Research Penetrated the American Legal System? Belief of Eyewitness Identification Evidence. Part 5: Applying Psychological Research to Legal Practice. Generalizing Eyewitness Reliability Research. Mistaken Identification: Erroneous Convictions? - Assessing and Improving Legal Safeguards. Giving Away Psychology to Lawyers 2007: 246x174: 740pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5152-6: £65.00

The Freud Encyclopedia Theory, Therapy, and Culture Edited by Edward Erwin 2001: 276x219: 670pp Hb: 978-0-415-93677-4: £150.00

2-VOLUME SET

Companion Encyclopedia of Psychology Edited by Andrew M. Colman Series: Routledge Companion Encyclopedias 1994: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-06446-0: £340.00

RELIGION

Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management Edited by Michael M. Harris Series: Series in Organization and Management ’The Handbook’s in-depth and research-based treatment of key international human resource issues makes it a valuable resource not only for researchers, but also for managers charged with making and implementing international human resource strategies and decisions.’ – Barry Gerhart, University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management, a book in LEA’s Organization and Management Series, provides a sophisticated, in-depth examination of research in international human resource management (IHRM). Editor Michael M. Harris compiles research in IHRM that is otherwise fragmented across numerous journals and conducted from several different approaches. In so doing, Harris recommends new directions and hypotheses to guide future researchers. This well-organized and much needed volume explores topics ranging from how to conduct international human resource management using both qualitative and quantitative methods, to defining “culture”, employee selection, performance management, unionmanagement relations, and careers. Distinguished scholars discuss: • national culture and cultural effects • methodological issues in IHRM • international performance management and appraisal • international compensation • international labor relations • expatriate management. Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management is a timely reference for all professors, graduate students, and advanced practitioners in the rapidly growing area of human resource management whose work is conducted in an international context, and can be used in courses on international business, international human resources, and IO psychology. 2007: 254x178: 256pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4948-6: £39.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-4949-3: £18.95

Handbook of Divorce and Relationship Dissolution Edited by Mark A. Fine and John H. Harvey This Handbook presents up-to-date scholarship on the causes and predictors, processes, and consequences of divorce and relationship dissolution. Featuring contributions from multiple disciplines, this Handbook reviews relationship termination, including variations depending on legal status, race/ethnicity, and sexual orientation. The Handbook focuses on the oftenneglected processes involved as the relationship unfolds, such as infidelity, hurt, and remarriage. It also covers the legal and policy aspects, the demographics, and the historical aspects of divorce. Intended for researchers, practitioners, counselors, clinicians, and advanced students in psychology, sociology, family studies, communication, and nursing, the book serves as a text in courses on divorce, marriage and the family, and close relationships.

The Routledge Companion to the Christian Church Edited by Gerard Mannion, Liverpool Hope University, UK and Lewis S. Mudge The nature and story of the Christian church is immensely important to theology students and scholars alike. Written by an international team of distinguished scholars, this comprehensive book introduces students to the fundamental historical, systematic, moral and ecclesiological aspects of the study of the church, as well as serving as a resource for scholars engaging in ecclesiological debates on a wide variety of issues. It divides into six parts: • the church in its historical context • the different denominational traditions • global perspectives • methods and debates in ecclesiology • key concepts and themes • ecclesiology and other disciplines: social sciences, philosophy, literature and film. Authoritative, accessible and easily navigable, this book is indispensable for everyone interested in the nature and history of the Christian Church. Selected Contents: Introduction: Ecclesiology – The Nature, Story and Study of the Church Part 1: Historical Ecclesiology 1. In Search of the Early ‘Church’: The New Testament and the Development of Christian Communities 2. The Church in the Early Christian Centuries - Ecclesiological Consolidation 3. The Church in Medieval Theology 4. Ecclesiology and the Religious Controversy of the Sixteenth Century 5. The Church in the Tridentine and Early Modern Eras 6. The Church in Modern Theology 7. Postmodern Ecclesiologies Part 2: Ecclesiological ‘Traditions’ 8. Ecclesiology in the Orthodox Tradition 9. Lutheran Ecclesiology 10. Reformed Ecclesiology 11. Anglican Ecclesiology 12. Non-Conformist Ecclesiologies 13. Roman Catholic Ecclesiology 14. Sectarian Ecclesiology and New Religious Movements Part 3: Global Perspectives 15. The Church in an Asian Perspective 16. Earth, Water, Fire and Wind: Elements of African Ecclesiologies 17. The Church in a Latin-American Perspective 18. The Church in a North-American Perspective 19. The Church in an Oceanic Perspective 20. The Church in a European Perspective Part 4: Methods and Debates 21. Comparative Ecclesiology 22. Ecclesiology and Ecumenism 23. Liberation Ecclesiology 24. Black Ecclesiologies 25. Feminist Ecclesiology 26. Ecclesiology and Religious Pluralism Part 5: Concepts and Themes 27. Authority 28. Laity 29. Magisterium 30. Governance 31. Ministry 32. The Sensus Fidelium 33. Hermeneutics and Ecclesiology 34. Doctrine and Ecclesiology 35. Ethics and Ecclesiology 36. Ecclesiology and World Mission/Missio Dei Part 6: The Church in a Trans-Disciplinary Context 37. Ecclesiology and the Social Sciences 38. Ecclesiology and Philosophy 2007: 246x174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-37420-0: £95.00

2005: 254x178: 696pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5128-1: £131.95 Pb: 978-0-8058-5905-8: £45.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


RELIGION

Encyclopedia of Buddhism

Encyclopedia of Hinduism

2-VOLUME SET

Edited by Damien Keown, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK and Charles S. Prebish, Utah State University, USA

Edited by Denise Cush, Catherine Robinson, both at Bath Spa University, UK, Michael York, and Lynn Foulston, University of Wales, UK

The Encyclopedia of Taoism

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Buddhism is a complete, careful, accurate and up-to-date onevolume desk reference, documenting the history, doctrines, schools, rituals, sacred places, basic ideas and concepts, and globalization of the entire Buddhist tradition. In addition, it provides bibliographic references to the leading scholarship by scholar from around the world. As such, it is an indispensable tool for students, teachers, and researchers from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds, as well as to the general reader.

The Encyclopedia of Hinduism contains over 900 entries reflecting recent advances in scholarship which have raised new theoretical and methodological issues as well as identifying new areas of study which have not been addressed previously. The debate over the term ’Hinduism’ in the light of post-Orientalist critiques is just one example of how once standard academic frameworks have been called into question. Entries range from 150-word definitions of terms and concepts to 5,000word in-depth investigations of major topics.

It covers the study of Buddhism, Buddhist canons and literature, Buddha, Dharma, Sangha, Nikaya Buddhism, Mahayana Buddhism, Vajrayana Buddhism, Buddhist meditational systems, sacred places in Buddhism, practices and rituals, biographies of famous Buddhists (including ideal types), Buddhist ethics, Buddhist art(s), engaged Buddhism, Buddhism and technology, women in Buddhism, Buddhism in India, South and Southeast Asia, Tibet, China, Korea, Japan, and Buddhism in the Western World.

The Encyclopedia covers all aspects of Hinduism but departs from other works in including more ethnographic and contemporary material in contrast to an exclusively textual and historical approach. It includes a broad range of subject matter such as: historical developments; geographical distribution; major and minor movements; philosophies and theologies; scriptures; deities; temples and sacred sites; pilgrimages; festivals; rites of passage; worship; religious arts; religious sciences; biographies of leading figures; local and regional traditions; caste and untouchability; feminism and women’s religion; nationalism and the Hindu radical right; and new religious movements. The history of study and the role of important scholars past and present are also discussed.

2007: 246x174: 952pp Hb: 978-0-415-31414-5: ÂŁ130.00

2007: 246x174: 1,128pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1267-0: ÂŁ135.00

The Encyclopedia is characterized by its wide range of contents, primary sources, and both the depth and quality of its entries. It allows its readers to quickly access information on all topics included in the volume.

Edited by Fabrizio Pregadio, Stanford University, USA The Encyclopedia of Taoism provides comprehensive coverage of Taoist religion, thought and history, reflecting the current state of Taoist scholarship. Taoist studies have progressed beyond any expectation in recent years. Researchers in a number of languages have investigated topics virtually unknown only a few years previously, while others have surveyed for the first time textual, doctrinal and ritual corpora. The Encyclopedia presents the full gamut of this new research. The work contains approximately 1,750 entries, which fall into the following broad categories: surveys of general topics; schools and traditions; persons; texts; terms; deities; immortals; temples and other sacred sites. Terms are given in their original characters, transliterated and translated. Entries are thoroughly cross-referenced and, in addition, ’see also’ listings are given at the foot of many entries. Attached to each entry are references taking the reader to a master bibliography at the end of the work. There is chronology of Taoism and the whole is thoroughly indexed. 2007: 234x156: 832pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1200-7: £150.00

The Routledge Religion Resource Routledge Reference Resources Online

www.reference.routledge.com The Routledge Religion Resource is a cross-searchable online subject library that includes thirty reference essentials that have won critical accolades and places on the best reference lists, with new works and updates added every year. Key Features: sOVERTHIRTYONLINEREFERENCEE"OOKSINCLUDINGEncyclopedia of New Religious Movements; Religion and American Law: an Encyclopedia; The World’s Religions and many more sMOREMAJORMULTI ANDSINGLE VOLUMEREFERENCEWORKSTOBEADDEDSOON – thousands of pages of new content

To register for a free trial, for pricing information, or to subscribe, please contact us at: Taylor & Francis Reference Online 2 Park Square -ILTON0ARK !BINGDON /8/. /82.

59

sFULLYCROSS SEARCHABLEINTERFACEnREDISCOVERCLASSICREFERENCEWORKSAND explore new ones sOPEN52,BIBLIOGRAPHICREFERENCES sDOWNLOADABLE-!2#RECORDS s#/5.4%2 COMPLIANTUSAGESTATISTICS

For more information about any of our online products please visit www.online.taylorandfrancis.com

%MAILREFERENCEONLINE TANDFCOUK 4EL   &AX  

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online


60

RELIGION

The World’s Religions: Continuities and Transformations

Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries

The Qur’an

Edited by Peter B Clarke, King's College, London, UK and Peter Beyer, University of Ontario, Canada

Edited by Jonathan Bonk

Edited by Oliver Leaman

Series: Religion and Society

A RUSA 2007 Outstanding Reference Title

The Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries examines the nature and effects of missionary work around the world and throughout history, analyzing how secular and clerical people from major religions (especially Christianity, Buddhism and Islam) have brought social changes along with words of a new faith.

The Qur’an is the source of inspiration for one of the world’s major religions, followed today by over a billion people. It plays a central role in Islam and ever since it appeared fourteen hundred years ago has been the subject of intense debate. Some of this has been carried out by Muslims and some by those hostile or indifferent to Islam, producing a very wide range of views.

This comprehensive volume focuses on the world's religions and the changes they have undergone as they become more global and diverse in form. It explores the religions of the world not only in the regions with which they have been historically associated, but also looks at the new cultural and religious contexts in which they are developing. It considers the role of migration in the spread of religions by examining the issues raised for modern societies by the increasing interaction of different religions. September 2008: 246x174: 792pp Hb: 978-0-415-39725-4: £100.00

2007: 276x219: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-96948-2: £95.00

Encyclopedia of Religion and War Edited by Gabriel Palmer-Fernandez Series: Religion and Society

2-VOLUME SET

The Encyclopedia of Confucianism Edited by Xinzhong Yao 2003: 246x174: 976pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1199-4: £240.00

Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion Edited by Ian Richard Netton, University of Leeds, UK

2003: 276x219: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-94246-1: £105.00

Encyclopedia of Millennialism and Millennial Movements Edited by Richard Landes Series: Religion and Society 2000: 276x219: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-92246-3: £105.00

The Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion provides scholarly coverage of the religion, culture and history of the Islamic world, at a time when that world is undergoing considerable change and is a focus of international study and debate.

Encyclopedia of Religion, Communication, and Media

The non-Muslim world’s perceptions of Islam have often tended to be dominated by unrepresentative radical extremist movements and media interpretations of events involving such movements, to the extent that many people are unaware of the depth and variety of Islamic thought. At the same time, many who have had a formal training in Islamic studies have tended to concentrate on the traditional, to the exclusion of the contemporary. The Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion covers the full range of Islamic thought, in historical depth, but it also provides substantial coverage of contemporary trends across the Muslim world.

Series: Religion and Society

With well over a thousand entries on Islamic theology, history, arts, science, law and institutions, and coverage of Islam in individual countries and cities around the world, the Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion provides an extremely rich resource for students and researchers in religious studies and Middle Eastern studies. Entries are cross-referenced and bibliographies are provided. There is a full index. Routledge published The Qur’an: An Encyclopedia in 2005, an excellent companion to the Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion. 2007: 246x174: 872pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1588-6: £155.00

Edited by Daniel A. Stout, Brigham Young University, USA The Encyclopedia of Religion, Communication, and Media explores all forms of religious communication worldwide and historically, with a special emphasis on oral and written forms of communication. This A–Z organized reference work analyzes how and why the world’s religions have used different means of communications.

An Encyclopedia

Authored by forty-three international experts, the objective of The Qur’an: An Encyclopedia is to present this diversity of thought, approach and school without priority, in order to give a strong appreciation of the range of response that the text has provoked throughout its history and providing students and researchers with a powerful one-volume resource covering all aspects of the text and its reception. Islam and the Qur’an are much in the news today and there is a public debate going on in which things are said about the Qur’an without much knowledge or understanding of the book. Every effort has been made to help the reader use the Encyclopedia as an investigative tool in Quranic studies. The volume assumes no previous knowledge of the Qur’an, Islam or Arabic. Technical terms are explained in the text itself and the style of each entry is designed to be as self-contained as possible. Entries are cross-referenced and many include a brief bibliography. At the end of the work there is a substantial annotated bibliography providing a detailed guide to the most significant books, journals and articles in Qur’anic Studies. There is a full index. The readership will include those seeking basic information on the Qur’an, however the substantial number of longer entries means that it will also be used by specialists. 2005: 246x174: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-32639-1: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77529-8: £25.00

7TH EDITION

2006: 276x219: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-96946-8: £90.00

Encyclopedia of Religious Freedom

The Routledge Atlas of Jewish History

Edited by Catharine Cookson

Martin Gilbert, Merton College, University of Oxford, UK

Series: Religion and Society

Series: Routledge Historical Atlases

2003: 276x219: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-94181-5: £100.00

Newly revised and updated to include new maps, this is the seventh edition of Martin Gilbert’s atlas tracing the world-wide migrations of the Jews from ancient Mesopotamia to modern Israel.

Encyclopedia of Religious Rites, Rituals, and Festivals Edited by Frank Salamone Series: Religion and Society 2004: 276x219: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-94180-8: £100.00

Spanning over four thousand years of history in over 140 maps, it presents a vivid picture of a fascinating people and the trials and tribulations which have haunted their story. The themes covered include:

Encyclopedia of African and African-American Religions

• prejudice and violence • migrations and movements • society and status

Edited by Stephen D. Glazier

• trade and culture

Series: Religion and Society

• politics, government and war.

2001: 276x219: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-92245-6: £120.00

All students of history, and of Jewish history in particular will find this new edition as useful, helpful and invaluable as its six predecessors. 2006: 246x174: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-39966-1: £15.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


SOCIOLOGY

Dictionary of Biblical Criticism and Interpretation

3-VOLUME SET

Stanley E. Porter, McMaster Divinity College, Ontario, Canada

Edited by Jean-Yves Lacoste

Compiling the results from contemporary and exciting areas of research into one single important volume, this book stands ahead of its field in providing a comprehensive one-stop Handbook reference of biblical interpretation.

Encyclopedia of Christian Theology The classic Dictionnaire Critique de Théologie (Nouvelle Edition), is now accessible to a wide English-speaking readership in need of an authoritative, incisive, and up-todate ecumenical reference to this enduring field of study.

Examining a wide range of articles on many of the recognized interpreters including Augustine, Luther and Calvin, up to the modern figures of Martin Hengel and T.W. Manson, Porter expertly combines the study of biblical interpretation with the examination of the theological and philosophical preconceptions that have influenced it, and surveys the history of interpretation from different perspectives.

This monumental set covers over 500 events, doctrines, individuals, theories, and schools of thought that comprise the study of the Christian religion across all of its denominations. The 250 contributors—all carefully selected specialists at the world’s leading centers for religious scholarship—analyze both the essential building blocks of theology as well as its most complex aspects and concerns, making this work an invaluable resource for laypersons as well as university-level students and scholars at the highest levels.

Key perspectives studied include:

Coverage includes:

• the historical dimension; addressing how interpretation has developed at various periods of time; from early Jewish exegesis to the historical-critical method

• essential theological doctrines and concepts such as Apostolic Succession, Attributes, Divine; Christ and Christology; Exegesis, Filioque; Grace; Incarnation; Justification; Original Sin; Passion; Predestination; and Resurrection of the Dead

• the conceptual approach; looks at the various schools of thought that have generated biblical interpretation, and compares and contrasts competing conceptual models of interpretation • the personal perspective; addresses the reality of biblical interpretation by individuals who have helped plot the course of theological development With relevant bibliographies and a guide to further reading, this Dictionary will be an extremely important reference held for many years, not only by libraries, but also by students, scholars, clergy and teachers of this fascinating and high-profile subject. 2006: 246x189: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-20100-1: £130.00

4-VOLUME SET

Encyclopedia of Protestantism Edited by Hans J. Hillerbrand 2003: 276x219: 2,048pp Hb: 978-0-415-92472-6: £475.00

Peake’s Commentary on the Bible Edited by M. Black and H.H. Rowley 2001: Special: 1,160pp Pb: 978-0-415-26355-9: £40.00 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

3-VOLUME SET

The Papacy: An Encyclopedia Edited by Philippe Levillain and John W. O’Malley

• influential thinkers, including Peter Abelard, Augustine of Hippo, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, John Calvin, Jonathan Edwards, Desiderius Erasmus, Gregory the Great, Martin Luther, and Paul Tillich • movements and schools of thought, such as Arianism, Ecumenism, Erastianism, Gallicanism, Liberation Theology, Scholasticism, Thomism, Unitarianism, and church councils throughout history, from Nicaea to Vatican II. Key Features: • one of the most authoritative, acclaimed reference works in the field, the elegant French text of this essential resource has been carefully rendered into English, making this important work accessible to a wide range of readers. • 500 signed articles-including seventeen new entries written especially for the English-language editioncontributed by 250 of the world’s preeminent theologians • critical discussions based on the latest scholarship and research • easy-to-locate subheadings within entries, bibliographies, in-text cross-references, see-also references, and comprehensive index For college, university, and public libraries—as well as libraries at secondary schools offering courses in religion—this is an indispensable, engaging, and thought provoking reference that will long remain a standard in the field. 2004: 276x219: 1,928pp Hb: 978-1-57958-250-0: £350.00

2001: 276x219: 1,824pp Hb: 978-0-415-92228-9: £435.00

Reader’s Guide to Judaism Edited by Michael Terry 2000: 276x219: 850pp Hb: 978-1-57958-139-8: £125.00

61

Handbook of Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance A Comparative Analytical Approach Edited by Franz Traxler, University of Vienna, Austria and Gerhard Huemer, European Association of Craft Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (UEAPME), Belgium This Handbook presents a theory of Business Interest Associations and fifteen empirical country by country case studies in the EU. The book is organized into three main parts. Part I develops a theory of business associations which centres on firm size as the key explanatory variable. Part II consists of country studies covering the EU-15, which are written along strictly comparable lines of analysis. Part III contains the cross-nationally comparative analysis. The book will make essential reading for researchers working in organization studies, industrial relations, industrial sociology and political science, as well as practioners in related fields. Selected Contents: Introduction. The Theoretical and Methodological Framework of Analysis. Austria. Belgium. Denmark. Finland. France. Germany. Greece. Ireland. Italy. Luxembourg. Netherlands. Portugal. Spain. Sweden. United Kingdom. Small Firms and Three Roads to Associational Action. Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance: The Crossnational Comparison 2007: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-42466-0: £135.00

Handbook of Restorative Justice A Gobal Perspective Edited by Dennis Sullivan, Institute for Economic and Restorative Justice, USA and Larry Tifft, Central Michigan University, USA Handbook of Restorative Justice is a collection of original, cutting-edge essays that offer an insightful and critical assessment of the theory, principles and practices of restorative justice around the globe. This much-awaited volume is a response to the cry of students, scholars and practitioners of restorative justice, for a comprehensive resource about a practice that is radically transforming the way the human community responds to loss, trauma and harm. Its diverse essays not only explore the various methods of responding nonviolently to harms-done by persons, groups, global corporations and nation-states, but also examine the dimensions of restorative justice in relation to criminology, victimology, traumatology and feminist studies. In addition. They contain prescriptions for how communities might re-structure their family, school and workplace life according to restorative values. This Handbook is an essential tool for every serious student of criminal, social and restorative justice. 2007: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-44724-9: £26.99

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online


62

SOCIOLOGY

Handbook of Genetics & Society Edited by Paul Atkinson, Peter Glasner, both at Cardiff University, UK and Margaret Lock, McGill University, Canada Series: Genetics and Society This Handbook contains the most comprehensive discussion of the social, political and economic consequences and implications of the new bio-sciences. It includes case studies from the USA, Australia, SouthEast Asia and Europe which are complemented by comparative international and developing country perspectives. The General Editors have enlisted the support of a prestigious panel of Consultant Editors. All contributors have been selected by the Editors as authorities in their particular fields and are drawn from the international scholarly community. The Handbook takes an interdisciplinary approach and addresses cross-cutting themes in contemporary social sciences research on genetics and genomics. It consists of seven sections, each with an introduction written by an internationally renowned section editor. Each section will contain six commissioned chapters. Selected Contents: General Introduction Section 1: Biomedical Applications of New Genetic Technologies. Introduction 1. The Biomedicalisation of Health and Identity 2. Cloning, Tissue Engineering and Enhancement 3. Reproductive Genetics, Diagnosis, Therapy, Risk 4. From Local Biologies to Biosocial Assemblages: Translating Genetics Testing and Screening 5. Nutrigenomics Section 2: Commercialisation. Introduction 6. Making Europe Unsafe for Agbiotech 7. Insurance, Property and Privacy 8. On a Critical Path: Genomics, the Crisis of Pharmaceutical Productivity and the Search for Sustainability 9. Technology Transfer Section 3: Representations. Introduction 10. Stakeholder Representations and Rhetorics 11. Media Representations and Genomics 12. Cultural Imaginaries and Laboratories of the Real: Representing the Genetic Sciences 13. Genes in Our Knot Section 4: Regulation. Introduction 14. Law and Regulation 15. Crime and Forensics 16. Biopolitics, Government and Health: Regulating Contemporary Populations 17. Bio-Banking Section 5: BioEthics. Introduction 18. Rethinking Privacy in the Genetics Age 19. Bioethics and Human Genetic Engineering 20. Ethical Perspectives on Animal Biotechnology 21. Towards a Bioethics of Disability and Impairment Section 6: Diversity and Justice. Introduction 22. Faithful Genes: Nationhood, Religion, Ethics and the New Biosciences 23. Human Diversity 24. Eugenics 25. Human Dignity and Biotechnology Policy Section 7: New Forms of Knowledge Production. Introduction 26. Knowledge Economy and Bio-Sciences 27. Innovative Genetic Technologies 28. Genomic Platforms and Hybrid Formations

Handbook of Public Communication of Science and Technology

Handbook of Quality of Life in the Enlarged European Union

Edited by Massimiano Bucchi, University of Trento, Italy and Brian Trench, Dublin City University, Ireland

Edited by Jens Alber, Free University, Germany, Tony Fahey, The Economic & Social Research Institute, Ireland and Chiara Saraceno, University of Turin, Italy

Comprehensive yet accessible, this key Handbook provides an up-to-date overview of the fast growing and increasingly important area of ‘public communication of science and technology’, from both research and practical perspectives. As well as introducing the main issues, arenas and professional perspectives involved, it presents the findings of earlier research and the conclusions previously drawn. Unlike most existing books on this topic, this unique volume couples an overview of the practical problems faced by practitioners with a thorough review of relevant literature and research. The practical Handbook format ensures it is a studentfriendly resource, but its breadth of scope and impressive contributors means that it is also ideal for practitioners and professionals working in the field. Combining the contributions of different disciplines (media and journalism studies, sociology and history of science), the perspectives of different geographical and cultural contexts, and by selecting key contributions from appropriate and well-respected authors, this original text provides an interdisciplinary as well as a global approach to public communication of science and technology. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Popular Science Books 2. Science Journalism 3. Science Museums and Science Centers 4. Cinematic Science 5. Of Deficits, Deviations and Dialogues: Theories of Public Communication of Science 6. Health Campaign Research 7. Genetics and Genomics: The Ethics and Politics of Metaphorical Framing 8. Survey Research and the Public Understanding of Science 9. Scientists as Public Experts 10. Public Relations in Science: Managing the Trust Portfolio 11. Environmental Groups and other NGOs as Science Communicators 12. Public Participation and Dialogue 13. Internet: Turning Science Communication Inside-Out 14. Risk, Science and Public Communication: Third-Order Thinking about Scientific Culture 15. Public Communication of Science and Technology in Developing Countries 16. Communicating the Social Sciences 17. Evaluating Public Communication of Science and Technology

This is a comparative Handbook and analysis of the social conditions and institutional contexts in the ’new’ and ’old’ member states of the enlarged EU- 28. Selected Contents: Editors’ Introduction: The New Member States Before and After Accession Part 1: Fertility, Families and Households 1. Fertility Patterns and Aspirations in Europe Tony Fahey 2. Patterns of Family Living in Europe Chiara Saraceno 3. Is There a Generational Cleavage in Europe? Inter-Generational Patterns in the Perception of Pensions and Elderly Care Wolfgang Keck, Agnes Blome, and Jens Alber 4. Family Policies in the Enlarged European Union Thomas Bahle Part 2: Employment and Working Conditions 5. Employment Patterns in the Enlarged European Union Jens Alber 6. Working Conditions Claire Wallace and Florian Pichler 7. Regulation of Labour Markets in Europe Jelle Visser Part 3: Material Living Conditions 8. Poverty and Social Exclusion in an Enlarged Europe Christopher T. Whelan and Bertrand Maitre 9. Minimum Income Policies in Old and New Member States Bea Cantillon 10. Housing Conditions and Their Perception: The Paradox of Housing Henryk Domanski 11. Housing Policies and Institutional Drivers of Housing Inequalities Michelle Norris Part 4: Social Capital and Social Cohesion 12. Patterns of Sociability in the Enlarged Europe Manuela Olagnero and Paola Torrioni 13. Feeling Left Out: Patterns of Social Integration and Exclusion Petra Böhnke 14. Conflicts and Threats to Social Cohesion in New and Old Member States Jan Delhey and Wolfgang Keck Part 5: Processes of Europeanization 15. Patterns of Cross-Border Migration Hubert Krieger 16. Where We Stand in Europe: An Europeanization of Reference Groups for Social Comparisons? Jan Delhey and Ulrich Kohler 17. Conclusions: Similarities and Differences of Living Conditions: Does Europe Grow Together? The Editors 18. Methodological Appendix: A Quality Assessment of Different European Surveys: Towards an Open Method of Coordination for Survey Data Ulrich Kohler 2007: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-42467-7: £95.00

May 2008: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-38617-3: £95.00

Handbook of the New Sexuality Studies Edited by Steven Seidman, State University of New York, USA, Nancy Fischer, Augsburg College, USA and Chet Meeks, Northern Illinois University, USA

April 2009: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-41080-9: £95.00

As the field of sexuality studies has become a growth area in academia and classes on sexuality studies are incorporated into various disciplines, the expanding book market has been filled with specialist oriented texts which are often theoretically focused and contain too many summaries for an undergraduate audience. Addressing this imbalance, this key new volume presents the field of sexuality in an accessible and engaging way for undergraduates.

4TH EDITION

Encyclopedia of Race and Ethnic Studies

Breaking new ground, both substantively and stylistically, this book offers students, academics and researchers an accessible, engaging introduction and overview of this emerging field. Its central premise is to explore the social character of sexuality, the role of social differences such as race or nationality in creating sexual variation, and the ways sex is entangled in relations of power and inequality. Through this novel approach, the field of sexuality is considered, for the first time, in multicultural, global, and comparative terms and from a truly social perspective.

Edited by Ellis Cashmore 2003: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-28674-9: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44714-0: £28.99

This important volume consists of over fifty short and original essays on the key topics and themes in sexuality studies, and interviews with twelve leading scholars in the field which convey some of the most innovative work being done. Each contribution clearly conveys the latest research with examples. Ideal for students of gender and sexuality studies, this topical and timely volume will be an invaluable resource to all those with an interest in sexuality studies. 2006: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-38648-7: £95.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


SOCIOLOGY

Handbook of Youth and Young Adulthood

International Handbook of Human Rights

International Encyclopedia of Men and Masculinities

New Perspectives and Agendas

Edited by Thomas Cushman

Edited by Andy Furlong

The Handbook maps out the field of human rights for the humanities and social sciences. It provides a solid foundation for the reader who wants to learn the basic parameters of the field, but also to promote new thinking and frameworks for the future study of human rights in the 21st century.

Edited by Michael Flood, Judith Kegan Gardiner, Bob Pease and Keith Pringle

The parameters within which young people live their lives have changed radically. Changes in education and the labour market have led to an increased complexity of the youth phase and to an overall protraction in dependency and transitions. In a world where ’settled’ occupational positions can prove elusive and where dependency stretches beyond traditional chronological boundaries, key terms like transition are losing their validity and even that a new phase of life between youth and adulthood (referred to as ’young adulthood’ in Europe and ’emerging adulthood’ in North America) is becoming established. This Handbook introduces up-to-date perspectives on a wide range of issues that affect and shape youth and young adulthood. It is based around ten interdisciplinary themes and will introduce a new perspective on youth and adulthood. Contributors, established academics in the field, will provide an authoritative and multi-disciplinary overview of a field of study that offers unique insight on social change in advanced societies. Each chapter will be an original contribution focusing on an area of contemporary theoretical and/or empirical significance. Each of the ten sections covers an important area of research - from education and the labour market to youth cultures, health and crime discussing change and continuity in the lives of young people, introducing readers to some of the most important work in the field while highlighting the underlying perspectives that have been used to understand the complexity of modern youth and young adulthood. October 2009: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-44540-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44541-2: £28.99

Handbook of Globalization Studies Edited by Bryan Turner, National University of Singapore The Handbook offers students clear and informed chapters on the history of globalization and key theories that have considered the causes and consequences of the globalization process. There are substantive sections looking at military, economic, technological, social and cultural changes in globalization. The Handbook examines many negative aspects - new wars, slavery, illegal migration, pollution and inequality - but concludes with an examination of responses to these problems through human rights organizations, international labour law and the growth of cosmopolitanism. There is a strong emphasis on interdisciplinarity with essays covering sociology, economics, politics, anthropology and history.

The International Encyclopedia of Men and Masculinities offers a comprehensive guide to the current state of scholarship about men, masculinities, and gender around the world. The Encyclopedia’s coverage is comprehensive across three dimensions: areas of personal and social life, academic disciplines, and cultural and historical contexts and formations.

March 2010: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-48023-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48024-6: £26.99

2ND EDITION

The Social Science Encyclopedia Edited by Adam Kuper

The Encyclopedia:

1995: 246x189: 952pp Hb: 978-0-415-10829-4: £155.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28560-5: £30.00

• examines every area of men’s personal and social lives as shaped by gender • covers masculinity politics, the men’s groups and movements that have tried to change men’s roles

Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education

• presents entries on working with particular groups of boys or men, from male patients to men in prison

Edited by Caragh Brosnan, University of Cambridge, UK and Bryan Stanley Turner, National University of Singapore

• incorporates cross-disciplinary perspectives on and examinations of men, gender and gender relations

The Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education provides a contemporary introduction to this classic area of sociology by examining the social origin and implications of the epistemological, organizational and demographic challenges facing medical education in the twenty-first century. Beginning with reflections on the historical and theoretical foundations of the sociology of medical education, the collection then focuses on current issues affecting medical students, the profession and the faculty, before exploring medical education in different national contexts. Leading sociologists analyze: the intersection of medical education and social structures such as gender, ethnicity and disability; the effect of changes in medical practice, such as the emergence of evidence-based medicine, on medical education; and the ongoing debates surrounding the form and content of medical curricula. By examining applied problems, within a framework which draws from social theorists such as Pierre Bourdieu, this new collection offers future directions for the sociological study of medical education and for medical education itself. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Historical and Theoretical Perspectives Part 2: Key Issues: Medical Students and Medical Knowledge Part 3: Medical Education in National Contexts

• gives comprehensive coverage of diverse cultural and historical formations of masculinity and the bodies of scholarship that have documented them. The Encyclopedia of Men and Masculinities is composed of over 350 free-standing entries written from their individual perspectives by eminent scholars in their fields. Entries are organized alphabetically for general ease of access but also listed thematically at the front of the encyclopedia, for the convenience of readers with specific areas of interest. 2007: 246x174: 744pp Hb: 978-0-415-33343-6: £115.00

Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence Edited by Nicky Ali Jackson, Purdue University, USA The Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence is a modern reference from the leading international scholars in domestic violence research. The first ever publication of an encyclopedia of domestic violence, the principal aim of this title is to provide information on a variety of traditional and breakthrough issues in this complex phenomenon. 2007: 276x219: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-96968-0: £95.00

May 2009: 234x156: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-46044-6: £85.00

The Handbook written in a clear and direct style will appeal to a wide audience. The extensive references and sources will direct students to areas of further study. May 2009: 234x156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-45808-5: £95.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

63


64

SOCIOLOGY

Routledge International Encyclopedia of Queer Culture

The Cultural History of Plants

Edited by David A. Gerstner

Food, clothing, shelter, healing, decoration—-through the cultivation of plants, himankind has thrived and civilizations have flourished for thousands of years. Now, this unique new reference work tells the story, plant by plant, of the ongoing connection between human culture and the plant kingdom.The Cultural History of Plants provides details on over 800 plant species in twenty-one thematic chapters. Coverage encompasses plants cultivated for virtually every purpose, from the manufacture of textiles, perfume, and drugs, to those used for food and ornament. After an opening section on the earliets use and cultivation of plants, the book’s thematic chapters cover the world’s economically and culturally important plants. Written by some of the world’s leading ethnobotanists, these chapters begin with a useful one-page overview of its subject followed by concise A-Z entries, and conclude with a generous bibliography pointing out sources for further research. In addition to listing the common names for each plant, each entry also provides the Latin name and names used in Britain and the United States. Concluding chapters give up-to-date information on industrial agriculture, invasive plants, conservation of wild plant biodiversity and endangered species, and conservation of crop genetic resources. This unique reference is a valuable aid for ethnobotanists and horticultural enthusiasts, archaeologists and social historians, and anyone concerned with the relationship between people and plants.

The Routledge International Encyclopedia of Queer Culture covers gay, lesbian, bisexual, transgender and queer (GLBTQ) life and culture post-1945, with a strong international approach to the subject. The scope of the work is extremely comprehensive, with entries falling into the broad categories of Dance, Education, Film, Health, Homophobia, the Internet, Literature, Music, Performance, and Politics. Slang is also covered. The international contributors come from a wide array of backgrounds: scholars, journalists, artists, doctors, scientists, lawyers, activists, and an enormous range of ideologies and points of view are represented. Major entries provide in-depth information and consider the intellectual and cultural implications of their subjects in a global context. Information is completely up-todate, including full coverage and analysis of such current or ongoing issues as same-sex marriage/civil union and the international AIDS epidemic. Additionally, there are important appendices covering international sodomy laws and archival institutions, which will be of great value to researchers. The Encyclopedia is fully cross-referenced and many entries carry a bibliography. Where possible internet references have been given and there is a full index. The combination of its wide scope, determined international coverage and appendices make the Routledge International Encyclopedia of Queer Culture a uniquely ambitious work and an extremely rich source of information. It is a priority addition for all libraries serving scholars and students with an interest in GLBTQ culture, history and politics across the disciplines. 2006: 246x174: 784pp Hb: 978-0-415-30651-5: £135.00

International Encyclopedia of Adolescence

Edited by Sir Ghillean Prance and Mark Nesbitt

2004: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-92746-8: £150.00

Encyclopedia of Criminology

Edited by Jeffrey Jensen Arnett

Edited by J. Mitchell Miller and Richard A. Wright

In pre-industrial societies, people moved from childhood to adulthood directly, getting married and going to work early in life. Although this still holds true for many cultures, in countries such as the USA or Japan, adolescence has become a specific stage of life, where young people are cultural trendsetters and market drivers.

No longer just a subtopic of sociology, criminology has become an independent academic field of study that incorporates scholarship from numerous disciplines including psychology, political science, behavioral science, law, economics, public health, family studies, social work, and many others. The three-volume Encyclopedia of Criminology presents the latest research as well as the traditional topics which reflect the field’s multidisciplinary nature in a single, authoritative reference work.

The International Encyclopedia of Adolescence is an exhaustive socio-cultural survey of young people around the world. The focus is cultural and historical, and the work offers a rarely found worldwide perspective. Entries are compiled by experts from many fields of study, including anthropology, history, psychology, and sociology. Unlike existing works, the Encyclopedia does not stress biological or psycho-pathological issues. It addresses myths and realities of adolescence by looking at the actual life of young people in regions as varied as Iran, India, France, the USA, or Japan. It also explains how teen cultures have developed in some countries and how young people deal with the conflicts between tradition and modernity in others. Country coverage examines cultural beliefs, gender, personal and cultural identity, relationships (familial), friends and peers, love and sexuality, education, work, media, problems, and outlook for the future, plus topics particular to the culture or region discussed. 2006: 276x219: 1,312pp Hb: 978-0-415-96667-2: £215.00

More than 525 alphabetically arranged entries by the leading authorities in the discipline comprise this definitive, international resource. The pivotal concepts, measures, theories, and practices of the field are addressed with an emphasis on comparative criminology and criminal justice. While the primary focus of the work is on American criminology and contemporary criminal justice in the United States, extensive global coverage of other nations’ justice systems is included, and the increasing international nature of crime is explored thoroughly. Providing the most up-to-date scholarship in addition to the traditional theories on criminology, the Encyclopedia of Criminology is the essential one-stop reference for students and scholars alike to explore this multidisciplinary field. 2005: 276x219: 1,976pp Hb: 978-1-57958-387-3: £420.00

Routledge International Encyclopedia of Women Global Women’s Issues and Knowledge Edited by Cheris Kramarae and Dale Spender 2000: 276x219: 2,050pp Hb: 978-0-415-92088-9: £575.00

3-VOLUME SET

International Encyclopedia of Social Policy Edited by Tony Fitzpatrick, Nick Manning, James Midgely, Huck-ju Kwon, Kwan University, Korea and Gillian Pascall, Nottingham University, UK This milestone work is the first to offer in-depth treatment of all aspects of the discipline and practice of social policy globally. Supported by a distinguished international advisory board, the editors have compiled almost 900,000 words across 734 entries written by 284 leading specialists to provide authoritative coverage of concepts, policy actors, welfare institutions and services along a series of national, regional and transnational dimensions. Also included are biographical entries on major policy makers and shapers. The editors have particularly striven to provide strong coverage of differing geographical and cultural traditions so that the variety of social policy, as both an academic discipline and a domain of governance, is reflected. Contributors draw in and make the necessary connections with social policy’s associated disciplines to provide a rich picture of this vast and highly diverse field. Comprehensive and authoritative, the Encyclopedia has sought to open up rather than to foreclose the numerous areas in which there is on-going research, debate and, sometimes, serious disagreement and divergence in theory and practice. To this end, entries attempt to introduce a core or common ground of understanding before moving on to a wider discussion of debates regarding different conceptual and geographical approaches. The whole is integrated by cross-referencing and each entry includes a bibliography for further reading. There is a full index. The International Encyclopedia of Social Policy provides the most substantial mapping of the international study and practice of social policy to date and will stand as a vital storehouse of knowledge for many years to come. Selected Contents: Abortion. Absolute and Relative Poverty. Accountability and Evaluation. Acculturation Active Welfare. Addams, Jane. Adolescent Pregnancies. Adoption. Adverse Selection. Advocacy Coalition Affirmative Action Affluence Test Africa Ageism Aging Agrarian Parties AIDS Alcohol Policy Almhouses. Altruism. Amsterdam Treaty. Anarchism. Anti-Poverty Policies. Anti-Racism. Apartheid. APEC. Argentina. ASEAN. Asia. Asian Development Bank. Assistance Benefits. Associations. Asylum Seekers. Australia. Austria. Autonomy. Basic Income. Basic State Pension. Battered Women/Wives. Begging. Belgium. Benefit Fraud. Beveridge Report. Beveridge, William. Birth Control. Bismarck, Otto Von. Body, the. Bottom-up Approach. Bourdieu, Pierre. Brazil. Bretton Woods System. Brookings Institution. Bubble Effect. Buddhism. Budgeting. Bulgaria. Bureaucracy. Caisses. Cambodia. Canada. Capability. Capitalism. Capitation Fee. Care Work. Carers. Caribbean. Caring. Caritas (Catholic). Casualisation. Categorical Benefits. Catholic Social Services. Central and Eastern Europe. Centralization and Decentralization. Charities. Child Abuse. Child Benefits. Child Health Services. Child Labour. Child Protection. Child Support Services. Childcare. Children. Children’s Allowances. Children’s Rights. Chile. China. Christian Democracy. Christian Socialism. Christianity. Citizenship 2006: 246x174: 1,996pp Hb: 978-0-415-25896-8: £305.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


SPORT

3-VOLUME SET

Encyclopedia of Police Science

Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society

Routledge Handbook of Sports Sponsorship

Edited by Jack Raymond Greene, College of Criminal Justice, Northeastern University, USA

Edited by Theodore C. Bestor and Victoria Bestor, both at Harvard University, USA

Successful Strategies

In this expanded third edition of the Encyclopedia of Police Science 380 entries examine the theoretical and practical aspects of law enforcement, discussing both past and present practices.

The Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society is an interdisciplinary resource that focuses on contemporary Japan and the social and cultural trends that are important at the beginning of the twenty-first century. This Handbook provides a cutting-edge and comprehensive survey of significant phenomena, institutions, and directions in Japan today, on issues ranging from gender and family, the environment, race and ethnicity, and urban life, to popular culture and electronic media. As such, it is an invaluable reference tool for anyone interested in Japan’s culture and society.

2006: 246x174: 1,678pp Hb: 978-0-415-97000-6: £275.00

Encyclopedia of Science, Technology and Society Edited by Rudi Volti A landmark publication for the emerging area of study known as STS. It is the only source that both explores specific sciences and technologies and focuses on the historical and social dimensions behind each. 2004: 276x219: 1,500pp Hb: 978-1-57958-151-0: £150.00

Encyclopedia of Social Theory Edited by Austin Harrington, Barbara L. Marshall and Hans-Peter Müller The Encyclopedia of Social Theory contains over 500 entries varying from concise definitions of key terms and short biographies of key theorists to comprehensive surveys of leading concepts, debates, themes and schools. The object of the Encyclopedia has been to give thorough coverage of the central topics in theoretical sociology as well as terms and concepts in the methodology and philosophy of social science. Although 106 theorists are given entries, the emphasis of the work is on the elucidation of ideas rather than intellectual biography. The Encyclopedia covers the leading contemporary domains of debate on social theory and the classical legacies of social thinkers from the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, giving proper balance to both the European and North American traditions and to important new developments in the global self-understanding of sociology. Social theory has become one of the most vigorous specialisms of sociology in recent years. This is in part due to the considerable overlaps of social theory with other disciplinary areas, such as cultural and media studies, anthropology, and political theory, and to the cross-disciplinary nature of theoretical approaches such as feminism and psychoanalysis, and new fields such as postcolonial studies. The editors have therefore worked to produce in the Encyclopedia of Social Theory a firstcall reference for students and researchers across the social sciences and humanities with an interest in contemporary theory and the modern history of ideas. The Encyclopedia has been authored by leading international specialists in the field under the direction of a well-balanced editorial team. It is comprehensively cross-referenced and all larger entries carry bibliographies. There is a full index.

Selected Contents: Japan at Mid-Century: From Radio Tokyo to the Tokyo Olympics Peter Duus. Cultural Approaches to Political Identity and Discourse David Leheny. Politics, Language and Society Nanette Gottlieb. Religion in Contemporary Japanese Lives Mark Mullins. War and Memory Alexis Dudden. Identity and Status Social Class and Identity David Slater. The Politics of Gender Robin Le Blanc. The Japanese Family in Flux Merry White. Race, Ethnicity and Minorities in Japan Richard Siddle. Life on the Margins: The Homeless, Migrant Workers, and the Disabled Carolyn Stevens. Queer Culture Mark McLelland. Mizushobai and Sex Industries Haeng-ja Sachiko Chung. Aging and Social Welfare Leng Leng Thang. Urban Landscapes Paul Waley. Architecture and the Built Environment Bill Coaldrake. Cultural Flows: Japan and East Asia Koichi Iwabuchi. Japanese Education Roger Goodman. Law and Society Lawrence Repeta. The Rise of the Civil Sector Akihiro Ogawa. Popular Japanese Literature and the Culture of Publishing Stephen Snyder. Japanese Manga and Anime Susan Napier. Japanese Film and Television Aaron Gerow. Music Culture Ian Condry. Sports Culture William Kelly. Japanese Cuisine and Food Culture Theodore Bestor and Victoria Bestor

Alain Ferrand, University of Lyon, France, Luiggino Torrigiani, LT Sports Management Consultancy, Switzerland and Andreu Camps i Povill, L’Institut Nacional d’Educació F’sica de Catalunya, Spain Translated by Pierre-François Lalonde and Elizabeth Christopherson Illustrated throughout with sport specific case studies this book presents a wide range of perspectives on sports sponsorship. A unique quality is its clear guide to the legal issues associated with marketing, copyright, and contracts. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Sponsorship Management Principles 2. Legal Approach to Sporting Events 3. Strategic and Operational Sponsorship Implementation 4. Contracts Associated with Events 5. Case Study: ’Perrier Fluo Beach Volley Experience Conclusion Appendices Notes References 2006: 246x174: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-40111-1: £29.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science Edited by Youlian Hong, Chinese University of Hong Kong and Roger Bartlett, University of Otago, New Zealand The Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science is a landmark work of reference. It offers a comprehensive and in-depth survey of current theory, research and practice in sports, exercise and clinical biomechanics, in both established and emerging contexts.

January 2009: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-43649-6: £95.00

Encyclopedia of the World’s Minorities Edited by Carl Skutsch This study of minorities involves the difficult issues of rights, justice, equality, dignity, identity, autonomy, political liberties, and cultural freedoms. The A-Z Encyclopedia presents the facts, arguments, and areas of contention in over 560 entries in a clear, objective manner. 2004: 276x219: 1,520pp Hb: 978-1-57958-392-7: £375.00

Including contributions from many of the world’s leading biomechanists, the book is arranged into eight thematic sections:

Encyclopedia of Death and Dying

• modelling and computational simulation

Edited by Glennys Howarth and Oliver Leaman

• neuromuscular system and motor control

2001: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-18825-8: £130.00

• methodology and systems of measurement • engineering, technology and equipment design • biomechanics in sports • injury, orthopaedics and rehabilitation • health and motor performance

Selected Contents: Action. Actor-Network Theory. Adorno. Age. Barthes. Baudrillard. Bauman. Beck. Bricolage. Bureaucracy. Butler. Capitalism. Caste. Culture. Cybernetics. Cyborgs. Dahrendorf. Dubois. Durkheim. Ecology and Environmentalism. Explanation. Game Theory. Government. Gramsci. Grounded Theory. Group. Habermas. Leisure and Sport. Lenin. LéviStrauss. Normal and Pathological. Peace. Peasantry. Performative. Said. Smelser. Smith, A. Social Capital. Voegelin. Voluntarism. Wallerstein. Walzer. World-View

• training, learning and coaching Drawing explicit connections between the theoretical, investigative and applied components of sports science research, this book is both a definitive subject guide and an important contribution to the contemporary research agenda in biomechanics and human movement science. It is essential reading for all students, scholars and researchers working in sports biomechanics, kinesiology, ergonomics, sports engineering, orthopaedics and physical therapy.

2005: 246x174: 760pp Hb: 978-0-415-29046-3: £135.00

May 2008: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-40881-3: £125.00

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

65


66

SPORT

3-VOLUME SET

Encyclopedia of International Sports Studies Edited by Professor Roger Bartlett, Chris Gratton and Christer G. Rolf The three volume Encyclopedia of International Sports Studies provides a comprehensive coverage of all aspects of the science, social science and medicine of sport. 2005: 246x174: 1,584pp Hb: 978-0-415-27713-6: £365.00

Encyclopedia of Leisure and Outdoor Recreation Edited by John Jenkins and John Pigram Edited by leading authorities, this key reference reflects the multidisciplinary nature of its subject. It is an essential resource for teaching, an invaluable companion to independent study, and a solid starting point for wider subject exploration. 2003: 246x174: 752pp Hb: 978-0-415-25226-3: £145.00

Taylor & Francis eBooks 30 day free trials available! Over 19,000 eBook titles available for subscription and purchase in the Humanities, Social Sciences, Behavioural Sciences, STM and Law from some of the world’s leading imprints. Taylor & Francis eBooks allow you to maximise your resources with a range of subscription models to suit your institution’s needs: eCollections – 30 key eCollections are now available providing a comprehensive range of titles in each subject area enhancing the user-experience of any library. Pick & Mix – you decide and we provide. Tailor-make your own annual subscription from our complete range of eBooks. eBest-sellers – our best selling print titles in eBook format. We have 12 packages covering a range of subjects, each containing 100 of your favourite titles from Taylor & Francis, Routledge and Psychology Press. Purchase options – complete flexibility. Choose from an annual subscription or outright purchase with perpetual ownership. For further information on Taylor & Francis eBooks, purchasing options, and content for your library, please contact: UK, Rest of the World: Taylor & Francis | 2 & 4 Park Square | Milton Park | Abingdon | Oxfordshire | OX14 4RN Tel: +44 (0)7017 6062 | Fax: +44 (0)7017 6336 | Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk

www.informaworld.com/ebooks

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


INDEX

A AACTE Committee on Innovation and Technology . .21 Aaron, P.G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Abbott, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Abel, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Abell, Sandra K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Abramson, Glenda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 AECT Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Africa South of the Sahara 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 African American Architects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Agricultural and Mineral Commodities Year Book . .16 Aitken, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Al-Bakhit, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Alber, Jens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Alexander, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Allen, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Alternative Dispute Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 American Philosophy: An Encyclopedia . . . . . . . .42 Amit, Vered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Anderson, Gregory D.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Anderson, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 André, María Claudia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Angelo, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Annesley, Claire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Apple, Michael W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Archer, Ian W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Ardila, Alfredo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Armstrong, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Arnesen, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Arnold, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Arnott, W. Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Asher, R.E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Asian Yearbook of International Law . . . . . . . . .14 Aslib Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Assessing Information Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Atkinson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Atlas of Exploration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Atlas of Medieval Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Atlas of the World's Deserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Atlas of the World's Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Atlas of U.S. and Canadian Environmental History, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Au, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Auditing Organizational Communication . . . . . .54 Ayers, William C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

B Babylonian World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Baek, John Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Bailey, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Bairner, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Balchin, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Balderston, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 37 Ball, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Bard, Kathryn A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Barker, Graeme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Barry, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Bartlett, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65, 66 Bazerman, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Beck, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Bell, Catharine E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Bentley, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Bestor, Theodore C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Bestor, Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Beyer, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Biographical Dictionary of Social and Cultural Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Bird, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Birds in the Ancient World from A to Z . . . . . . . .7 Bjork, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Black, M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Bloom, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Blyth, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Bone, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Bonk, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Botchway, Francis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Boykoff, Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Bradford, James C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Brass, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Breslin, Shaun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Brice Heath, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Brink, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 British Film Catalogue, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 British Film Institute Film Classics . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Broadway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Brosnan, Caragh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Brown, Iem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Brulotte, Gaëtan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Bucchi, Massimiano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Buckley, Sandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Bueno, Eva Paulino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Building the Financial Foundations of the Euro . .12 Burg, David F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Burke, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Butterworth, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Buxton, Julia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Bynum, W.F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Byrne, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

C Camilli, Gregory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Camps i Povill, Andreu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Carlin, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Carnes, Mark C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Cashmore, Ellis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Caverly, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Caves, Roger W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Celtic Languages, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Central and South Eastern Europe 2009 . . . . . . . .2 Chadwick, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Chapman, Thandeka K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Chatterjee, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Chatterji, Joya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Childs, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Chimni, B.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Chronology of International Organizations, A . . .53 Cibulka, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Circa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11, 51 Cissoko, S.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Claeys, Gregory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Clarke, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Clarke, Peter B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Classe, Olive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Claus, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Cleland, Liza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Cochran-Smith, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Coiro, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Cole, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Coleman, Hardin L.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Collected Papers of Bertrand Russell Volume 21, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Colman, Andrew M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Companion Encyclopedia of Anthropology . . . . . .7 Companion Encyclopedia of Archaeology . . . . . . .7 Companion Encyclopedia of Geography . . . . . . .24 Companion Encyclopedia of Medicine in the Twentieth Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Companion Encyclopedia of Middle Eastern and North African Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Companion Encyclopedia of Psychology . . . . . . .58 Companion Encyclopedia of Science in the Twentieth Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Companion Encyclopedia of the History of Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Companion to Historiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Compendium of Tests, Scales and Questionnaires, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Comrie, Bernard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Concise Dictionary of Women Artists . . . . . . . . .40 Concise Encyclopedia of Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Concise Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Concise Garland Encyclopedia of World Music Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Concise New Makers of Modern Culture, The . .35 Conductors and Composers of Popular Orchestral Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Cook, Bernard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Cookson, Catharine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Cooper, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Cooter, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Copan, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Cordell, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Counseling and Counseling Education Series . . .18 Country Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Crabtree, Pamela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Craig, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Craik, Fergus I.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Crawford, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Critical Dictionary of Film and Television Theory . . .38 Crook, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Crow, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 24 Cullen, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Cultural History of Plants, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Curd, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Cush, Denise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Cushman, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

D Dani, A.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Danielson, Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Das, Veena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Davies, Clare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Davies, Glenys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Davis, Edward L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 De Laet, S.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 De Leeuw, Edith D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 DeFrates-Densch, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Demers, Kelly E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Dennis, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Diamond, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Dickinson, David K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Dictionary of American Classical Composers . . . .40 Dictionary of Ancient Near Eastern Mythology, A . . .7 Dictionary of Biblical Criticism and Interpretation . .61 Dictionary of Ethnic Conflict, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Dictionary of Globalization, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Dictionary of Human Rights, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Dictionary of Humanitarianism, A . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Dictionary of Literature in English . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy, A . .47 Dictionary of Modern Politics, A . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Dictionary of Space Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Dictionary of the European Union, A . . . . . . . . .47 Dictionary of the Modern Politics of Japan . . . . .53 Dictionary of the Modern Politics of Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Dictionary of the Politics of the People's Republic of China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Dictionary of World Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Diller, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Dillman, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Directory of EU Information Sources, The . . . . . .53 Directory of Museums, Galleries and Buildings of Historic Interest in the United Kingdom . . . . .33 Directory of University Libraries in Europe 2006, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Ditchburn, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Dobbins, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Documents in International Economic Law . . . . .16 Douglas, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Driscoll, Marcy P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Drout, Michael D.C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Duffy, Gerald G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Duffy, Seán . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Dunlosky, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Dunn Cavelty, Myriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Dwyer, Carol Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

E Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2009 . . .3 Eastlake, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Eccles, Jacquelynne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Edmondson, Jerry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Educational Communications and Technology . . .20 Educational Psychology Handbook Series . . .17, 20 Edwards, John Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Egyptian World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Elbeheri, Gad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 E-Learning and Social Networking Handbook . . .22 Elmore, B. Patricia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Emmerson, Richard K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Encyclopedia of 20th-Century Architecture . . . . . .8 Encyclopedia of 20th-Century Technology . . . . .30 Encyclopedia of African and African-American Religions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of African History . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Encyclopedia of American Folk Art . . . . . . . . . . .38 Encyclopedia of American Gospel Music . . . . . . .40 Encyclopedia of American Journalism . . . . . . . . .36 Encyclopedia of Ancient Greece . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Encyclopedia of Ancient Natural Scientists . . . . .30 Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Encyclopedia of Asian Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Encyclopedia of Buddhism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Encyclopedia of Caves and Karst Science . . . . . .25 Encyclopedia of Chinese Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Encyclopedia of Christian Theology . . . . . . . . . . .61 Encyclopedia of Computers and Computer History . .30 Encyclopedia of Confucianism, The . . . . . . . . . . .60

Encyclopedia of Contemporary British Culture . .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Chinese Culture .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary French Culture . .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary German Culture .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Irish Culture . . . .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Japanese Culture . .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Jewish Culture . .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Latin American and Caribbean Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Russian Culture . .36 Encyclopedia of Contemporary Spanish Culture . .37 Encyclopedia of Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Encyclopedia of Death and Dying . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence . . . . . . . . . . .63 Encyclopedia of Early Cinema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Encyclopedia of Erotic Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Encyclopedia of Geomorphology . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Encyclopedia of German Literature . . . . . . . . . . .34 Encyclopedia of Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Encyclopedia of Hinduism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Encyclopedia of Historical Archaeology . . . . . . . . .7 Encyclopedia of Indian Cinema . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Encyclopedia of International Relations and Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Encyclopedia of International Sports Studies . . . .66 Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion . .60 Encyclopedia of Italian Literary Studies . . . . . . . .34 Encyclopedia of Japanese Business and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Encyclopedia of Keyboard Instruments . . . . . . . .40 Encyclopedia of Kitchen History . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Encyclopedia of Latin American Literature . . . . .35 Encyclopedia of Leisure and Outdoor Recreation . .66 Encyclopedia of Literary Critics and Criticism . . . .35 Encyclopedia of Literary Translation into English . . .34 Encyclopedia of Millennialism and Millennial Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of Missions and Missionaries . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of Modern French Thought . . . . . .42 Encyclopedia of Modern Jewish Culture . . . . . . .37 Encyclopedia of Music in the 20th Century . . . . .40 Encyclopedia of New Religious Movements . . . .37 Encyclopedia of Nineteenth Century Thought . . .42 Encyclopedia of Nineteenth-Century Photography . .36 Encyclopedia of Nonlinear Science . . . . . . . . . . .30 Encyclopedia of Percussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Encyclopedia of Police Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Encyclopedia of Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . .53 Encyclopedia of Postmodernism . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Encyclopedia of Protestantism . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Encyclopedia of Pseudoscience . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Encyclopedia of Race and Ethnic Studies . . . . . .62 Encyclopedia of Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Encyclopedia of Religion and War . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of Religion, Communication, and Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of Religious Freedom . . . . . . . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of Religious Rites, Rituals, and Festivals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Encyclopedia of Science and Technology, The . . .31 Encyclopedia of Science, Technology and Society . . .65 Encyclopedia of Social Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Encyclopedia of Taoism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Encyclopedia of Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Encyclopedia of the Ancient World . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Encyclopedia of the Antarctic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Encyclopedia of the Archaeology of Ancient Egypt . . .7 Encyclopedia of the Arctic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Encyclopedia of the Blues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Encyclopedia of the City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Encyclopedia of the Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Encyclopedia of the Documentary Film . . . . . . . .37 Encyclopedia of the Harlem Renaissance . . . . . .29 Encyclopedia of the History of Technology, An . .31 Encyclopedia of the World's Endangered Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Encyclopedia of the World's Minorities . . . . . . . .65 Encyclopedia of the World's Zoos . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century African History . . .30 Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century Latin American and Caribbean Literature, 1900–2003 . . . . . .34 Encyclopedia of Twentieth-Century Photography . . .36 Encyclopedia of US Labor and Working-Class History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Encyclopedia of Warfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Encyclopedias of Contemporary Culture Series . .37 English Historical Documents 1558-1603 . . . . . .28

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

67


68

INDEX

English, Lyn D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Enlightenment World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Environment Encyclopedia and Directory 2009 . .24 Erchul, William P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Erwin, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Esquivel, Giselle B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Eu and Global Governance, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 EU Institutions Register, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Europa Directory of International Organizations 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Europa Directory of Literary Awards and Prizes . .35 Europa International Foundation Directory 2008, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Europa Regional Surveys of the World 2009 . . .2, 3, 4 Europa World of Learning 2009, The . . . . . . . . . .5 Europa World Year Book 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Europe Since 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 European Association for Methodology Series . .56 European Information Policy in the United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 European Union Encyclopedia and Directory 2009 . . .6 Evans-Romaine, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Evertson, Carolyn M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Expedition Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Eyoh, Dickson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

F Fahey, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Far East and Australasia 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 FaurĂŠ, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Feather, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Feiman-Nemser, Sharon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Ferrand, Alain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Finding and Knowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Finding Information in Science, Technology and Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Fine, Mark A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Finkelman, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Fischer, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Fiske, Edward B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Fitzpatrick, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Fitzpatrick, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Fleer, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Flinn, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Flippo, Rona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Flood, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Flood, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Forest, James J.F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Foss, Pedar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Foundations of Evolutionary Psychology . . . . . . .56 Fouskas, Vassilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Fox, Lynn H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Frankland, E. Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Freedom of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Freud Encyclopedia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Furlong, Andy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Furlong, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 54 Fusarelli, Lance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

G Gallegos, Bernardo P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Galtung, Johan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Gandin, Luis Armando . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Ganguly, Rajat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Ganguly, Sumit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music Series . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music Set, The . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Africa, The . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Australia and the Pacific Islands, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: East Asia: China, Japan, and Korea, The . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Middle East, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: South America, Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: South Asia: Indian Subcontinent, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: Southeast Asia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: United States and Canada, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Garland Encyclopedia of World Music: World's Music: General Perspectives and Reference Tools, The . .39 Garland Handbook of African Music, The . . . . . .38 Garland Handbook of Latin American Music, The . .38

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

Gaut, Berys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Gavin, Francis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Gaze, Delia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Genetics and Society Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Gerli, E. Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Gerstner, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Gibbons, Luke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Gifford, Denis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Gilbert, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Gilbert, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Gilman, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Gilman, Sander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Glasner, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Glazier, Stephen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Glenn Gray, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Glick, Thomas F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Global Arms Trade, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Gokay, Bulent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Gonzalez, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 37 Goscilo, Helena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Goudie, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Grant, Carl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Gratton, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Grayson, Dolores A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Greek and Roman Dress from A to Z . . . . . . . . . .7 Green, Judith L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Green, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Greene, Jack Raymond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Griffiths, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Grimbly, Shona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 25 Guide to EU Information Sources on the Internet, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Guiton, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Gunn, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Gutteridge and Megrah's Law of Bankers' Commercial Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

H Handbook for Achieving Gender Equity Through Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Handbook for Arabic Language Teaching Professionals in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Aging and Cognition, The . . . . . . .57 Handbook of Approach and Avoidance Motivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Handbook of Asian Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Handbook of Asian Security Studies . . . . . . . . . .44 Handbook of Business Interest Associations, Firm Size and Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Handbook of Central Asian Politics . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Handbook of Child Language Disorders . . . . . . .55 Handbook of Chinese International Relations, A . . .43 Handbook of Classroom Management . . . . . . . .24 Handbook of College Reading and Study Strategy Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Handbook of Complementary Methods in Education Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution . .44 Handbook of Consumer Psychology . . . . . . . . . .56 Handbook of Defence Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Handbook of Design Research Methods in Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Handbook of Distance Education . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Handbook of Divorce and Relationship Dissolution . .58 Handbook of Early Literacy Research: Volume 2 . .23 Handbook of Education Policy Research . . . . . . .18 Handbook of Education Politics and Policy . . . . .21 Handbook of Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Eyewitness Psychology: Volume II, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Handbook of Genetics & Society . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Handbook of Globalization Studies . . . . . . . . . . .63 Handbook of Imagination and Mental Simulation . .55 Handbook of Indian Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Handbook of Information Management . . . . . . .33 Handbook of Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Handbook of International Research in Mathematics Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society . . . .65 Handbook of Latent Semantic Analysis . . . . . . . .57 Handbook of Metamemory and Memory . . . . . .55 Handbook of Moral and Character Education . . .17 Handbook of Moral Development . . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Motivation at School . . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Multicultural School Psychology . .23 Handbook of Organizational Creativity . . . . . . . .57 Handbook of Orthography and Literacy . . . . . . .23

+44 (0)1235 400524

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . .44 Handbook of Personality Development . . . . . . . .19 Handbook of Positive Psychology in Schools . . . .54 Handbook of Prejudice, Stereotyping, and Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Handbook of Public Communication of Science and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Handbook of Quality of Life in the Enlarged European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Handbook of Relationship Initiation . . . . . . . . . .55 Handbook of Research in Education Finance and Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Handbook of Research in Emotional and Behavioral Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Handbook of Research in International Human Resource Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Handbook of Research in School Consultation . .18 Handbook of Research in Second Language Teaching and Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Research in Social Studies Education . .20 Handbook of Research on Adult Learning and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Research on Leadership Education 24 Handbook of Research on New Literacies . . . . . .17 Handbook of Research on Reading Comprehension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Handbook of Research on Schools, Schooling and Human Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Handbook of Research on Science Education . . .18 Handbook of Research on Teacher Education . . .22 Handbook of Research on Teaching Literacy Through the Communicative and Visual Arts, Volume II . .17 Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Handbook of Research on the Sociocultural Foundations of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Handbook of Research on Writing . . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Restorative Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Handbook of School Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Handbook of School Violence and School Safety . .23 Handbook of Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Handbook of Social Justice in Education . . . . . . .18 Handbook of South Asian Culture and Society . . .9 Handbook of South Asian Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Handbook of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPCK) for Educators . . . . . . . . .21 Handbook of Terrorism Research . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Handbook of the New Sexuality Studies . . . . . . .62 Handbook of the Sociology of Medical Education . .63 Handbook of the South Asian Diaspora . . . . . . . .9 Handbook of US-Middle East Relations, A . . . . .43 Handbook of Youth and Young Adulthood . . . .63 Hanks, Reuel R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Hannavy, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hare, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Hargie, Owen D.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Harper, Judith E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Harrington, Austin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Harris, Michael M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Harris, Nathaniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Harris, Phillip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Harvey, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 58 Haugtvedt, Curtis P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Hawkins-Dady, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Haynes, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45, 49 Hedegaard, Mariane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Hellmann, Paul T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Hempstead, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Henderson, Lol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Henry, Annette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Herbert, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Herman, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Herman, Eti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Herr, Paul M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Herrmann, Joachim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Hessenbruch, Arne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Hillerbrand, Hans J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Hinkel, Eli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Historical Atlas of the United States . . . . . . . . . .30 Historical Dictionary of British Women, A . . . . . .11 Historical Gazetteer of the United States . . . . . .29 History of Chinese Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 History of Humanity Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity Set: Volumes 1-7 . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity: Volume I . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity: Volume II . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity: Volume III . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

History of Humanity: Volume IV . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity: Volume V . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity: Volume VI . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Humanity: Volume VII . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 History of Multicultural Education . . . . . . . . . . . .21 History of Science in United States . . . . . . . . . . .31 Hoare, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Holocaust Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Hong, Youlian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Hope, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 How to Manage Records in the E-Environment . .33 Howard, Philip N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Howarth, Glennys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Hox, Joop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Huebner, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Huemer, Gerhard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Huggett, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Hughes, Alexandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Hunt, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Hymer, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

I Iannone, A. Pablo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Inalcik, Halil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Information Sources in Architecture and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Ingold, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 International Companion Encyclopedia of Children's Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 International Directory of Government 2008 . . . .6 International Encyclopedia of Adolescence . . . . .64 International Encyclopedia of Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 International Encyclopedia of Information and Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 International Encyclopedia of Men and Masculinities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 International Encyclopedia of Military History . . .28 International Encyclopedia of Propaganda . . . . .38 International Encyclopedia of Social Policy . . . . .64 International Handbook of Cross-Cultural Neuropsychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 International Handbook of Human Rights . . . . . .63 International Handbook of Literacy and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 International Handbook of Research on Conceptual Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 International Handbook of Survey Methodology . .56 International Handbook on the Preparation and Development of School Leaders . . . . . . . . . . .22 International Law and Diplomacy . . . . . . . . . . . .15 International Organizations Funding Directory . .16 International Who's Who 2009, The . . . . . . . . . . .9 International Who's Who Classical/Popular Music Set 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 International Who's Who in Classical Music 2009 . .9 International Who's Who in Poetry 2009 . . . . . .10 International Who's Who in Popular Music 2009 . .10 International Who's Who of Authors and Writers 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 International Who's Who of Women 2008 . . . . .10 Irby-Massie, Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Israel, Susan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

J J. Elliot, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 J.R.R. Tolkien Encyclopedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Jackson, Nicky Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Jahn, Manfred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 James, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Jarvis, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Jasen, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Jeffries Martin, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Jenkins, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Jensen Arnett, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Jewish Law Annual Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Jewish Law Annual Volume 17, The . . . . . . . . . .14 Jewish Writers of the Twentieth Century . . . . . .34 Jimerson, Shane R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Johnson, Loch K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Jones, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Jones, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Jones, R.J. Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Jongman, Albert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Jonung, Lars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Joshi, R. Malatesha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

www.routledge.com/reference


INDEX

K Kaeppler, Adrienne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Kardes, Frank R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Kearney, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Kegan Gardiner, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Kelly, Anthony Eamonn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Keown, Damien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Kerbel, Sorrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Key Figures in Medieval Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Keyser, Paul T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Kieffer, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Killen, Melanie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 King, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 King, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 King, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Kintsch, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Kipnis, Igor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Klein, Susan S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Klein, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Kleinhenz, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Knellwolf, Christa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Knight, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Knobel, Michele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Kohli, Atul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Komara, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Konzett, Matthias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Koskoff, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Kramarae, Cheris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Krebs, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Kremer, S. Lillian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Krige, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Kuhrt, Amelie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Kuper, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Kwon, Huck-ju . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

L Labbo, Linda D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Lachs, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Lacoste, Jean-Yves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Ladd, Helen F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Lambert, Jill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Lambert, Peter A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Landauer, Thomas K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Landes, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Lankshear, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Lapp, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Latin American Women Writers: An Encyclopedia . .34 Law of International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Lawrence, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Lawton, Patricia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Leaders of Russia and the Soviet Union . . . . . . .53 Leaman, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 42, 60, 65 Leclercq, Nicole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Lederman, Norman G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Lee, Yoke-Lian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Lefcovitch, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Legal Aspects of Trade Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Leick, Gwendolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 26 Leifer, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Lesh, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Leu, Donald J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Levillain, Philippe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Levstik, Linda S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Lifshitz, Berachyahu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Lindsay, R.C.L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Linehan, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Liow, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Little, Todd D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Livesey, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Llewellyn-Jones, Lloyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Loades, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Lobbying in the European Union . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Lock, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Looney, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Lopes, Dominic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Lopez, Ana M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Lopez, Emilia C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Love, J.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Lumby, Jacky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Luo, Yongxian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

M Mackay, Angus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Mackerras, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Maclean, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Manning, James Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Mannion, Gerard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Marcella, Rita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Marcus, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Margolis, Nadia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Marketing and Consumer Psychology Series . . . .56 Markman, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Marrone, Gaetana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Marshall, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 65 Mason, Robin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Mathur, Sarup R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Matthews, Dona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Mauer, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 McCalman, Iain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 McCulloch, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 McGowan, Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 McIntyre, D. John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 McKenna, Michael C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 McLeod, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 McMillen, Donald H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 McNamara, Danielle S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 McNeil, W.K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Medieval Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Medieval Iberia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Medieval Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Medieval Islamic Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Medieval Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Medieval Jewish Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Medieval Science, Technology, and Medicine . . .29 Medieval World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Meece, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Meeks, Chet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Meister, Chad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Meri, Josef W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Merrill, M. David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Messenger, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Middle East and Central Asia Databook, The . . .16 Middle East and North Africa 2009 . . . . . . . . . . .3 Midgely, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Military Balance 2008, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Miller, Char . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Miller, J. Mitchell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Miller, Terry E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Mills, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Mitra, Subrata K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Miyoshi, Masahiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Moger, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Mohen, J.P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Molnar, Gyozo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Moore, Michael Grahame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Moral, Michel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Moran, Dermot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Morgan, Joel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Moseley, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Mou, Bo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mroczek, Daniel K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Mudge, Lewis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Müller, Hans-Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Muller, Nicole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Munda Languages, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Murphy, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Murphy, Willa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Murray, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Murray, Christopher John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Musiker, Naomi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Musiker, Reuben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

N Nahari, Sara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Narvaez, Darcia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Nelson, Janet L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Nelson, Todd D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Nesbitt, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Nettl, Bruno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Netton, Ian Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Neuman, Susan B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 New Historical Dictionary of the American Film Industry, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 New Makers of Modern Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 New York Times Dance Reviews 2000, The . . . . .38 New York Times Guide to the Arts of the 20th Century, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 New York Times Television Reviews 2000, The . .38 New York Times Twentieth Century in Review Series, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 New York Times Twentieth Century in Review: Balkans, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 New York Times Twentieth Century in Review:

Cold War, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 New York Times Twentieth Century in Review: Rise of the Global Economy, The . . . . . . . . . .30 New York Times Twentieth Century in Review: Vietnam War, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 New York Times, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Newcomb, Horace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Nicholas, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Nucci, Larry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Nuttall, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

O Ogawa, Rodney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 O'Hara, Phillip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Okereke, Chukwumerije . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Olsen, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 39 O'Malley, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Omatoso Stovall, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Organization and Management, Series in . . . . . . .58 Orser Jr, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

P Palmer-Fernandez, Gabriel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Papacy: An Encyclopedia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Pares, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Parker, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Pascall, Gillian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Pashiardis, Petros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Paxton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Peake's Commentary on the Bible . . . . . . . . . . .61 Pearson, Roberta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Pease, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Perkins, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Persian Empire, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Pestre, Dominique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Pettegree, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Pfeifer, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Phillips, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Philosophy of Science, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Phinnemore, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Pickstone, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Pigram, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Plank, David N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Political and Economic Dictionary of Africa, A . . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of East Asia, A . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of Eastern Europe, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of South Asia, A . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of South-East Asia, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of the Middle East, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Political and Economic Dictionary of Western Europe, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Political and Historical Encyclopedia of Women . .30 Political Chronologies of the World Set . . . . . . . .53 Political Chronology of Africa, A . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Political Chronology of Central, South and East Asia, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Political Chronology of Europe , A . . . . . . . . . . .53 Political Chronology of South East Asia and Oceania, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Political Chronology of the Americas, A . . . . . . .53 Political Chronology of the Middle East, A . . . . .53 Politics of Climate Change, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Politics of Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Politics of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Politics of Gender, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Politics of Maritime Power, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Politics of Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Politics of Narcotic Drugs, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Politics of Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Politics of Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Politics of Space, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Politics of Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Politics of the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Politics of the Olympics, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Politics of Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Politics of… Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 50, 51 Pollard, Diane S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Ponton, Marcel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Porter, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Porter, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Porter, Stanley E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Prance, Ghillean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Prebish, Charles S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Pregadio, Fabrizio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Price, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Price, Neil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Pringle, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Profiles of People in Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Provine, Robert C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Psillos, Stathis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Puppa, Paolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Q Quinn, Therese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Quinn, Mary Magee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Qur'an, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

R Ragtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Rajadhyaksha, Ashish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Read, J. Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Reader, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Reader's Guide to British History . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Reader's Guide to Judaism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Reader's Guide to Literature in English . . . . . . . .35 Reader's Guide to Military History . . . . . . . . . . .30 Reader's Guide to the History of Science . . . . . .31 Reformation World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Reid, Gavin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Reinking, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Religion and Society Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Renaissance World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Rennie, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Reynolds, Dwight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Rice, Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Richardson, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Rickards, Tudor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Ricker, Joseph H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Riffenburgh, Beau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Robertson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47, 53 Robertson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Robinson, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Rodgers, Eamonn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Rojas, Raúl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Rolf, Christer G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Ross, David F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Roth, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Rothenberg, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Routledge Atlas of Jewish History, The . . . . . . . .60 Routledge Companion Encyclopedias Series . .31, 58 Routledge Companion to Accounting History, The . .13 Routledge Companion to Aesthetics, The . . . . . .41 Routledge Companion to Creativity, The . . . . . . .14 Routledge Companion to Dyslexia, The . . . . . . .19 Routledge Companion to Fair Value and Financial Reporting, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Routledge Companion to Nonprofit Marketing, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Religion . .41 Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Routledge Companion to Strategic Human Resource Management, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Routledge Companion to the Christian Church, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Routledge Dictionary of Economics . . . . . . . . . . .16 Routledge Encyclopedia of International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Routledge Encyclopedia of Narrative Theory . . . .34 Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy . . . . . . . .42 Routledge Encyclopedias of the Middle Ages Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 29 Routledge Handbook of Biomechanics and Human Movement Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Politics . . . . . . . .45 Routledge Handbook of International Law . . . . .14 Routledge Handbook of International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Routledge Handbook of Internet Politics . . . . . . .45 Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics . . .45 Routledge Handbook of Sports Sponsorship . . . .65 Routledge Historical Atlases Series . . . . . . . . . . .60 Routledge History of World Philosophies Series . .40 Routledge International Companion to Gifted Education, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

E-mail: reference@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

69


70

INDEX

Routledge International Encyclopedia of Education, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Routledge International Encyclopedia of Queer Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Routledge International Encyclopedia of Women . .64 Routledge International Handbook of Critical Education, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Routledge International Handbook of Lifelong Learning, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Routledge Language Family Series . . . . . . . .31, 32 Routledge Philosophy Companions Series . . . . . .41 Routledge Worlds Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 26, 27 Rowley, H.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Runco, Mark A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Russell, Bertrand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Russell, Henry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Rutherford Jr, Robert B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Rutherford, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Ryan, Marie-Laure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

S Sadeh, Eligar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Salamone, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Sandford, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Sandole, Dennis J.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Saraceno, Chiara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Saracho, Olivia N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Sargeant, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Sarkar, Sahotra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Savranskaya, Svetlana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Schaus, Margaret C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Schmid, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Schneider, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Scholte, Jan Aart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Schottli, Jivanta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Schwartz, Richard G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Science Fact and Science Fiction . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Scobell, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Scott Meisami, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Scott, Alwyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Seddon, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Seidman, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Senehi, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Sennott, R. Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Shalley, Christina E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Sharpe, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Sheehy, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 39 Sheridan, Susan M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Shillington, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Siljak, Ana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Silverstone, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Simpson, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Singh, Prerna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Skutsch, Carl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Slide, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Smetana, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Smith, M. Cecil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Smith, Verity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Smorodinskaya, Tatiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Snodgrass, Mary Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Social Science Encyclopedia, The . . . . . . . . . . . .63 South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 South Asia 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 South Asian Folklore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Spector, J. Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Spender, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Spodek, Bernard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Sprecher, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Stableford, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Stacey, Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Starkey, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Sterling, Christopher H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Stockwin, J.A.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Stone, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 39 Storey, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Storry, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Stout, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Strategic Survey 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Strategies for Sustainable Open and Distance Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Studies on Neuropsychology, Neurology and Cognition Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Sturges, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Suhr, Julie A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Sullivan, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the end of this catalogue

Suri, Jeremi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Survey of Arab-Israeli Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

T Tai-Kadai Languages, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Talisse, Robert B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Tan, Andrew T.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47, 50, 51 Tate, Robyn L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Taylor, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Territories and States of India, The . . . . . . . . . . .48 Territories of Indonesia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Territories of the People's Republic of China . . . .48 Territories of the Russian Federation 2009, The . .48 Territories of… Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Terry, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Textbook of Clinical Neuropsychology . . . . . . . . .56 Thio, Li-Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Thomson, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Tifft, Larry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Tiyambe Zeleza, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Toglia, Michael P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Tokumaru, Yosihiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Torrigiani, Luiggino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Tourish, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Tozer, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Traxler, Franz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Trefil, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Trench, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Trottier, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Tudge, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Turner, Bryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Turner, Bryan Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Tyson, Cynthia A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

U U.S. Navy Warship Series, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Ulrich, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 UNESCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 University of Colorado Institute of Cognitive Science Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 USA and Canada 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Uzzell, Barbara P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Winquist, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Wintle, Justin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Wintz, Cary D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Witzleben, J. Lawrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Wolf, Siegried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Wolff, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Women and Gender in Medieval Europe . . . . . .29 Women During the Civil War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Women in the Middle Ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 World Disasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 World History of Tax Rebellions, A . . . . . . . . . . .30 World of Pompeii, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 World’s Religion, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 World of Theatre 2003 Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 World’s Major Languages, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 World Yearbook of Education 1965-2008 . . . . .16 World Yearbook of Education 2009 . . . . . . . . . .16 Worthington, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Wright, Patrick M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Wright, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Wunderlich, Jens-Uwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Wymer Jr, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

X Xiao, Zhiwei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Y Yao, Xinzhong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Yeh, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 York, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Young, Michelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Z Zappulla, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Zhai, Qiang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Zhang, Yingjin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Zhao, Yong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Zhou, Jing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Zurcher, Erik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

V Van Dijk, Ruud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Van Merrienboer, Jeroen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Vaudeville, Old and New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Vaughn, Stephen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Veseth, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Victoria and Albert Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Viking World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Volti, Rudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Vosniadou, Stella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

W Wahba, Kassem M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Walker, Christoph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Walker, Stephen P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Wallis, Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Walton, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Warrell, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Warren, Lynne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Warrier, Meera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Washbrook, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Watson, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Watson, Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Wearmouth, Janice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Webel, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Weber, Heloise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Weinstein, Carol S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Wentzel, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Wenzel, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Werner, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Wertkin, Gerard C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Western Europe 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 White, Rob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Who's Who in International Affairs 2009 . . . . . .10 Wigfield, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Wilkinson, Toby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Willemen, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Williams, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Williams, William F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Wilson III, Isaiah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Wilson, Dreck Spurlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Wilson, Katharina M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Wilson, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Winne, Philip H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference


SALES REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTION M I LT O N PA R K SALES OFFICE

CARIBBEAN and THE WEST INDIES

Taylor & Francis Group (Books Ltd) 2 Park Square Milton Park Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN

Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk

Group Sales Director Christoph Chesher Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6194 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: christoph.chesher@tandf.co.uk International Sales Director Graham Crossley Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6048 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: graham.crossley@tandf.co.uk Head of UK Sales Nick Perry Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6132 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: nick.perry@tandf.co.uk Corporate and Institutional Sales Alfred Lea Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6273 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 E-mail: cis@tandf.co.uk UK Sales Administrator Clare Denton Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6191 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 Email: clare.denton@tandf.co.uk Academic Representatives (UK) Simon Lind (Science, Technical and Medical) Mobile: 07917 648039 E-mail: simon.lind@tandf.co.uk Tim Page (Humanities and Social Sciences) Tel: +44 (0) 020 7017 6191 E-mail: tim.page@tandf.co.uk

AFRICA Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk NIGERIA Chinke Ojiji Publishers Support Services Ltd Tel: +234 1 7741073 Fax: +234 1 493 0419 E-mail: chinkeojiji@yahoo.co.uk BOTSWANA Carlson Moilwa Sales Manager Book Promotions/Horizon Books Botswana Tel: +267 392 4901 Fax: +267 392 4908 E-mail: crm@vbn.co.bw SOUTH AFRICA, NAMIBIA, LESOTHO AND SWAZILAND Michelle Symington Book Promotions (Pty) Ltd Tel: +27 21 707 5795 Fax: +27 21 707 5794 E-mail: msymington@bookpro.co.za

INTERNATIONAL ENQUIRIES Kate Pearce International Sales Support Manager (Books) Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: kate.pearce@tandf.co.uk SOUTH ASIAN, MIDDLE EASTERN AND AFRICAN ENQUIRIES Reana Young Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6114 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 reana.young@tandf.co.uk

EUROPE Peter Havinga, European Sales Manager Tel: +31 (0) 23 750 5730 Fax: +31 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: +31 (0) 6 515 69560 E-mail: peter.havinga@tandf.co.uk THE NETHERLANDS, BELGIUM, FRANCE and LUXEMBOURG Liza Walraven Assistant Sales Manager (Benelux) Tel: 0031 (0) 23 7505731 Fax: 0031 (0) 23 7505701 Mobile: 0031 (0) 623849668 E-mail: liza.walraven@tandf.co.uk GREECE Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk NORWAY AND DENMARK Keith Gray Sales Representative Taylor & Francis Group c/o IBC Euroforum Blegdamsvej 104A 2100 Copenhagen Ø Denmark Tel: +45 (0)4195 1428 Mobile: +45 (0)6064 8041 E-mail: keith.gray@informa.com SWEDEN, FINLAND AND IRELAND Sara Pellijeff Academic Sales Representative Taylor & Francis Group Tel: +46 (0)8 440 80 58 Fax: +46 (0)8 587 662 40 Mobile: +46 (0) 709 965 860 GERMANY, AUSTRIA AND SWITZERLAND Gabriela Mauch, Area Sales Manager Tel: +49 (0) 711 7207231 Fax: +49 (0) 711 7220668 Mobile: +49 (0) 173905 9469 E-mail: gabriela.mauch@tandf.co.uk SPAIN, PORTUGAL and ITALY Philip Veysey Area Sales Manager Tel: +34 91 700 0688 Fax: +34 91 141 2304 Mobile: +34 68 777 3678 Email: philip.veysey@informa.com EASTERN EUROPE Marek Lewinson Tel/Fax: + 48 (0) 22 6714819 Mobile: +48 (0) 602 707 037 Email: mlewinso@it.com.pl EUROPEAN ENQUIRIES Helena Markou Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6149 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 Email: helena.markou@tandf.co.uk

FOREIGN RIGHTS and book club sales Adele Parker E-mail: adele.parker@tandf.co.uk CHINA LIAISON OFFICE Yan Pei, Manager, Taylor & Francis Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 E-mail: yanpei@tandf.com.sg International Customer Services, Orders and Distribution Thomson Publishing Services, Cheriton House, North Way, Andover, Hants SP10 5BE, UK Tel: +44 (0)1264 342926 Fax: +44 (0)1264 343005 E-mail: tps.tandfinternational@thomson.com

SOUTH ASIA

AUSTRALASIA

Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk

Kate Pearce Milton Park Sales Office E-mail: kate.pearce@tandf.co.uk AUSTRALIA Palgrave Macmillan Tel: +61 (0) 39825 1111 Fax: +61 (0) 39825 1010 E-mail: palgrave@macmillan.com.au NEW ZEALAND Macmillan Publishers NZ Ltd Victoria Johnson Tel: +64 9414 0350 Fax: +64 9414 0357 E-mail: vicki@macmillan.co.nz AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND CRC Press and Marcel Dekker only Libraries may wish to order from their local bookseller, Palgrave Macmillan or DA Information Services Pty Ltd Tel: +61 3 9210 7804 Fax: +61 3 9210 7788 www.dadirect.com.au AUSTRALIA Europa Publications (non-exclusive) James Bennett Tel: +02 9986 7064 Fax: +02 9986 7030 www.bennett.com.au

INDIA Taylor & Francis Books India Pvt Ltd Tel: +91 (0) 11 23712131 / 23351453 Fax: +91 (0) 11 23712132 E-mail: tandfindia@airtelbroadband.in PAKISTAN M. Anwer Iqbal Tel: +92 42 636 7275 Fax: +92 42 636 1370 E-mail: bookbird@brain.net.pk SRI LANKA Nirosha Saravanapavan E-mail: niroshas@sltnet.lk Mobile: 0094 714 750911

J A PA N United Publishers Services Limited Tel: +81 (0)3 5479 7251 Fax: +81 (0)3 5479 7307 E-mail: info@ups.co.jp Editorial Office: Takahiko Kaneko Tel: +81 (0)3 5296 9186 Fax: +81 (0)3 3252 1822 E-mail: edsynapse@nifty.ne.jp

EAST and SOUTHEAST ASIA For all Taylor & Francis Group imprints please order from Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific, Singapore Sales Office SINGAPORE SALES OFFICE Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific 240 Macpherson Road #08-01 Pines Industrial Building Singapore 348574 Tel: +65 6741 5166 Fax: +65 6742 9356 E-mail: sales@tandf.com.sg HONG KONG, THAILAND and VIETNAM Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director Singapore Sales Office E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg SINGAPORE, PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA Francis Chua, Sales Manager Singapore Sales Office E-mail: francis.chua@tandf.com.sg MALAYSIA and BRUNEI David Yeong, General Manager Taylor & Francis Publishing Services Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +60 (3) 5630 1361 Fax: +60 (3) 5630 1732 Mobile: +60 (0)16 331 9923 E-mail: david.yeong@tandf.com.sg TAIWAN Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +886 (2) 2578 6106 ext.125 Fax: +886 (2) 2578 6507 Mobile: +886 (9) 7216 9672 Raymond Hsu, Sales Executive Email: raymond.hsu@tandf.com.sg Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director Email: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg CHINA Taylor & Francis Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 Jeffrey Lim, Sales Manager E-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Cynthia Ji, Sales and Marketing Executive E-mail: cynthia.ji@tandf.com.sg

KOREA Se-Yung Jun Information & Culture Korea 473-19 Seokyo-Dong, Mapo-Ku, Seoul 121-210 Tel: +82 2 3141 4791 Fax: +82 2 3141 7733 E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr

MIDDLE EAST and N O RT H A F R I C A Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk Zoe Kaviani IPS (Middle East) Ltd Tel: +971-4-282 8801 Fax: +971-4-282 8804 E-mail: itpme@emirates.net.ae Website: http://www.ipsme.com

ISRAEL and the PA L E S T I N I A N TERRITORIES Ryan Cooper, Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 E-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk and Rodney Franklin, Franklin’s International PO BOX 3772 7 Tel Aviv 61376, Israel Tel: +972 3 5600724 Fax: +972 3 5600479 E-mail: rodneyf@netvision.net.il

N O RT H A M E R I C A Sales Office Dennis Weiss, Vice President Sales Taylor and Francis Within the Continental USA: Tel: 800-272-7737 Fax: 800-374-3401 E-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com Outside USA: Tel: +1 561-994-0555 Fax: +1 461-361-6018 E-mail: International.orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CENTRAL and SOUTH AMERICA and MEXICO Michael Dulisse Sales Office, Boca Raton, FL Taylor & Francis Tel: +1 561 998 2582 Fax: +1 561 361 6049 E-mail: Michael.Dulisse@taylorandfrancis.com Ethan E. Atkin Cranbury International LLC Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 E-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com


HOW TO ORDER BOOKS

ORDER BOOKS HERE QTY

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

CALL (credit cards) +44 (0) 1235 400524 QTY

TITLE

FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6699 ISBN

INTERNET www.routledge.com

QTY

EMAIL reference@routledge.com

TITLE

ISBN

(sales enquiries only, please do not include card details in your email. To order online please visit www.routledge.com)

QTY

eBooks are only available to order online at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

ISBN

QTY

POST

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

- Return this form to:

Taylor & Francis Group

ISBN

Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SB

QTY

(only affix stamp if posting from outside UK)

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

If posting please fill in your details below and complete the form

PERSONAL DETAILS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

POSTAGE (see below)

£

GRAND TOTAL

£

POSTAGE AND PACKING

SURNAME

FIRST NAME

UK

EUROPE

REST OF WORLD

5% of total order

10% of total order

15% of total order

Min charge of £1, Max Charge £10 NEXT DAY +£6.50*

Min charge of £2.95, Max Charge £20 NEXT DAY +£6.50

Min charge of £6.50, Max Charge £30

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

DEPARTMENT

Prices and publication dates are subject to change

INSTITUTION

SELECT PAYMENT METHOD (please tick or fill appropriate boxes & select card type)

VAT NUMBER (EU member States)

PLEASE SEND ME A PRE-PAYMENT INVOICE

ADDRESS

(my ref number) TOWN

COUNTY

POSTCODE

COUNTRY

CHEQUE payable to Taylor & Francis £ CREDIT CARD (NB Select card type)

TELEPHONE

EMAIL

MASTERCARD

VISA

AMEX

SWITCH

ISSUE NUMBER (Only applies if paying by Switch)

SIGNATURE

DATE

EXPIRY DATE

SECURITY NUMBER Last 3 digits of security number on back of card

Please tick this box if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system Please tick this box if you would like to receive mailings from Taylor & Francis Group companies

SUBJ0810 A B

ISBN: 978-0-418-22670-4

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION PERSONAL DETAILS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

TITLE SURNAME

ISBN

PRICE (£)

FIRST NAME

TITLE DEPARTMENT

ISBN

PRICE (£)

COURSE(S) FOR WHICH THE BOOK/S WOULD BE RELEVANT

TITLE ISBN

PRICE (£)

I RECOMMEND YOU PURCHASE THE BOOKS LISTED


Reference 2009 (UK)